Editorial Committee

L W. Jessup (editor)

R.J.F. Henderson (technical advisor)

B.K. Simon (technical advisor)

Word Processing

Y.C. Smith

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 4, No. 2 was published on 1 September 1995

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Subscriptions: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is (1995) A$25

per issue for individuals, A$40 for institutions, including postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be

addressed to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly Qld

4068, Australia.

ISSN 0155-4131

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication of results

of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special emphasis on

Queensland plants.

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or views

of the Queensland Herbarium.

mdeewenr sneer selena ese toni ieee eve CE anv a en eee eeeeee My

Austrobatleya 4(3): 297-453 (1995)

Contents

Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 2. A revision of the simple-haired species of

the genus Corchorus L.

Die EEO os, ne a eas 3h wide coe Lh Se PIGS gece AF BY Hence cP ANcHe ea ian AL Slee a decree, ih ndelaee WEE aetebe hyo 297

Revision of Rubus L. subgenus Micranthobatus (Fritsch) Kalkman (Rosaceae)

in Australia

POA SMS @AIE toe tesa cgi eik seeder ay Are SGC: Se Reay ecg, 2 hanttbes ay BY oth stat data on ne WGA abe hence Wes 321

Sankowskya, a new genus of Euphorbiaceae (Dissiliartinae) from the Australian

Wet Tropics

Paul I. Forster

A.R. Bean

Cycas desolata (Cyadaceae) a new species from north Queensland

Paul |. Forster

A.R. Bean

Fascitculochloa, a new grass genus (Poaceae: Paniceae) from south-eastern

Queensland

Bryan K. Simon & Carolyn M. Weiller .. 0.0.0.0... ec cee ee nen 369

Omphalea celata, a new species of Euphorbiaceae from central Queensland

PRL TORT GT es ce voters ayers a % i ephoOct gv OD wie a ve ah Nak, hurd erat eT She te onal ae Korg She oh 381

A.R. Bean

Nomenclature and type specimens in Eustrephus R.Br. and Geitonoplesium.

Hook. (Geitonoplesiaceae)

SOSEDIE He OUTALCRPIEU ES © oo ve uh an Srereesenn et anh araaniel Fe aap atveb ede wre bande qaee shad crac bled eda 391

Taxonomic studies on the genus 7 oya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) in

Papuasia, 7. |

Paul I. Forster, David J. Liddle & Tris M. Liddle .... 0... . eee ee eee 401

A new species and a new record for Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in Queensland

A.R. Bean

Gouanta exilis (Rhamnaceae), anew species from northern Australia and Papua

New Guinea, with notes on the identity of Gouania hillit F.Muell.

KR, bitetie-Be eG: NVR or. Sytner Sie fs abn ented ee: te Aone RK edinly! goby went adn bs ahah oePibaee he lle as 411

A taxonomic revision of Calycopeplus Planch. (Euphorbiaceae)

PAU Teo OPS BE os hershey déslaced che racial «lat eta 6 ees) av 4 ae ah tlad les acbalag la at Adel typos cee ih wre Se ava age ots 417

Four new species of Solanum L. (Solanaceae) from south east Queensland

DAs Ec YIHOU: 2 2 ok node ek de es Olen fcage, na ential MEP SEICE: tathasde 8 tects Ste ee EAC: 429

(continued )

Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-453 (1995)

T'wo new species of Hibiscus section Furcaria DC. (Malvaceae) from Northern

Queensland

ED. Waist Oe kc META VETS gs ce rw! aio sd ae healle d -m oval ec ace RGGeage ¥ alesd a4 koe VOW wlio

Notes

Distribution, habitat, and conservation status of Peperomia

bellendenkerensis (Piperaceae) a rare endemic from the Wet

Tropics of north-eastern Queensland

Peter D. Bostock & Paul I. Forster ............ 00.00 c ee cea neuen eenns

Ehretia grahamii (Boraginaceae), notes on distribution, habit, variation and

conservation status

Pati E CPORSECTO o-e-cen cx) 0) leas par"pes oh acute y deytaglatiat = fuse tn ian ab ump? peeves an tafe wy Asatte MertiraheMetnead vce

TEAS Sn Te BO iti eta teeta ene Se nn ee =

Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 2.

A revision of the simple-haired species of the genus Corchorus L.

D. A. Halford

Summary

Halford, D.A. (1995). Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 2, A revision of the simple-haired species of the

genus Corchorus L. Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320. The simple-haired species of the genus Corchorus are

revised for Australia. A generic description of Corchorus is given based on Australian material. Thirteen

species are recognised, C. aestuans L., C. capsularis L., C. cunninghamii F. Muell., C. fascicularis Lam.,

C. hygrophilus Benth., C. macropetalus (F. Muell.) Domin, C. macropterus G.J. Leach & Cheek, C.

olitorius L., C. pascuorum Domin, C. reynoldsiae Halford, C. thozetii Halford, C. tridens L. and

C. trilocularis L. Distributional maps and illustrations are provided for all 13 species. Lectotypes are

selected for C. cunninghamii F. Muell., C. pascuorum Domin, C. tridens L. and Triumfetta macropetalus

F. Mueil.

Keywords: Corchorus - simple-haired - Australia; Corchorus cunninghamii, Corchorus macropetalus,

Corchorus pascuorum, Corchorus reynoldsiae, Corchorus thozetii, Corchorus tridens.

D.A. Halford, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

This paper is the second in a series examining

the family Tiliaceae in Australia and is

concerned with the genus Corchorus L.

Halford (1993) presented a key to the

genera of Tiliaceae in Australia. Corchorus is

distinguished from the other genera in the

family in Australia by having free sepals which

do not have an appendage on the abaxial

surface, petals without a prominent gland near

base, capsular fruit which lack spines or bristles

and two to many ovules per loculus.

Corchorus was originally described by

Linnaeus (1753) and included four species

(C. siliquosus, C. olitortus, C. capsularis and

C. hirsutus). Since that date many additional

species have been described by various authors.

Estimates of the number of species in the genus

vary from approximately 40 (Mabberley 1989)

to 100 (Wild 1984). The species are widely

distributed in the tropical and warm temperate

regions of the world, with most of the diversity

centered in Africa and Australia. Two of the

species (C. capsularis and C. olitorius) are

grown in India and Bangladesh, and to a minor

extent elsewhere for the commercial jute fibre.

Accepted for publication 14 March 1995

The first Australian conspectus of

Corchorus was made by Hooker (1859) when he

listed four species (C. olitorius, C. fascicularis,

C. tridens and C. acutangulus (= C. aestuans))

as occurring there. Mueller (1862) described

five new endemic species from northern

Australia. The following year Bentham (1863)

published the first volume of Flora Australiensis

where he recognised 13 species of which nine

were considered endemic. There, he described

four new species and two new varieties. In the

following 50 years several other species were

described from Australia (Mueller 1872, 1887,

1892, Tate 1898). The most extensive

treatment of Corchorus in Australia to the

present is that of Domin (1927, 1928) in which

he listed 17 species, including three new

species, five new varieties andtwo of Bentham’s

varieties which were raised to species rank.

More recently, Cheek and Leach (1992)

described a new species from the Northern

Territory and Rye (1993) described a new

species from the Pilbara region of Western

Australia. A number of regional flora treat-

ments have examined parts of the genus in

Australia (Mitchell 1981, Stanley and Ross

1986, Rye 1992).

298

The genus Nettoa was described by Baillon

(1866) and consisted of a single species

N. crozophorifolia, based on material collected

from north west Western Australia by one of the

botanists on Baudin’s 1800-1804 expedition.

Burret (1934) did not accept this as a separate

genus and transferred the species to Corchorus.

Burret also described another species

(C. pachyphyllus) from north-western Australia.

Ewart and Petrie (1926) described the genus

Scorpia to include a single species,

S. simplicifolia, and placed it in the family

Leguminosae. S. simplicifolia is conspecific

with the earlier named Corchorus vermicularis

F. Muell., so Scorpia is here synonymised with

Corchorus.

The subgeneric classifications of the

genus by De Candolle (1824) and Endlicher

(1840) were found to have several shortcom-

ings when applied to the species recognised in

this work so no attempt has been made to

develop an updated subgeneric classification

here. However, for practical reasons, the genus

has been divided here into two informal groups,

one for species with stellate hairs present on the

stem and leaves and one for those with only

simple hairs present on the stem and leaves. In

this paper, I intend to cover the species of

Corchorus with only simple hairs on their

stems and leaves. This group includes thirteen

species, two of which are new. The more

numerous stellate-haired species will be

covered in a forthcoming paper.

The present study involved examination

of herbarium specimens together with field

work in Queensland, Northern Territory and

Kimberley Region of Western Australia.

Flowering and fruiting times are based solely

on information from herbarium specimens.

Unless otherwise stated, the species dealt with

in this paper are not considered to be rare or

endangered. The conservation codings for the

rare and threatened species follow Briggs and

Leigh (1988) or Thomas and McDonald (1989).

Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

Taxonomy

Corchorus L., Sp. Pl. 529 (1753); Gen. Pl. 5th

edn, 234 (1754). Type: C. olitorius L.

(lecto).

Nettoa Baill., Adansonia 6: 238—242 t. 7

(1866). Type: Nettoa crozophortfolia

Baill.

Scorpia Ewart & A.H.K. Petrie, Proc. Roy.

Soc. Victoria 38: 169 fig. 2 (1926),

synon, nov. Type: Scorpia simplicifolia

Ewart & A.H.K. Petrie (= Corchorus

vermicularis F. Muell.).

Derivation of Name: named from the Greek,

korkhoros, an ancient name of uncertain origin

for some herbaceous pot plant, perhaps

C. olitorius.

Annual or perennial shrubs, subshrubs or

herbs, with simple, stellate or stellate-dendritic

hairs. Leaves alternate or spirally arranged,

simple, serrate to dentate, occasionally with

the basal teeth prolonged into long setaceous

points. Stipules small, sometimes turgid

proximally, caducous. Inflorescences lateral or

leaf-opposed, bracteate, shortly pedunculate, of

l-to several-flowered umbellate or racemose

cymes. Flowers bisexual. Sepals 4 or 5, free,

sometimes cucullate distally, often apiculate or

caudate at apex. Petals 4 or 5, yellow, usually

shortly unguiculate. Androgynophore usually

present, with an inconspicuous glandular patch

at the base of each petal, and apex produced

into a fleshy, annular to cup-like disc, glabrous

or rarely densely hairy. Stamens 4 to many,

free; filaments terete, glabrous; anthers

dorsifixed. Ovary 2-to 10-locular; ovules 2 to

many per loculus; style terete, glabrous; stigma

minutely lobed or toothed, fimbriate. Fruit a

loculicidal or septicidal capsule, 2-to 10-valved,

cylindrical to subglobose, glabrous or hairy,

straight, curved or twisted, smooth or verrucose,

with valves sometimes with transverse septa

adaxially; seeds several per loculus.

Key to the simple-haired species of Corchorus in Australia

{ray 6529 |e: ren ed Se Sere ee ee Pe

DEOUIS Syne 2 ois hee aid PAE whe S

ee . ¥)

ae mia AL re ae a a a a le iit te ete

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, 2 299

2. Capsule obovoid to broadly obovoid or broadly ellipsoid, 7—25 mm long,

7—10 mm diameter, with apex truncate to rounded .. 1... cee ee eee 3

Capsule narrowly ellipsoidal, 10-35 mm long, 3-6 mm wide, with apex

obtuse, acute or Somewhat TOSIate. o-6 big ee ee ee eee Te Ee ee Ra OS A

3. Sepals 7~9 mm long; fruit erect or reflexed when mature, rugose. QLD

Fh ght Gtch eee Ph enetf ogee & ante facade Son REE tes ghee B)yaciah ad wad Gy arse Tats TER 2a al oh oe 10. C. hygrophilus

Sepals 10—12 mm long; fruit ascending to erect, verrucose. QLD ...... 11. C. reynoldsiae

4, Sepals 6—7 mm long; fruitnarrowly trigonous-ellipsoid or rarely tetragonous-

ellipsoid, 10-17 mm long, 3-5 mm diameter, with 3 or 4 narrow

lenertidanal 168 Qe on ogee Gee ere erent dou dr sche dele. Mobeds, Leese yore ps 8. C. thozetii

Sepals 7—11 mm long; fruit narrowly ellipsoid, 15-35 mm long, 4-6 mm

diameter, without ribs. QLD, NSW 0.0.0... cee ee 7. C, cunninghamil

5. Fruit with 4 to 8 prominent longitudinal wings ...... 0... ee eee 6

Fruit either smooth, verrucose, rugose or ribbed, without prominent

TOMS TEUGIAL WINGS» ox. 4 feu fet hw eens dango ESR Been ahah hc Et hse G12 Gt Se ol we aoe He a:

6. Fruit with 3 or 4 bifid horns at apex; sepals <5 mm long; stamens < 30. WA,

IN OES Sas wg a trey es “eth aie Agate a wlio Salehcsadt rea BCP Beaty Aeyonciyn Bee ed eales 3. C. aestuans

Fruit with a black obtuse mucro at apex; sepals > 6 mm long; stamens > 30.

Tes nk SP ane ver 3x 4 Salar greet on M5, Yulee eee PamaAete ae eyln, a Ve ea Die aceeaee tat Wel ts 9, C. macropterus

7. Fruit depressed globose to ovoid-globose or obloid-cylindrical, > 7 mm

EAPO POE th ey cico nk ochre ea sae ia! eee he ed Sancti cts oe lente beatae ee adey oR ey, ey thee sch Rese ar de 8

Print cylindrical, <6 mip diameter eacosvae wad we nee HET eB a Bale 8 a Wi eee oan Gv ged ome 10

PE rae ee Haat Wh Kenia w CECA NGOs natn ew lteMeeetk, WWE de 'Doege ACG nterghca ab anle, Sal Wet ar aoe “tab nade & 1. C. capsularis

Sepals > 6 mm long; stamens > 50; fruit ovoid-globose or obloid-cylindrical,

POSS IVANELL cpt, pps os nce ca G akg fm ck chacnicyROP Hoty Merce Soak antnniatyl ca ereasa:tes tek, Sharan Va ahicetaahes ee wet leases sees 9

9. Fruit ovoid-globose, 3-to 5-valved, covered with fleshy appendages

2.0-4.0 mm long, each terminated by a single setaceous hair.

PVP HINTB o aes Be acog Ped vere tone feateetbcaaess tee se lee aaa cane atged ees east oo ee ne 12. C. macropetalus

Fruit obloid-cylindrical, 6-to 9-valved, verrucose. NT, QLD .......... ‘13. C. pascuorum

10. Stems erect; plants up to 2 m high; fruit 3-6 mm diameter, 5-or 6-valved.

AINE DED INS Seta: ai ion catee Yen gcrstee a's ante ak Plneay ale, ounce tebe ena bet kenge fetid Boh 2. C, olitorius

Stems procumbent; plants up to 60 cm high; fruit 1.5~-3 mm diameter, 3-valved....... 11

11. Valves with transverse septa between seeds; stamens mostly 20 to 30; sepals

4.0-6.0 mm long. WA, NT, QLD «0... ccc ee 4. C. trilocularis

Valves without conspicuous septa between seeds; stamens < 15; sepals

eA Os (PUA BOS aoe a erate, wha fede: Meng st ib eaen a nbeneaatcic onus tetse adie ay one an aste nth acted 12

12. Fruit 25—35 mm long, glabrous or with scattered scabrous hairs, with 3

spreading bifid horns at apex; stamens 9-11. NT, QLD ............... 5. C. tridens

Fruit 10-20 mm long, glabrous or sparsely to densely pubescent, without

bifid horns at apex but sometimes terminated by 3 minute teeth; stamens

Ae el A ie DD oe Re ve eee Re eR ne OR eee PIR 6. C. fascicularis

300

1. Corchorus capsularis L., Sp. Pl. 529 (1753).

Type: Icones, Plate 261 (lecto: BM-

HERM, photo at BRI, fide Robyns &

Meijer (1991, p.420)).

Erect subligneous herb to 1.5 m; branchlets

glabrous, terete. Leaves narrowly ovate or

narrowly elliptic, 5.0O-14.0cm long, 1.0-6.0cm

wide, glabrous above, minutely papillose

below; base rounded; apex acuminate; margin

serrate or crenate-serrate, with a pair of basal

teeth prolonged into setaceous points up to

10 mm long; petiole 5~30 mm long, glabrous

apart from a line of short reflexed simple hairs

onthe adaxial surface. Stipules narrowly linear-

ovate, 5—10 mm long, glabrous; apex subulate.

Inflorescences lateral, solitary at nodes, 2- or

3-flowered; peduncles 1-2 mm long; pedicels

0.5—1.5 mm long; bracts linear-ovate, c. 1.0mm

long. Buds depressed globose, c. 2.0 mm

diameter, shortly apiculate. Sepals 5, narrowly

linear-obovate, 3.0-4.0 mm long, 1.0—1.5 mm

wide, glabrous, cucullate; apex apiculate;

apiculum c. 0.5 mm long. Petals 5, obovate,

4.0-4.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide; claw c.

1.0 mm long, glabrous or with scattered hairs

on margin. Androgynophore c. 0.1 mm long;

annulus c.0.5 mmlong,crenate. Stamens 20—25;

filaments 2.5—3.0 mm long. Ovary obovoid, c.

1.0 mm diameter, sparsely setulose, 10-celled

with 10 ovules per cell; style stout, 1.0—1.5 mm

long; stigma 5-toothed. Fruiting pedicel

ascending to erect; fruit depressed globose,

10-15 mm diameter, longitudinally sulcate,

coarsely verrucose, glabrous, 10-valvate; apex

impressed; valves without marked transverse

septa adaxially. Seeds numerous, + rhomboid

or + obovoid, c. 2.0 mm long, dark brown. Fig.

1 F-H. Chromosome number 2n = 14 & 28

(Goldblatt 1981).

Selected specimens: Western Australia. GARDNER DiIs-

TRicT: 9.6 km WSW of Mount Waterloo, Jun 1987,

Kenneally 10421 & Hyland (PERTH). Northern Terri-

tory. DARWIN AND GULF DistTrIcT: Finniss River floodplain,

Mar 1990, Cowie 1005 & Wilson (DNA); Foge Dam area,

c. 40 miles [64 km] SE of Darwin, May 1959, Chippendale

6186 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, PERTH); Scott Creek

area, Apr 1980, Rankin 2305 (BRI); Apple Tree Point,

Kapalga, May 1982, Wightman 27 (DNA); West Alligator/

Wildman Rivers floodplain, Apr 1990, Clark 2343 (DNA);

c.45km WNW of Jabiru, Mar 1981, Craven & Whitbread

7704 (CANB, DNA, MEL); Amhem Land, Milingimbi,

Balma, Apr 1988, Wightman 4350 (DNA); ArafuraSwamp,

Austrobatleya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

at old Arafura Homestead, May 1990, Cowie 1282 (DNA);

McKeddies Billabong, Reynolds River, Apr 1981, Dunlop

5931 & Craven (BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW, MEL); North

Daly River floodplain, Mar 1990, Clark 1976 (DNA);

Tipperary Station, Sulls Run Creek, May 1990, Leach

2857 & Cowie CDNA); c. 26 miles [40 km] NNW of El

Sharana Mine, Feb 1973, Lazarides 7847 (BRI, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Corchorus capsularis

is considered to be originally a native of

southern China (Purseglove 1968) which has

become widespread in Asia through its

cultivation as afibrecrop. In Australiait occurs

sporadically in the “top end” of the Northern

Territory and in the Kimberley, Western

Australia (Map 1). Most collections of this

species in Australia have been made only in the

last 20 years. However, it was first collected by

Holtze in 1890 at Port Darwin. Holtze (1892)

considered this species to be “truly indigenous

in North Australia” although it has also escaped

from cultivation. It grows in moist clay or loam

soils on floodplains, swamp margins or estua-

rine flats in grasslands, forests or woodlands.

Phenology: Flowers recorded from February

to May; fruits recorded from March to July and

November.

2. Corchorus olitorius L., Sp. Pl. 529 (1753).

Type: cultivated specimen, Herb. Cliff.

209 (lecto: BM n.v., photocopy BRD), fide

Wild (1963)).

Corchorus olitorius var. australiensis

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 380 (1927

‘1926’). Type: Northern Australia: Van

Diemens Gulf, May 1818,A. Cunningham

296 (holo: K!).

Erect subligneous herb up to 2 m; branchlets

glabrous, somewhat angular or sulcate when

young. Leaves narrowly ovate to ovate, 3.0-12.0

cm long, (1.0)2.0-5.0cm wide, glabrous above,

glabrous or with scattered short, simple hairs

below; base rounded; apex acute to acuminate;

margin serrate, usually with a pair of basal teeth

prolonged into setaceous points, up to 15 mm

long; petiole (5)15—35(60) mm long, glabrous

apart from aline of short ascending simple hairs

on adaxial surface. Stipules setaceous 7—12

mm long, glabrous. Inflorescences leaf-op-

posed, solitary at the nodes, 1-to 3-flowered;

peduncles very short, up to 1 mm long; pedicels

gga een pn petted tS We els aera enon neuen nd ddan caine iss mesnah borehenbeiochen diene whence heb baa ipa RR dann I Re

Halford, Australian Tiltaceae, 2 301

TA tea.

a ere ‘<

* a a*fe,

1 OT) tal *.

I ahaha

at nn

eal . 3449-5

5 ag,

s + a7-,

++ a =

a + a

ie = -~

oe ie x

ot af +

ant = =

. Pay *,

* a T4 +

we :

ea -*% é

al 34a.

"ek * age

Sep tad

a ae” +

ae at +

ra: +s #

ta *, =

= * +

ame fats

we =:

+ a7 +

»* fa

* * * iz

Ff a : ‘

a? ‘= 4F4* i

trie af + i

- ‘e sa:

* + 2 . roe

ea ates. :

= = > t

a +) :

=F pare * |

. Re.

ed Ts

oe aoe

ee eS

+ a

a +

a =

* a

‘.

“

7 4

Jt 4 tt be

ait

«*

. :

4 = +t

eaa bt

Serato aw

0 A

ptt te wt vo Bt

al dt ul og lt A mt

Lee

“we

i tai ‘Te y pa ld 4

US ners

jretsge

lsat

a dt tate

ae =:

a a a

a owe

he tad te ee

oe tea ky

Wsikta

Fig.l. A-E. C. aestuans: A & B. leaf x 1. C. bud x 12, D, fruit x 2. E. transverse section of fruit x 4. F-H. C. capsularis:

F, leaf x 1. G. bud x 8, H. fruit x 3. ILL. C olitorius: 1. leaf x 1. J. bud partially open x 8. K. fruit x 2. L. transverse section

of fruit x 4. A, Gunness AG1995; B,C, Lazarides 7165; D,E, Halford Q921; F,H, Dunlop 5931 & Craven; G, Cuadra A1095;

I, Bean 2909; J, Corbet [AQ 86728]; K,L, Thorne 20688. (All BRI).

302

2mm long; bracts narrowly linear-ovate, 1.5—3.0

mm long. Buds obovoid, 1.5—2.5 mm diameter,

apiculate. Sepals 5, narrowly linear-obovate,

6.0—-8.0 mm long, 2.0 mm wide, glabrous out-

side, pubescent inside near base; apex caudate,

up to 1.0mm long. Petals 5, narrowly obovate,

6.0-7.0 mm long, c. 2.0 mm wide; claw c.

1.0mm long, minutely ciliate on margin.

Androgynophore 0.2—0.5 mm long; annulus,

c.0.2 mm long. Stamens 30-50; filaments

3.0-4.0 mm long. Ovary cylindrical, 5-or 6-

sulcate, 3.0—3.5 mm long, c. 1.0 mm diameter,

covered with minute stiff ascending hairs, 5-or

6-celled with 36-42 ovules per cell; style stout,

1.0-2.0mm long; stigma lobed, fimbriate. Fruit-

ing pedicel erect; fruit somewhat appressed to

stem, cylindrical, 30-80 mm long, 3-6 mm

diameter, straight, longitudinally 10-to 12-

ribbed, glabrous, 5-or 6-valvate; apex straight,

undivided, acuminate, 5-10 mm long; valves

transversely septate adaxially. Seeds numer-

ous, + rhomboid, c. 2.0 mm long, somewhat

rugose, matt black. Fig. 1 IL. Chromosome

number 2n = 14 (Bhatt 1976).

Selected specimens: Western Australia. GARDNER DIs-

TRicT: | km E of Long Spring, Mar 1989, Keighery 10743

(PERTH); Kimberley Research Station, Kununurra, Mar

1963, Lazarides 6730 (CANB, DNA, PERTH); Kununurra,

Mar 1972; Black l4c (PERTH). FrrzceraAtp District:

Yamerra Gap, Napier Ranger, May 1983, Fryxell &

Craven 3938 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); Fitzroy River

Valley, May 1962, Royce 6930 (PERTH). Northern

Territory. DARWIN AND GuLF REGION: Tipperary Station,

Bulls Run Creek, May 1990, Leach 2870 & Cowie (BRD;

Station Springs, Mountain Valley Station, Feb 1963,

Swinbourne 676 (DNA, MEL); O.T. Station, May 1947,

Blake 17653 (BRI, CANB), Victoria River REGION: north

side of Wickham River, Apr 1965, Walter VD3 (DNA).

BARKLY TABLELANDS REGION: No 18 Bore, Mungabroom

Station, Aug 1987, Strong 1026 (DNA); 3 miles {5 km] SE

Rockhampton Downs Homestead, Mar 1959, Chippen-

dale 5404 (DNA). Queensland. Burxe District: Adel’s

Grove, via Camooweal, Feb 1946, de Lestang [AQ 86726]

(BRD; Boogan Lagoon, Apr 1974, Jacobs 1279 (BRI,

CANB). Norts Kennepy District: Giru, Mar 1933, White

$947 (BRI). MircuetL Districr: Thomson River flood

system, 800 m SW of “Waterloo” Homestead, Mar 1989,

Emmott 269 (BRI). Port Curtis District: Biloela, Mar

1955, Wood [AQ 86737] (BRD). Warreco District:

W arrego River crossing, ‘Gerah Plains’, May 1977, Purdie

646E (BRI). Moreton District: Esk, Mar 1971, Harris

[AQ 86684] (BRD); Agricultural College, Lawes, Apr 1955,

Machell (AQ 86678] (BRD; “Bilarabyn” Veresdale via

Beaudesert, Mar 1965, Williams B99 (BRI). New South

Wales. Nortu Coast District: Dourigans Gap, Kyogle,

Jul 1971, Prolomy [NSW 262063] (NSW), Kyogle district,

May 1960, Vane [NSW 262065] (NSW).

Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

Distribution and habitat: Corchorus olitorius

is naturalised pantropically but considered to

be originally a native of Indo-Malesian

region (Robyns & Meijer 1991). From early

Australian records it appears that the first

introduction of this species occurred prior to

European settlement of the east coast. In

Australia, 1t occurs sporadically across north-

ern Australia from the Kimberley, Western

Australia, through central Northern Territory to

the east coast of Queensland and southward to

northern New South Wales (Map 2). It grows

mostly in heavy clay soils in grasslands, riverine

forests and on swamp margins. It is also

recorded along irrigation channels and in

cultivated fields.

Phenology: Flowers recorded from February

to August; fruits recorded from March to

August.

Notes: C. olitortus has been cultivated through-

out the world as a fibre crop and in the east

Mediterranean region for its leaves as a food

crop (Purseglove 1968). Everist (1974) reports

that the seeds of this species are toxic to stock.

3. Corchorus aestuans L., Syst. Nat. edn 10,

1079 (1759). Type: Jamaica, P. Browne;

[LINN 691.4] dlecto: LINN n.v., IDC

177-12. 356: I 3 (691.4) (BRD, fide

Fawcett & Rendle (1926)).

Corchorus acutangulus Lam., Encycl. 2:

104 (1786), C. acutangulus Lam. var.

acutangulus, Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:

381 (1927 °1926). Type: Pluk. Tab. 44,

f.1 (1691) (syn); India, Sonnerat s.n. (? P)

(syn).

Corchorus acutangulus var. brachycarpus

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 381 (1927

‘1926’). Type: Port Darwin, 7 Dec 1871,

FP. Schultz 847 (holo: K!).

Procumbent, ascending or sometimes erect

subligneous herb up to 60 (100) cm high;

branchlets terete with a sparse to moderately

dense indumentum; hairs hyaline simple of

two types; type | hairs straight stiff ascending,

up to 1 mm long, spread over the whole surface;

type 2 hairs curly, up to 0.5 mm long, mostly

confined to one side of branchlet. Leaves

‘hd dd yvesegsvbrese detail lela eave reve ye ee eee eee ae ee ae -<

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, 2

115 {20 125 130 135 140 145 150 155

aaeesnee hel a

{15 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155

Map 1. Distribution of Corchorus spp. C. capsularise , C. trilocularis * .

i15 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155

+ pelea. ave |

i cil BO) TY ies) ded |

re bon

nN »

HT 30

115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155

Map 2. Distribution of Corchorus olitorius ¥«.

303

304

narrowly ovate to ovate or elliptic to rotund,

2.0-9.0cm long, 1.0-4.0cm wide, covered with

scattered strigose hairs above and below; base

rounded or slightly cordate; apex acute or

obtuse; margin serrate-crenate, sometimes with

a pair of basal teeth prolonged into setaceous

points, up to 3 mm long; petiole 5-20 mm long,

hairy with scattered strigose hairs over

whole surface and a line of short curly simple

hairs on the adaxial surface. Stipules narrowly

triangular, 4-8 mm long, glabrous or with

strigose hairs on margin; apex subulate. Inflo-

rescences lateral, solitary at nodes, 1-to 3-flow-

ered; peduncles 1 mm long; pedicels up to 2

mim long; bracts setaceous, 2.0-5.0 mm long.

Buds obovoid, 1.0—2.0 mm diameter, shortly

apiculate. Sepals 5, linear, 3.0-3.5 mm long,

1.0-1.5 mm wide, cucullate, glabrous, smooth

or verrucose outside; apex apiculate; apiculum

c.0.5 mm long. Petals 5, narrowly obovate,

3.0-4.0 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; claw 0.2—0.5

mim long, ciliolate on margin. Androgynophore

very short or obsolete; annulus c. 0.2 mm long,

undulate. Stamens 9-14; filaments 1.0-2.0mm

long. Ovary cylindrical, ribbed, 1.0-1.5 mm

long, c. 0.7 mm diameter, ribbed, silky pubes-

cent, 3-or 4-celled with 16—22 ovules per cell;

style stout, c. 1.0 mm long; stigma fimbriate.

Fruiting pedicel erect; fruit tri- or tetragonous-

cylindrical, 13-30 mm long, 3—7 mm diameter

(including wings), straight, 6-or 8-winged, gla-

brous, 3-or 4-valvate; apex with 3 or 4 bifid

horns, 4—5 mm long; valves without transverse

septa adaxially. Seeds numerous, rhomboid-

cylindric, c. 1.5 mm long, dull brown to black.

Fig. 1 A—E.

Selected specimens; Western Australia. GARDNER

District: 13 km S of Kalumburu, King Edward River, Mar

1989, Keighery 10672(PERTH); 8kmSEofnew Wyndham

Post Office, Apr 1977, George 14548 (CANB, PERTH);

junction Neville Creek and Calder River, Eastern Walcott

Inlet, May 1983, Kenneally 8705 (PERTH). FrrzGeRALp

District: creek entering inlet of Talbot Bay, 23 km SE of

Cockatoo Island, Apr 1983, Fryxell & Craven 3887 (CANB,

MEL, PERTH). Dampier District: Munkajarra, 20 km §

of Derby, Apr 1983, Fryxell 3847 (CANB, MEL, PERTH).

Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION:

Esplanade, Darwin, Jun 1964, Nelson 1088 (AD, BRI,

DNA); Nightcliff, Darwin, Apr 1948, Specht 169 (AD,

BRI, CANB, MEL); near Cahill’s Crossing, c. 4 miles

[6 km] SSE of Cannon Hill, Mar 1973, Lazarides 8019

(BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW); c. 35 km W of Jabiru, Mar

1981, Craven & Whitbread 7695 (CANB, DNA, MEL);

Cooinda area, Mar 1982, Dunlop 6306 & Taylor (DNA);

Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

Hempel Bay, Groote Eylandt, in the Gulf of Carpentaria,

May 1948, Specht 340 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL); South

Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Jun 1948,

Specht 535 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); McArthur

River near Borroloola, May 1974, Pullen 9296 (CANB,

DNA, NSW). VicToriA RIVER REGION: Timber Creek, Apr

1990, Evans 3078 (CANB, DNA). Queensland. BurxE

District: Normanton, May 1935, Blake 8938 (BRI); 119

km SSW of Normanton of road to Cloncurry, Jun 1991,

Halford Q473 (BRI, DNA, MEL). Cook Districr: west

bank of Marrett River, Princess Charlotte Bay, Elsol &

Stanley 605 (BRD; 3.4 km N of Spear Creek on the

Development Road, 11.3 km N of the Palmer River

Crossing, Mar 1987, Clarkson 6701 & McDonald (BRI,

MEL); site 11/17, 50 yards E of Cobra Creek between

Tinaroo Falls and Malone road turnoff on Cairns road, near

Mareeba, Feb 1962, Webb & Tracey 5876 (BRI). NorTH

KENNEDY District: Conoonbah, near Townsville, Mar 1933,

White 8822 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Corchorus aestuans

is a pantropical species which is considered to

be originally a native of Latin America (Robyns

& Meijer 1991). From early Australian records

it appears that the first introduction of this

species occurred prior to European settlement

of the east coast. C. aestuans presently occurs

in northern Australia from the Kimberley,

Western Australia, through the “top end” of the

Northern Territory to north-eastern Queensland

(Map 5). It grows in a variety of habitats,

mostly on clay or sandy soils on floodplains,

swamp margins or coastal flats in forests,

woodlands or grasslands. It is also recorded as

a weed of urban gardens.

Phenology: Flowers recorded in January to

July and October; fruits recorded in February to

August, October and November.

Notes: ‘his species exhibits variability in a

number of morphological features. The most

common habit 1s procumbent to weakly

ascending (e.g. Specht 535). However, there

are some erect forms (e.g. Craven & Whitbread

7695). There is also variation in leaf shape

and size. Some of this variation can be

accounted for by habitat differences. In shady,

well-watered habitats, the plants are generally

larger and more luxuriant. Variation also

occurs in the size of the fruit and size of the

wings on the fruit.

4. Corchorus trilocularis L., Mant. 1: 77 |

(1767). Type: Herb. LINN. 691.2 (lecto:

LINN n.v., IDC 177-12. 356: I. 1 (691.2)

(BRD), fide Ghafoor (1974)).

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, 2

Corchorus rigidiusculus Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 381 (1927 *1926’). ‘Type:

Queensland. apud flumen Flinders River

prope opp. Hughenden, Feb 1910,

K. Domin [PR 529084] (holo: PR!).

Procumbent to ascending subligneous herb,

up to 40 cm high; branchlets terete, glabrous

or sparsely covered with two types of simple

hairs; type 1 hairs weakly ascending straight,

up to 1 mm long, generally spread over

the whole surface; type 2 hairs curly, up to

0.5 mm long, mostly confined to one side of

branchlet. Leaves ovate to narrowly ovate,

narrowly oblong or rarely rotund, 2,0-5.5 cm

long, 0.7-2.5 cm wide, glabrous or with

scattered short to long stiff ascending hairs

on veins and margin; base obtuse or broadly

cuneate; apex obtuse or acute; margin crenate-

serrate, usually with a pair of basal teeth

prolonged into setaceous points, up to 5 mm

long; petiole 3-15 mm long, hairy with scat-

tered straight simple hairs over whole surface and

aline of short curly simple hairs on the

adaxial surface. Stipules setaceous, 3-7 mm

long, with a few simple hairs. Inflorescences

leaf-opposed, solitary at nodes, i-to 3-

flowered; peduncles and pedicels very short, up

to 1 mm long; bracts setaceous, 1.0-3.0 mm

long. Buds ellipsoidal, 2.0—3.0 mm diameter,

shortly apiculate. Sepals 5, linear, 4.0-6.0 mm

long, c. 1.0 mm wide, sparsely to moderately

covered with short straight hairs outside,

puberulous inside near base; apex apiculate;

apiculum up to 0.5 mm long. Petals 5, obovate,

4.0-6.0 mm long, 2.0-3.0 mm wide; claw c.

0.7 mm long, minutely ciliate on margin.

Androgynophore c. 0.2 mm long; annulus c.

0.2 mm long, sometimes with undulate margin.

Stamens 20-30; filaments c. 3.0mm long. Ovary

trigonous-cylindrical, 2.0-3.0 mm long, c.

1.0 mm diameter, pubescent, 3-celled with 30

ovules per cell; style stout, 1.0—-2.0 mm long;

stigma fimbriate. Fruiting pedicel erect; fruit

cylindrical, 25~70 mm long, 2—3 mm diameter,

Straight or slightly curved, scabrous, sparsely

covered with stiff short simple and stellate hairs,

3-valvate; apex straight, undivided, acuminate,

24 mm long; valves partially transversely

septate adaxially. Seeds numerous, + rhom-

boid, 1.0-1.5 mm long, matt dark brown to

black. Fig. 2 A~D. Chromosome number 2n =

14 (Rao & Datta 1953, Datta et al. 1966).

305

Selected specimens: Western Australia, ASHBURTON

Districr: Amelia Station, Jun 1978, Mitchell1576 (PERTH).

Northern Territory. VicroriA River Recion: 10 miles

[16 km] NNE of Wavehill Station, Jul 1959, Lazarides

6277 (CANB); 15.1 miles [24.3 km] NE Wave Hill

Homestead, Apr 1959, Chippendale 3780 (DNA, MEL,

NSW). BArkKLY TABLELANDS REGION: Govt. Reserve

No 7, South Barkly, Jan 1975, Pavlov M353 (DNA).

Queensland. Burke Districr:67kmWNW of MtIsa,6km

N of Mingera Creek, Apr 1989, Harris 286 (BRD; 25 miles

[40 km] NNE of Camooweal, May 1948, Perry 968

(BRI, CANB, DNA), NortH Kennepy District: Kennedy

Highway, 40kmN of Lynd Junction, Mar 1988, Champion

336 (BRD; top of Peak - Bogie Range, Sep 1950, Smith

4552 (BRI). Grecory Nort District: Frensham Station,

near Kynuna, May 1936, Blake 11476 (BRI). MItTcHELi

District: ‘“Noonbah”, on Noonbah Lake, 160 km SW of

Longreach, May 1990, Emmott 393 (BRI). L&icHHARDT

District: Tanderra, (Nardoo) about 45 miles [72 km] SW

of Springsure, Feb 1960, Jofinson 1304 (BRD; Orion

Downs, Jun 1951, Everist 4350 (BRI, CANB); Minerva,

Mar 1935, Blake 7917 (BRI, CANB). Maranoa DIstRIct:

Elmina Station, Mar 1947, Everist 2949 (BRI). BurNETT

District: Brain Pastures Station near Gayndah, Apr 1984,

Neldner & Paton 1390 (BRI). Wipe Bay District: near city

centre, Bundaberg, Mar 1980, Stanley 879 (BRI). MoreETon

District: Kalbar, S of Ipswich, Sep 1935, Smith [AQ

86789] (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: C. trilocularis is

widespread in Africa, tropical Asia and

Australia; probably originally a native of

tropical Africa and tropical Asia. It appears

from the early records of this species in

Australia that it was introduced into the country

with the European settlement of the east coast.

In Australia it occurs in southern, central and

north-western Queensland, with isolated

occurrences in central Northern Territory, and

with a disjunct population in the Pilbara region,

Western Australia (Map 1). It grows mostly in

clay soils in grasslands and woodlands. It is

occasionally recorded as a weed of cultivation.

Phenology: Flowers recorded from January to

June and September; fruits recorded from

January to November.

Notes: ‘The fruits of C. trilocularis and

C. tridens are often distorted and twisted due

to insect damage. C. trilocularis is sometimes

confused with C. tridens. The distinguishing

features of these two species are discussed

under C, tridens.

5. Corchorus tridens L., Mant. 2: 566 (1771),

C. tridens L. var. tridens, Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 380 (1927 °1926’). Type: Burm.

306 Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

: rif 4G

VAS NU GAG Bel

Ow NENT F 7, ay

~“ x XN ff Ap? ¥)

~ x Si Life 44!

\ hy f. Z

SY) / Y 1 Yge

heer et

eas Tt

Ret +.

aa Pe ie

lt n-

wah

site 4

y *& i&§&

uit = iT:

AS 2 4

Bb t. :

i 3 :

Ce © ‘

tid s -

aa ie

ay @

mh 4 Ife

4% i > :

' #

. Pig zt.

* = =

J 3 i

t : ¢

+ ; +

Was

+ a .

+ #

=: = fh

- Fad

Rise ’

7 = : | a fa

“egy q

42 Aa

& =F i

ay 5

iat i -

- 4

was by

¥ Ra bs t

“| 3] =

: =

ia 27 I Ps

tty a i

tT. =

Fy J

ea = B

= * -

+4 tm, !

J * & r

y +4 * Y t

4 +o i

P P) * a

*¥ Pad . 1

4 = .

ile o r 4 as.

% : 4; L 1 erie

jitta $4 jase

aay %- Ere + “

S =i

k * eo

5 ~

? y Lf £ ; *,

5! ~ . a,

tad he g i+ ‘

t ie oh aT 24

=e z i t+. u * 5 §

Woy a v4 4:

405 fy mae Ewe

: *s i + 4 aio Pa

ut +k ay Lt vite

Ey I 3 ay er : a4 ,%

Wit 5 a aT | fa?

i! es A

att, 1 " 4. on

: <i — tJ * oe oa

Ho) Se Aan 4G

YH + Bi “| ja oy

4°43 3} ER <r ay iat

VEE we tal MN

on Te ae seta :

.- ip oe id

‘ Hi ane mre

qa iB Mie tt She

- ak : "qi

Be “5 wh a iri ag

Peg 2 Ay a

¥ =, + * [ Pie aed! "or

“ATH CS YEE eae ee ie

- +5 - 1} I me

4 ie Li a+b a? wd ‘Kt

" aa Raeoobass of

’ iE = af tt ii e

i ea “ _ 4*¢ =

& : + ae tele, iis

7 1 z cr k 5 1a

be aa ees OG

a bat {eed te

¢ Tr.

3 moe ES

‘tb ote EF tt aed ,

ea 3 ee ae

* fa ‘ ae 50 35

+ 23 = 4. 4 +} = *

* vie er) qi+ H ohoa

Re gk te as Coe ee

' Etgs Fi “40 ie i 9543

¥y wei tetht nea

a re fond} ey

i dl

Ry 7. be wy opr

i i FA r ded ae

ee ' -

at si =

et: wh 7 ie

aor oad i * is

+4. ee 2 “Ls

Pes sats

Bi to Sy

Fr ‘sg i za

+ dark fier

ai dpeth Was

te woaly “45 4t

‘ 1" & a3

* Fr een 45

* ay a4 z F i

so 4 aha

wal! rad att

7 qerh fy '

et tt 4; “ins

att he hy tel

ahetl Ted +5"

* i red

ant jae] iy he

+. voit hayt

aha te et

*, tee: ats

ee Ll TL

ear petal pte

| Pa 4 wee an

f~. aod q a

Tae, ftep to

‘ar ‘ at Agee

HEPAT 143

+ ary '

hota tee

4 a

‘ 4h ie

of x %

a 3.u £7]

ate Ap Se

uss tal | ao

rae 4g wt

batt tat |

werk at ‘

i wi Le

1 i

w Fe i a

ati haky ‘

oe eee

t al = ' Fy

wah. ae '

74 Raye fos

a +. - &

ee VA

= Wt

Fig,2. A—D. C. trilocularis: A. leaf x 1.5. B. bud x 8. C. fruit x 2. D. transverse section of fruit x 6. E-H. C. tridens: E,

leaf x 3. F, bud x 8. G. fruit x 4. H. transverse section of fruit x 12. ILL. C. fascicularis: I. leaf x 3. J. bud x 16. K. fruit

x 4. L. transverse section of fruit x 12. A, Emmott 393; B, Everist 4350; C,D, Blake 11476; E,F, Pollock [AQ 86780]; G,H,

Russell-Smith 7718A & Lucas; -L, Pullen 8913. (All BRD.

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, 2

f., Fl. Indica 123, t. 37 fig. 2 (1768) (lecto:

here designated).

Corchorus tridens var. euryphyllus Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89: 381 (1927 ‘1926’).

Type: North Coast Islands, &. Browns.n.,

Iter Australiense 1802-05 No 5182 (holo:

K}).

Procumbent subligneous herb up to 60 cm high;

branchlets terete, glabrous or with scattered

short rigid simple hairs. Leaves narrowly

elliptic or narrowly ovate, 3.0-5.0 cm long,

0,7—2.0 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely covered

along veins with short ascending, stiff simple

hairs; base obtuse or rounded; apex acute or

obtuse; margin serrate-crenate, sometimes with

a pair of basal teeth prolonged into setaceous

points, up to 3 mm long; petiole 4-13 mm long,

hairy with scattered hairs over whole surface

and a line of short curved simple hairs on the

adaxial surface. Stipules setaceous, 2-4 mm

long, glabrous. Inflorescences leaf-opposed,

solitary at nodes, 2-to 4-flowered; peduncles

very short, up to 1 mm long; pedicels 0.5 mm

long; bracts subulate, c. 1.0 mm long. Buds

narrowly obovoid, 1.0-2.0 mm diameter. Se-

pals 5, narrowly linear-obovate, 2.5-3.5 mm

long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide, glabrous; apex acute.

Petals 5, narrowly obovate, 3.0-3.5 mm long,

1.0-1.5 mm wide; claw very short, minutely

ciliate on margin. Androgynophore c. 0.2 mm

long; annulus c. 0.1 mm long. Stamens

9-11; filaments 1.0-2.0mm long. Ovary

trigonous-cylindrical, ribbed, 1.5—2.5 mmlong,

c,0.5 mm diameter, strigillose, 3-celled with 20

ovules per cell; style stout, c. 1.0 mm long;

stigma fimbriate. Fruiting pedicel spreading to

erect; fruit cylindrical, 25-35 mm long, 1.5—2.0

mm diameter, straight or slightly curved, some-

what longitudinally ribbed, glabrous or with

scattered scabrous hairs, 3-valvate; apex

attenuate, 1-3 mm long, terminated by 3 bifid

horns, up to 1 mm long; valves without

transverse septa adaxially. Seeds numerous, +

rhomboid-cylindric, 1.0-1.5 mm long, matt,

dark brown to black. Fig. 2 E-H. Chromosome

number 2n= 14 & 28 (Fedorov 1974, Goldblatt

1981),

Selected specimens: Western Australia, GARDNER DIs-

TRICT: 9.9km N of Long Spring, Mar 1989, Keighery 10721

(PERTH); Kununurra, Feb 1964, Richards 24 (CANB,

307

PERTH). Dampier District: 5 km N of Van Emmerick

Range, May 1988, Cranfield 6706 (CANB, PERTH);

Windjana Gorge, Apr 1988, Cranfield 6356 (PERTH).

HALL District: Bungle Bungle N.P., Osmond Creek, W of

Osmond Yard, Jun 1989, Menkhorst 395 (DNA, PERTH).

CANNING District: Rudall River N.P., Little Sandy Desert,

Apr 1979, Mitchell 845 (DNA). Northern Territory.

DARWIN AND GULF REGION: Elsey Falls, E of Mataranka, Apr

1956, Burbidge 5065 (CANB). Victoria RIvER REGION:

10km N of Coomarie Spring, Tanami Desert, Mar 1981,

Latz8586 (DNA); 32 miles [51 km] NE [of] Inverway, May

1989, Chippendale 5935 (DNA). Barkty TABLELANDS

ReEaIon: No 20 Bore, Brunchilly Station, Jun 1984, Strong

351 (DNA). CENTRAL NoRTHERN REGION: Gosse River,

Murchison Range, Apr 1983, Latz 9685 (DNA). CENTRAL

SOUTHERN REGION: Tobermoray Station, Field River, May

1972, Dunlop 2584 (DNA), Queensland. BURKEDISTRICT:

Adel’s Grove, via Camooweal, Mar 1946, de Lestang 227

(BRI); Hughenden, undated, Francis [AQ 86766] (BRD;

Sussex Park, Hughenden, Jun 1934, Blake 6230 (BRD;

Granada, about 50 miles [80 km] N of Cloncurry, Apr 1954,

Everist 5217 (BRI, DNA). Cook Districr: Newcastle

Range, Apr 1907, Blackman 17 (BRI). GreGcory NortH

District: Tick Hill, 44 km E of Dajarra, 14 km N of the

Monument, Apr 1990, Harris 515 (BRI). Norru KENNEDY

District: Ayr, SE of Townsville, undated, Michael 1705

(BRD.

Distribution and habitat: C. tridens is wide-

spread in Africa, Asia and Australia. From early

Australtan records it appears that this species

was present prior to European settlement of the

east coast. In Australiait occurs across northern

parts of the continent from the Pilbara, Western

Australia, through central Northern Territory to

north-eastern Queensland (Map 3). It grows on

clay or sandy soils, in woodlands, shrublands or

grasslands, usually on floodplains, coastal flats

or on the edge of salt pans.

Phenology: Flowers recorded from January to

June; fruits recorded from February to August.

Notes: C. tridens may be confused with

C. trilocularis but is distinguishable from that

by its having short, bifid, divaricate horns at the

apex of the fruit and having only simple hairs on

the fruit. C. trilocularis lacks horns on the fruit

and has branched hairs as well as simple hairs on

the fruit.

Typification: Waid (1984) noted that there are

no specimens in LINN that could be Linnaeus’

original material and that the two plates citied

by him (Pluk. phyt. t.127 £.4 (1692) and Burm.

ind, 123 t.37 £.2 (1768)) are the elements that

have to be considered in the typification of

C. tridens. Dr C. Jarvis (pers. comm.) informs

308

me that he also has been unable to find any

original material of C. tridens. Wild presented

a good case for Burman’s figure to be a satisfac-

tory element for lectotypification of C. tridens

L., but he did not take the final step and

nominate it as lectotype. Robyns and Meyer

(1991) dismissed Burman’s figure as a possible

type by inferring that it does not match Linnaeus’

description and identified it as C. trilocularis L.

[have examined the plates in question and agree

with Wild that the Linnaean description clearly

relates to Burman’s figure and that the figure

does not match the description of C. trilocularis

L. as suggested by Robyns and Meijer. Burman’s

figure is here, therefore, selected as the lectotype

of C. tridens L.

6. Corchorus fascicularis Lam., Encycl. 2:

104-105 (1786). Type: East Indies,

Sonnerat, (7P) n.v.

Procumbent subligneous herb up to 20 cm high;

branchlets terete, glabrous or sparsely covered

with weak simple hairs. Leaves narrowly

oblong to oblong or narrowly ovate, 1.0-4.5cm

long, 0.5-1.0 cm wide, glabrous; base and

apex rounded to obtuse; margin crenate; petiole

2—) mm long, glabrous except for a line

of short curly simple hairs on the adaxial

surface, Stipules narrowly ovate, 1-3 mm long.

Inflorescences leaf-opposed, solitary at nodes,

2-to 4-flowered; peduncles and pedicels very

short, c. 0.5 mm long; bracts subulate, up to 1.0

mm long. Buds obovoid, c. 1.0 mm diameter.

Sepals 5, linear, 1.0-2.0 mm long, c. 0.5 mm

wide; glabrous; apex acute. Petals I to 5,

narrowly obovate, 1.0—2.0 mm long, c. 0.5 mm

wide; claw obsolete or very short<0.1 mm long,

glabrous. Androgynophore obsolete; annulus

present. Stamens 4—7; filaments c, 1.0mm long.

Ovary trigonous-cylindrical, c. 1.0 mm long, c.

0.5 mm diameter, puberulous, 3-celled with

12-14 ovules per celled; style stout, 0.1-0.5

mm long; stigma fimbriate. Fruiting pedicel

erect or spreading; fruit cylindrical 10-20 mm

long, 2 mm diameter, straight or slightly curved,

smooth, glabrous or sparsely to densely

pubescent, 3-valvate; apex straight, acuminate,

2—3 mm long, sometimes terminated by 3 very

short teeth, c. 0.2 mm long; valves without

conspicuous transverse septa adaxially. Seeds

numerous, + compressed rhomboid-cylindric

Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

or compressed obovoid, 1.0—2.0 mm long, dark

brown. Fig. 2 I-L. Chromosome number 2n =

14 (Rao & Datta 1953, Datta et al. 1966).

Selected specimens: Western Australia. DAMPIER

District: 3 km SEof Brooking Gorge, Apr 1988, Cranfield

6432 (CANB, PERTH); Fitzroy Crossing, May 1927,

Ewart [PERTH 1532774] (PERTH). Northern

Territory. DARWIN AND GULFREGION: Daly River subcoastal

area, Apr 1964 Muspratt R514 (BRI, DNA); O.T. Station,

May 1947, Blake 17651 (BRI). Barxiy TABLELANDS

Recion: Newcastle Waters, Apr 1959, Chippendale 5840

(BRI, DNA); Kilgour Gorge, tributary W of gorge,

Mallapunyah Springs Station, May 1984, Halford 84594

(DNA). Queensland. Burke District: upper Alexandra

River (Landsborough River), along the Donors Hill -

Burketown road near Talawanta Station, Apr 1974, Pullen

8913 (BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW); Wondoola - Hfley area,

Apr 1953, Brown [AQ 86666] (BRI); Canobie Homestead,

about 160 km NNE of Cloncurry, Apr 1954, Everist 5298

(BRI); Glengalla: 63 miles [101 km] N of Maxwelton, Jun

1947, Everist 3038 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Corchorus

fascicularis occurs tn tropical Africa to Burma

and Australia. From early Australian records it

appears that this species was present prior

to European settlement of the east coast. In

Australia if occurs sporadically across the

north of the continent from Fitzroy Crossing,

Western Australia, central Northern Territory

from Victoria River to the McArthur River and

in north-western Queensland from near

Burketown to Richmond (Map 4). It grows in

mostly clay through rarely sandy soils on plains

and river flats.

Phenology: Flowers recorded in April; fruits

recorded from May to July.

Notes: C. fascicularis occasionally has three

very small teeth at the apex of the fruit which

could lead to it being confused with C. tridens.

However, itcan be distinguished from that by its

soft spreading hairs on the fruit and the attenuate

apex of the fruit compared to the stiff scabrous

hairs and the somewhat truncate apex of the fruit

of C. tridens.

7. Corchorus cunninghamii F. Muell., Fragm.

3: 8 (1862). Type: Moreton Bay, Stuart

[MEL 1599420] (lecto, designated here:

MEL).

Ascending subshrub to 1.5 m high; branchlets

often reddish, terete, glabrous or with scattered

* GS ead Lee oe nd oi i ps eee horde Eee Eee

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, 2

115 {20 ae. 7° VEO 135 140_ — +

CERT CLE SEL q

Cee gcc HEE

cco if

CLC Pe PR BeaRy

CEERECECEC Eee

g ATT a

PERCE CN

gipenateneataeeseatoventaneill Grssasragr (ates

L pBeeoae® ME ET RR I

gasneee COREE PARE

CCE CEE

COECELEE-ECECEC e

@ ECE EEE HET ao

ECEECEEE EEE ECT

queue ECC CECE

ECORI Eee HRY

115 120 125 . 130 135 140 145 150 155

Map 3. Distribution of Corchorus tridens*.

R= = neh eee a a a OC

CE Ha

SGRGnnEn

mos

wee oe

ieee

Witz

Gale

ies

A a aa ge

sah

Lili

Fae

mie

cH La

cule Bs

ofl fed

fall

pte

ff |

|_| @

hit

|_te

A Be

SOE

1 a ae

At TT

SEE

ar i pe

ahd Tow

se) tee

jade cde

saee

ott

Ds Sie Soi

ott

bell] a

i iy

tt]

aoe

ra foal

eas ~

‘a My

A TTT Py

chy CREAT CAH Py

S ECEERREEEEEEC ECE

EEECCEEEE AE Eeeeeeeeer an

Rea kD

a CECE RT

CEECECCEEEEEEEEEECCE CCC PRE

“ee SET aT

COE eT

115 120 125 136 135 140 145 150 155

Map 4. Distribution of Corchorus spp. C. fascicularis @ , C. macropterus * ,

309

310

minute curved simple hairs. Leaves narrowly

ovate to ovate or elliptic-ovate, 5.0-15.0 cm

long, 1.5—5.0 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely

pubescent on both surfaces; base rounded;

apex acute to acuminate; margin irregularly

serrate; petiole 10-20 mm long, glabrous

apart from a line of short curly simple hairs

on the adaxial surface. Stipules ovate, turgid

proximally, c. 1 mm long, red, glabrous, with

a single nectariferous pore on abaxial surface;

apex acuminate. Inflorescences leaf-opposed,

solitary at nodes, 2-to 7-flowered; peduncles

2—7(17) mm long; pedicels 5—12(20) mm long;

bracts ovate, c. 1.0 mm long.’ Buds pyriform,

3.0-4.0 mm diameter. Sepals 4, narrowly

obovate, 7.0—11.0 mm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide,

glabrous or sparsely pubescent outside,

pubescent on margin near base; apex acute

to acuminate. Petals 4, narrowly obovate,

9.0-11.0 mm long, 3.0-5.0 mm wide; claw

0.5—1.0 mm long, minutely ciliate on margin.

Androgynophore c. 0.7 mm long; annulus

c.0.2mm long. Stamens 60-80; filaments

4,0—7.0 mm long. Ovary ellipsoid, weakly 3-or

4-ribbed, 1.5—3.0 mm long, c. 1.0 mmdiameter,

glabrous, 3-or 4-celled with 18-22 ovules per

cell; style slender, 2.5-6.0 mm long; stigma

minutely toothed. Fruiting pedicel ascending to

erect; fruit narrowly ellipsoid, 15—35 mm long,

4-6 mm diameter, straight or slightly curved,

smooth, glabrous, dehiscing by longitudinal

valves along the length of the capsule (apex of

capsule not splitting), 3-or 4-valvate; base at-

tenuate; apex acute to somewhat rostrate;

valves without transverse septa adaxially. Seeds

2-22 per capsule, irregularly obovoid or +

rhomboid, 2.0-3.0 mm long, matt brown to

black. Fig. 3 A—D.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Moréron District:

Ithaca Creek, undated, F.M. Bailey [AQ 86654] (BRD;

Enoggera, Nov 1887, P.M. Bailey [AQ 86648] (BRI);

3 Mile Scrub, Enoggera Creek, Jul 1874, P.M. Bailey{[AQ

$6649] (BRD; Peachey’s Scrub, Nov 1887, Sinnonds

Herb, [AQ 86651] (BRI); Peachey’s Scrub, Nov 1887,

Shirley [AQ 86650] (BRI); Pullenvale, SW of Brisbane,

Dec 1983, Jessup 580 (BRD; Mt Cotton, May 1932, White

8413 (BRI); upper Ormeau, 20 km SW of Beenleigh, Mar

1990, Bird & Orford 300 (BRI, MEL); Cliff Barron’s Road,

Upper Ormean, Feb 1989, Thompson & Leiper [AQ 455967]

(BRI). New South Wales. Norru Coast District:

Toonimbar [Toonumbar] Range, near Kyogle, Mar 1944,

White 12509 (BRD; Bexhill, Mar 1891, W.B. 181 (MEL).

Austrobatleya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

Distribution and habitat: C. cunninghamit 1s

endemic to Australia. It occurs in south east

Queensland and north east New South Wales

(Map 5). It grows in the narrow ecotone

between eucalypt forests and Araucarian

microphyli vine forests on shallow souls that are

stony and well drained on hilly terrain.

C. cunninghamit no longer occurs in a

number of the localities close to Brisbane

where it was previously known from for

example Peachey’s Scrub, Ithaca Creek and 3

Mile Scrub, Enoggera Creek, and is considered

to be endangered in the wild.

Phenology: C. cunninghamit has been

recorded to flower and fruit throughout the year.

However, the peak flowering period is from

November to May.

Conservation status: C. cunninghamii has a

conservation coding of 3E according to Thomas

and McDonald (1989) and E by ANZECC

(1993). Corchorus cunninghamii is listed as

endangered on the schedule of plant species

declared as “protected wildlife” under

the regulations of the Queensland Nature

Conservation Act 1992.

Notes: It is clear from Mueller’s protologue

(“Fructus juvenilis fusiformi-ellopsoideus,

maturus nondum cognitus’’) that he saw only

immature fruit of this species. However, this is

sufficient to clearly identify the species that he

had in mind. Examination of original material

at MEL and K revealed that only one specimen

(Moreton Bay, Stuart [MEL 1599420]) has fruit

and this fruitis immature. Sheet MEL 1599420

is here selected as lectotype of Mueller’s

C. cunninghamit. The specimen from Burnett

and Dawson River collected by F. Mueller

(MEL 223667), lacks fruit but is clearly not of

this species, It is more appropriately placed

under C. hygrophilus.

C. cunninghamii 1s unique amongst the

Australian Corchorus taxa in that its capsules

split along longitudinal lines, with the apex of

the fruit remaining intact, as opposed to the rest

of the species in which the fruits split from the

apex downwards.

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, 2 311

; \ Ate *

< zi | \-

4) TERA

Wan

Malls’ \

ae yit a \

A i ‘a

te i |

\\ ne

\ 4

diy ' |

whet ha ANT

oe Iv

waleiaa!

atte AE }

ly ‘ 1 .; P i3

hue bil He

i i wl v Eo

iy f ii rete

ane + o? ee

| yi i PE aoe

+ jin’ He Sy oak tek

i" | : ted: wae

i} uti ieant see:

Whe I Piet ae

lo oEE eh oy Selene

ify H ih = é, eh

ti ; fe eid ihe

Nimtnie CURE ee

}. . + sre rae tid che

rant Ue Seu d's

i ay Bt ASS

+ Sl'F it: .t

Who a clea

Ray aunt SA?

¥ i ea LE rz

7 AF

beget tht

sherri)

alaartrs= +

a ns

4 wet Teas

‘

bee ar

Mt et aae

LJ Pa x

eee +

144

PRam oa

Rae oF

ruthy

+ i

Me,

eee wale

Leer

wee a

+ *¥

eee ee

tat

;

Ch a

——

ik*

bl ca 4

nae

aa yn A

Fig.3. A-D. C. cunninghamii: A. leaf x 1. B, bud x 5. C. fruit x 2. D. transverse section of fruit x 5. E-H. C. thozetii: E.

leaf x 1. F. bud x 5, G. fruit x 2. H. transverse section of fruit x 5, ILL. C. macropterus: I. leaf x 1. J. bud x 5. K. fruit x 2.

L. transverse section of fruit x 5. A-D, Halford Q1717(BRD; E, Thozet 490 (MEL 1599036) (MEL); F, O’Shanesy 1126

(MEL); G. Thozet 490 (MEL 1599037) (MEL); I-L, Craven & Wightman 8316 (BRI).

312

8. Corchorus thozetii Halford, sp. nov. valde

similis C. cunninghamii sed capsulis

brevioribus (10.0—17.0 mm longis contra

capsulas 15.0-35.0 mm longas)

angularibusque costis 3 vel 4 angustis

longitudinalibus contra capsulas

rotundatas laevesque distinguitur. Typus:

Queensland, Port Curtis District.

Rockhampton, Thozet 490 (holo: MEL

(MEL 1599036); iso: MEL (MEL

1599037)).

Ascending (?)perennial subshrub to 60cm high,

general appearance green; branchlets terete,

glabrous. Leaves narrowly ovate to ovate,

5.0—7.0 cm Jong, 1.5—3.0 cm wide, glabrous;

base rounded; apex acute to acuminate; margin

setrate; petiole 10-20 mm long, glabrous apart

from a line of short curly simple hairs on

the adaxial surface. Stipules ovate, turgid

proximally, 2-3 mm long, glabrous, with a

single nectariferous pore on abaxial surface;

apex acuminate. Inflorescences leat-opposed,

solitary at nodes, 4-or 5-flowered; peduncles

2-3 mm long; pedicels 2-3 mm long; bracts

narrowly ovate, c. 1.0mm long. Buds pyriform,

3.0-4.0mm diameter. Sepals 4, linear-obovate,

6.0-6.5 mm long, 1.5-—2.0 mm wide, mostly

glabrous excepta few hairs on margin near base;

apex acute. Petals 4, narrowly obovate, 6.0-6.5

mm long, c. 3.0 mm wide; claw c. 0.6 mm long,

minutely ciliate on margin. Androgynophore c.

0.2 mm long; annulus c. 0.2 mm long. Stamens

50-60; filaments 4.0-5.0 mm long. Ovary

trigonous-ellipsoid, 1.3-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8

mm diameter, 3-or 4- sulcate, glabrous, 3- or

rarely 4-celled with 12-14 ovules per cell; style

slender, c. 1.5 mm long; stigma minutely toothed.

Fruiting pedicel ascending to erect; fruit

narrowly trigonous-ellipsoidrarely tetragonous-

ellipsoid, 10-17 mm long, 3—5 mm wide, smooth,

3-or4-ribbed, smooth, glabrous, 3-or 4-valvate;

base obtuse; apex obtuse to somewhat rostrate;

valves without transverse septa adaxially. Seeds

numerous, + rhomboid-cylindric or irregularly

obovoid, 1.5—2.5 mm long, matt brown to black.

Fig. 3 E-H.

Additional specimen examined: Queensland, PorTCurtIs

District: near Rockhampton, Aug 1869, O’Shanesy 1126

(MEL).

Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

Distribution and habitat: C. thozetii 1s

endemic to Australia. As the species is known

from only two specimens collected last century,

the locality records for C. thozetii are vague.

Itis known only from somewhere near

Rockhampton in the central east coast of

Queensland (Map 5), where it was noted by the

collector O’ Shanesy to occur in Brigalow scrub.

Phenology: The single collection of flowering

and fruiting material seen was made in August.

Conservation status: This species has not been

collected during the last 100 years. There has

apparently been no systematic search made of

possible localities to look for it. A conservation

coding of presumed extinct (X) is appropriate.

Etymology: This species is named in honour of

Mr A. Thozet (1826-1878) who was an avid

botanical collector in Central Queensland.

Notes: C. thozetii closely resembles

C. cunninghamii but can be distinguished from

that by its shorter (10.0-17.0 mm long

compared with 15.0-35.0 mm long) trigonous-

or tetragonous-ellipsoid fruit with 3 or 4 narrow

longitudinal ribs compared with the narrowly

ellipsoid fruit without longitudinal ribs of

C. cunningham.

9. Corchorus macropterus G.J. Leach &

Cheek, Kew Bull. 47(3): 513 (1992).

Type: Australia, Northern Territory.

DARWIN AND GULF ReEGIon: Arnhem Land,

10 km S of Oenpelli, 12°23’S 133°10’E,

24 May 1988,A.A. Munir 5838 (holo: n.v;

iso: K n.v. (photo at BRI).

Brect shrub 1—2 m tall; branchlets terete,

glabrous or sparsely covered with minute, erect,

simple hairs. Leaves narrowly ovate or

narrowly elliptic to elliptic, 4.0—13.0 cm long,

1.0—5.0 cm wide, glabrous; base rounded; apex

acuminate; margin serrate; petiole 6-28 mm

long, glabrous apart from a line of short, erect

simple hairs on adaxial surface. Stipules ovate,

turgid proximally, 3—5 mm long, glabrous, with

asingle nectariferous transverse groove on abaxial

surface; apex subulate. Inflorescences axillary

or leaf-opposed, solitary at nodes, Il-to 4

flowered; peduncles up to 1 mm long; pedicels

3—4 mm long; bracts narrowly ovate, 2.0-5.0 mm

+ FST RR

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, 2

long. Buds broadly ovoid, 4.0-5.0 mm

diameter, with 5 spreading caudae at apex, upto

5 mm long. Sepals 5, narrowly elliptic to

elliptic, 8.0-18.0 mm long, 2.0—3.5 mm wide, |

indumentum outside absent or sometimes

sparsely covered with minute simple and stellate

hairs, inside a few minute simple hairs near

base; apex caudate, 2.0-5.0 mm long. Petals 5,

obovate to circular, 7.0-11.0 mm long,

5.0-8.0 mm wide; claw c. 1.0 mm long, ciliate

on margin. Androgynophore 0.3—0.4 mm long;

annulus c. 0.2 mm long. Stamens 140—200,

filaments 2.0-6.0 mm long. Ovary conical to

ellipsoid, very strongly 5-winged, 2,0-3.0 mm

long, 1.0-1.5 mm diameter, glabrous, 5-celled

with 20-24 ovules per cell; style terete, c.

4.0 mm long; stigma fimbriate. Fruiting pedicel

erect; fruit ellipsoid, 20-40 mm long, 8-15 mm

diameter, straight, longitudinally 4-or 5-winged,

smooth, glabrous, dehiscing only at apex, 4- or

5-valvate; apex obtuse, with a black obtuse

mucro, c. 0.5 mm long; valves without

transverse septa adaxially. Seeds 8 to [5 per

cell, + rhomboid-cylindric to discoid, 1.0—2.0

mm long, matt or shiny brown to black. Fig.3

I-L.

Additional specimens examined: Northern Territory.

DARWIN AND GucF District: Oenpelli, May 1981, Bonney

(DNA); 6 km from Oenpelli on Springs Rd, Jun 1981,

Bonney (DNA); beside the road to East Alligator River, Jul

1986, Gartrell & Brennan UNSW19754 (CANB), Mt

Gilruth, Mar 1984, Craven & Wightman 8316 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: C. macropterus 1s

endemic to Australia. It is known only from

Arnhem Land, Northern Territory (Map 4).

It grows on sandy soil near creeks flowing

between sandstone cliffs and on swampy

alluvium on sandstone plateaus on rainforest

margins and amongst tall grasses.

Phenology: Flowers recorded in March, May

to July; fruits recorded from March, May and

June.

Notes: C. macropterus is a very distinctive

species because of its prominent 5-winged fruit.

C. aestuansis the only other species of Corchorus

in Australia with prominent wings on the fruit.

C. macropterus is easily distinguished from

C. aestuans by having larger flowers, fruits and

leaves. C. macropterus 1s more closely allied to

C. cunninghamii, C. thozetiiand C. hygrophilus

313

from Queensland but differs from them in

having sepals with long awns, shortly obovate

tocircular petals, 140—200 stamens and strongly

5-winged fruit.

10. Corchorus hygrophilus A. Cunn. ex

Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 276 (1863). Type:

[Queensland. NorRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: |

Cleveland Bay, June 1819, A. Cunningham

200 (holo: K4).

Ascending subshrub to 50 cm high; branchlets

terete, glabrous or sparsely covered with minute

simple hyaline hairs or sometimes minute

glandular papillose hairs. Leaves narrowly ovate

to broadly ovate, 8.0—12.0 cm long, 2.0-7.0cm

wide, glabrous or with scattered minute simple

hairs on both surfaces; base rounded; apex acute

to acuminate; margin serrate; petiole 10-20 mm

long, glabrous apart from a line of short curly

simple hairs on the adaxial surface. Stipules

ovate, turgid proximally, 3-4 mm long,

glabrous, with a single nectariferous pore on

abaxial surface; apex subulate. Inflorescences

leaf-opposed, solitary at nodes, 6- to 8-

flowered; peduncles 3-5 mm long; pedicels

3—4 mm long; bracts ovate, c. 1.0 mm long.

Buds pyriform, 3.0-4.0 mm diameter. Sepals 4,

narrowly obovate, 7.0-9.0 mm long, 2.0-3.0

mm wide, glabrous except for ciliolate margin

near base; apex acute. Petals 4, obovate, 6.0-8.0

mm long, 3.0-4.0 mm wide; claw 1.0-1.5 mm

long, minutely ciliate on margin.

Androgynophore 0.4-0.5 mm long; annulus up

to 0.3 mm long. Stamens 55-80; filaments

4.0-6.0 mm long. Ovary subglobose, 0.8—1.0

mm diameter, minutely papillose, 4-celled with

6—10 ovules per cell; style slender, 6.0-7.0 mm

long; stigma minutely toothed. Fruiting pedicel

erect or reflexed; fruit broadly ellipsoid, 7-12

mm long, 5—7 mm diameter, rugose, glabrous,

4-valvate; base and apex rounded; valves

without transverse septa adaxially. Seeds

numerous, + rhomboid-cylindric or discoid,

2.0-3.0 mm long, matt dark brown to black.

Fig. 4 I.

Selected specimens: Queensland. NortH KENNEDY Dis-

TRIcT: Cape Cleveland N.P., Feb 1992, Forster PIF9656 &

Bean (BRI, MEL, QRS); Mount Abbot, 50 km W of

Bowen, May 1992, Bean 4496 (BRI). Port Curtis Dis-

TRICT: 1 km Eof Fitzroy Caves N.P., Gomersalls Block, Jun

1989, Forster PIF5096 & Tucker (BRI); Mt Larcom, 5 km

NW of Yarwun, 25 Jan 1994, Forster PIF14643 (BRI,

314 Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

rn]

a #

ae 4

Ng oy HM wt

T tas eet

“

~ a lt

)

tow

am 4

:,. wont

‘é

tt tn dul *

“ae ee 44

4 4 hn

‘ "

wo a ww f ..

“ mee nt am

RSE Gt Tae

fl «

4 “ *

th.

mat ee

an ‘

way

a ea el

‘agate 4

Fig.4. A-H. C. reynoldsiae: A. branchlet with flower and fruit x 0.6. B. sepal x 4. C, petal x 4. D. androgynophore with

stamens and ovary x 4. E. abaxial view of stipule x 8. F. portion of branchlet with stipules and petiole base x 4. G. fruit x

2, H. fruit dehisced x 2.1. C. hygrophilus: frnitx 2. J. C. pascuorum: fraitx 1. K. C. macropetalus. fruit x 1. A—H, Halford

Q2071; I, Forster & Tucker PIF5096; J, Everist 3001; K, Mitchell 2627. (All BRD.

Halford, Australian Tillaceae, 2

MEL). Burnetr District: Eidsvold, undated, Bancroft

[AQ 86672! (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: C. hygrophilus is

endemic to Australia. It occurs sporadically in

the coastal and subcoastal areas along the east

coast of Queensland from Townsville south

to near Kidsvold (Map 6). It grows on vine

forest margins or in sclerophyll forests near

vine forests, on soils derived from granite or

limestone.

Phenology: Flowers recorded in January,

February and May; fruits recorded in irae

May, June and August.

Notes: C. hygrophilus is closely related to

C. reynoldsiae, C. thozetiiand C. cunninghamit

but differs from them in its small broadly

ellipsoid fruit with a rugose surface.

11. Corchorus reynoldsiae Halford sp. nov.

valde affinis C. hygrophilo sed sepalis

majoribus (10.0—12.0mm longis et3.5—4.0

mim latis contra sepala 7.0-9.0 mm longa

et 2.0-3.0 mm lata) capsulis obovoideis

vel late obovoideis non late ellipsoideis et

verrucosis non rugosis distinguitur.

Typus: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DIs-

TRIcT: Carnarvon Gorge N.P., 700m along

main track from Information Centre,

25°03’S, 148°13°E, 19 March 1994, D.

Halford & C. Hohnen Q2071 (holo: BRI;

iso; CANB, DNA, K, MEL).

Corchorus sp. (Moolyamba C.T. White

11313), Halford (1994),

Ascending subshrub to 70 cm high; branchlets

terete, glabrous or with a scattered covering of

minute reddish simple glandular hairs some-

times present on new shoots. Leaves narrowly

ovate, 6.0-12.0 cm long, 1.5-4.0 cm wide,

glabrous above and below except for scattered

minute reddish glandular hairs on lower surface

of young leaves; base rounded; apex attenuate;

margin serrate; petiole 10-20 mm long,

glabrous apart from a line of short curly simple

hairs on the adaxial surface. Stipules narrowly

ovate, turgid proximally, 2-3 mm long,

glabrous, with a single nectariferous pore on

abaxial surface; apex attenuate. Inflorescences

leaf-opposed, solitary at nodes, 5- to 7-flow-

ered; peduncles 3—10 mm long; pedicels 4—10

315

mm long; bracts narrowly ovate, |.0—-2.0 mm

long. Buds pyriform, 3.0-4.0 mm diameter.

Sepals 4, narrowly obovate, 10.0-12.0 mm

long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide, glabrous; apex acute.

Petals 4, obovate to broadly obovate, c. 10.0

mm long, c. 8.0 mm wide; claw c. 0.8 mm long,

minutely ciliate on margin. Androgynophore c.

0.5 mm long; annulus c. 0.3 mm long. Stamens

80-100; filaments 5.0-6.0 mm long. Ovary

tetragonous-cylindrical, c. 3.0 mm long, c. 0.5

mm diameter, verrucose, 4-celled with 20 ovules

per cell; style slender, 8.0-9.0 mm long; stigma

minutely toothed. Fruiting pedicel ascending to

erect; fruit obovoid to broadly obovoid, 12—15

mm long, 8-9 mm diameter, longitudinally 4-

sulcate, verrucose, glabrous, 4-valvate; apex

rounded to truncate; valves without transverse

septa adaxially. Seeds numerous, + obovoid or

rhomboid-cylindric, 2.03.0 mm long, matt

brown to black. Fig. 4 A-H.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland, LEICHHARDT

District: Carnarvon Creek Gorge, 70 miles [113 km] NW

of Injune, May 1962, Johnson 2414 (BRD; Carnarvon

Creek, Sep 1940, White 11319 (BRI); Moolyamba Gorge,

Sep 1940, White 11313 (BRI); Injune-Rolleston road, 86

km N of Injune, Mar 1994, Halford & Holnen Q2159

(BRD.

Distribution and habitat: C. reynoldsiae is

endemic to Australia. It is confined to the

Carnarvon Range area of the central highlands,

Queensland from Carnarvon Gorge south to

Moolyember Gorge and east to the Injune -

Rolleston road (Map 6). It occurs on sandy

soils in eucalypt forests along creeks and on the

lower parts of talus slopes.

Phenology: Flowers recorded in March; fruits

recorded in September, March and May

Notes: C. reynoldsiae is closely related to

C. hygrophilus but can be distinguished by its

larger sepals (10.0-12.0 mm long compared

with 7-9 mm long) and obovoid to broadly

obovoid fruits with a verrucose surface com-

pared with broadly ellipsoid fruits with a rugose

surface.

Conservation status: Although C. reynoldsiae

has arestricted distribution it is not considered

endangered. It appears to be an opportunistic

species that colonises disturbed soil. A

conservation code of 2RC is thus appropriate.

316

Etymology: This species is named tn honour of

Ms Sally Reynolds, Principal Botanist at the

Queensland Herbarium, who recognised this as

a distinct taxon many years ago.

12. Corchorus macropetalus (F. Muell.)

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 379 (1927

‘1926’); Triumfetta macropetalaFk. Muell.,

Fragm. 3: 8 (1862). Corchorus echinatus

Benth., Fl. Austral. 1: 276 (1863), nom.

illeg. Type: Sturt’s Creek, Feb 1856,

F. Mueller (MEL 223673] Cecto, here

designated: MEL; isolecto: K n.v., photo

at BRI).

Erect subligneous herb to 60cm high; branchlets

terete, glabrous except for minute hairs on young

shoots. Leaves narrowly elliptic-ovate to ellip-

tic-ovate, 3.0-10.0 cm Iong, 1.0-3.5 cm wide,

glabrous; base rounded; apex obtuse; margin

serrate, sometimes with basal teeth prolonged

into setacecus points, up to 3 mm long; petiole

7-25 mm long, glabrous except for a line of

short reflexed simple hairs on the adaxial sur-

face. Stipules broadly ovate, turgid proximally,

47 mm long, glabrous, with two transverse

nectariferous grooves on abaxial surface; apex

subulate. Inflorescences leaf-opposed, solitary

at nodes, 2-or 3-flowered; peduncles 2—7 mm

long; pedicels 6-10 mm long; bracts linear-

subulate, 4.0-6.0 mm long; Buds spheroidal,

7.0—9.0mm diameter. Sepals 5, linear-obovate,

10.0-12.0 mm long, 3.0-+4.0 mm wide, gla-

brous; apex acute. Petals 5, obovate to broadly

obovate, 10.0—-12.0 mm long, 7.0—-9.0 mm wide;

clawc. 1.0mmlong, minutely ciliate on margin.

Androgynophore 0.3—0.5 mm long; annulus c.

0.2 mm long. Stamens 130-170; filaments

5.0-7.0 mm long. Ovary globose, 1.0-2.0 mm

diameter, setose, 3-to 7-celled with 8—12 ovules

per cell; style slender, 6.0—7.0 mm long; stigma

minutely toothed. Fruiting pedicel erect; fruit

ovoid-globose, 10-17 mm long, 10-15 mm

diameter, covered with fleshy appendages, 3- to

5-valvate, base and apex rounded to truncate,

appendages attenuate, 2-4 mm long, terminated

by a single erect setaceous hair; valves without

transverse septa adaxially. Seeds numerous,

ovoid, 4.0-5.0 mm long, black. Fig. 4 K.

Additional specimens examined: Western Australia.

GARDNER District: deserted seeds block on Weaber Plains

road 14 km N of Kununurra, July 1992, Mitchel] 2856

Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

(BRI, PERTH); Kimberley Research Station, Kununurra,

Mar 1963, Lazarides 6745 (CANB)); vicinity of Kimberley

- Research Station near Kununurra, Olivera Farm, 1969,

Mackenzie 690429-1 (CANB); cotton fields, Kununurra,

May 1967, Scrymgeour 1726 (PERTH); Behn River at

Argyle Station homestead, May 1944, Gardner 7228

(PERTH). Northern Territory. Vicrorta River REGION:

1 mile [1.6 km] N of Inverway H.S., Mar 1960, Walter

[DNA 6687] (DNA); LO miles [16 km] NNE of Wavehiil

Station, Jul 1959, Lazarides 6276 (CANB, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: C macropetalus is

endemic to Australia. It occurs from Kununurra,

in the east Kimberley, Western Australia, to the

Victoria Riverregion, Northern Territory (Map

6). It grows in dark cracking clay soils in mixed

grasslands or rarely on stony sandstone soils. It

is also recorded in areas under cultivation and

along irrigation channels.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits recorded in

March, May and July

Notes: C. macropetalus is closely related to

C. pascuorum but ts easily distinguished from

that by its 3- fo 5-valved ovoid-globose fruit

covered with fleshy appendages which are 2—4

mm long and terminated by a single setaceous

hair. C. pascuorum has 6- to 9-valved, obloid-

cylindrical fruit with a verrucose surface.

Typification: Of the two sheets of original

material available (MEL 223674 & MEL

223673), MEL 223673 is here chosen as

lectotype because it has both flowers and fruits

attached and agrees with the protologue.

13. Corchorus pascuorum Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 379 (1927 °1926’). Type: Queens-

land. Burke Disrricr: between Hughenden

and Cloncurry, Feb 1910, K. Domin [PR

6474] (lecto, here designated: PR; isolecto:

PR [PR 6473)).

Erect subligneous herb to 60cm high; branchlets

terete, glabrous or sparsely covered with minute,

simple hairs. Leaves narrowly oblong-obovate

or narrowly ovate, 4.0—-12.0 cm long, 1.0—4.0

cm wide, glabrous; base rounded to truncate or

slightly cordate; apex acute; margin serrate,

sometimes with a pair of basal teeth prolonged

into setaceous points, up to 2 mm long; petiole

10-20 mm long, glabrous apart from a line of

short curved simple hairs on adaxial surface.

Stipules ovate, turgid proximally, 3-4 mm long,

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, 2

EERE LETT

0 EEE CECE ec pase Hal

- eee

cy) el leleleie:

LITT te .

le tial

| fu vane Se

ECECEECCEEE EC

: CERT

SEC CL LECCE aE

ECC CECE COOP PRET

115 £20 125 130 133 £40 145 130 155

Map 5, Distribution of Corchorus spp. C. aestuans @ , C. thozetii * , C. cunninghamii wz .

aD ES SR ia Se es es er

ig ||| ade eas fas ied isp yy 188

ECE Ar Ta HEH

Kec ee CAE AY

ne eerewe et TPT hep

eee SG

auae FET Pech

Teo iSECGGae

PREECE

CERNCECECEE Eee Eo

|_| ST BEEEEATE Ze Rees rey Ty

en Y SURGRSRERESED Hh

135 149 145 i350 155

Map 6. Distribution of Corchorus spp. C. macropetalus* , C. pascuorum @ , C. hygrophilus A

C. reynoldsiae ®.

317

318

glabrous, with two nectariferous pits on abaxial

surface; apex subulate. Inflorescences leatf-

opposed, solitary at nodes, I- to 5-flowered;

peduncles 2—3 mm long; pedicels 10-15 mm

long; bracts narrowly ovate, 3.0-5.0 mm long.

Buds spheroidal, 7.0-10.0 mm diameter. Se-

pals 5, obovate, 9.0-12.0 mm long, 3.04.0 mm

wide, glabrous; apex acute. Petals 5, broadly

obovate, 12.0-13.0 mm long, 8.0-10.0 mm

wide; claw c. 1.0 mm long, ciliate on margin.

Androgynophore obsolete or nearly so; annulus

very short, margin undulate. Stamens 80-110;

filaments 3.0-7.0 mm long. Ovary subglobose,

1.5—2.0 mm diameter, setose, 6- to 9-celled with

6-8 ovules per cell; style slender, 5.0-8.0 mm

long; stigma fimbriate. Fruiting pedicel erect;

fruit obloid-cylindrical, 13-25 mm long, 8—10

mm diameter, verrucose, glabrous, 6-to 9-

valvate, truncate at base; apex truncate with

short blunt point; valves without transverse

septa adaxially. Seeds numerous, + rhomboid-

cylindric, c. 4.0 mm long, rugose, dull black.

Fig. 4 J. Chromosome number 2n = 28 (Roy

1962).

Selected specimens: Northern Territory. BARKLY TABLE-

LANDS REGION: 25 miles [40 km] SE [of] Elliott, date not

recorded, Byrnes 2042 (DNA); 55.4 miles [89.1 km], Eva

Downs-Helen Springs, Jun 1947, Perry 95 (CANB); SW of

Bumette Downs, dry bed of Lake Sylvester, May 1947,

Blake 17835 (BRD; 3 miles [4.8 km] W [of] Crows Nest

bore, Burnette Downs, Mar 1956, Chippendale 1953 (BRI,

CANB, DNA, MEL); Alexandria Station, 15 km NW of

Homestead, Mar 1981, Henshall 3521 CDNA). Queens-

land. Burke District: Flinders River, Aug 1916, White

[AQ 86749] (BRD; Essex Downs, Jun 1936, Blake 11671

(BRD; 60 miles [97 km] NW of Maxwelton, on “Suther-

land” property, Mar 1964, Entwistle 6 (BRI); “Suther-

land”, 45 miles {72 km] NW of Maxwelton, Jan 1966,

Pedley 1937 (BRI); 38 miles [c. 61 km] W of Hughenden,

Jun 1947, Everist 3001 (BRD; Toorak, Jun 1958, Sillar

[AQ 86745] (BRI); about half way between McKinlay and

Kynuna, Feb 1937, Everist & Smith 226 (BRD); Gilliat

River, Burke and Wills Roadhouse-Julia Creek Road, Jul

1990, Williams 90033 (BRI). Grecory Nort District:

Wyora Station, 80 km N of Winton, Feb 1986, O’Sullivan

6 (BRD; Dagworth, near Kynuna, Jun 1958, Skerman [AQ

86742] (BRD; 30 km NW of Winton, Mar 1988, Cheffins

337(BRD; Elderslie, W of Winton, Nov 1935, Blake 10020

(BRI, CANB); 20 km SW of Davenport Station, May 1977,

Schmid AS374 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: C. pascuorum is

endemic to Australia. It occurs from Newcastle

Waters, Northern Territory across the Barkly

Tablelands to Hughenden, Queensland in the

Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

east, and south to Monkira Station on the

Diamantina River floodplains, Queensland

(Map 6). It grows on dark cracking clay soils in

erasslands or herbiands.

Phenology: Flowers recorded from February

to August; fruits from January to August and

November.

Notes: C. pascuorum is most closely related to

C. macropetalus. The distinguishing features

of these two species are discussed under

C. macropetalus.

Typification: At Prague there are two sheets of

original Domin material (PR 6474 & PR 6473).

Important and easily recognisable diagnostic

characters are found in the fruit of Corchorus.

For this reason the material on sheet PR 6474 is

selected here as the lectotype because it has

mature fruit and agrees with the original de-

scription.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to the Directors/Curators of the

following herbaria for the loan of herbarium

material, types and photographs used in this

study - AD, BM, BRI, CANB, CBG, DNA, K,

MEL, NSW, PERTH and PR, Dr C. Jarvis and

Dr N. Turland for their assistance in clarifying

nomenciature matters with the Linnaean names,

Mr W. Smith for the illustrations, Mr L. Pedley

for the Latin diagnoses, Mr L. Jessup and

Dr G. Leach for assistance while they were

Australian Botanical Liaison Officers at K,

Mr R. Henderson for his comments on the

manuscript, Ms Y. Smith for assistance in the

preparation of the maps. This work was

supported by a grant from the Australian

Biological Resource Study, Commonwealth

Department of the Environment, Sport and

Territories in 1991, 1992 and 1994.

References

AUSTRALIAN and New Zealand Environment and Conserva-

tion Council (ANZECC) Endangered Flora Net-

work, (1993). Threatened Australian Flora. Aus-

tralian Nature Conservation Agency, Canberra.

BAILLON, H.E, (1866). Du genre Neftoa et des caractéres qui

séparent les Bixacées des Tiliacées. Adansonia 6:

238-242

Halford, Australian Tiliaceae, 2

BENTHAM, G. (1863). Tiliaceae. In Flora Australiensis 1:

267-282. London: L. Reeve & Co.

Buatt, R.P. (1976). In IOPB, chromosome number reports

LI. Taxon 25: 483-500.

Briccs, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks & Wildlife Service Special Publica-

tion No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks

and Wildlife Service.

Burret, M. (1934). Beitriige zur kenntnis der Tiliaceen HI.

Notizblatt des Botanischen Gartens un Museums zit

Berlin-Dahlem 12: 160-167.

CHEEK, M, & LEAcu, G., (1992), A new species of Corchorus

(Tiliaceae) from the Northern Territory of Australia.

Kew Bulletin. 47(3): 513-516.

Datra, R. M., PANDA, B.S., Roy, K., Bose, M.M. and De,

T.K. (1966). Cytotaxonomic studies of different

Corchorus (Jute) species. 1. Botanical Magazine

(Tokyo) 79(939): 467-473.

DE CANDOLLE, A.P. (1824). Prodromus systematis naturalis

regni vegetabilis, volume 1.pp 504—505.

Domi, K. (1927, ‘1926’). Tilaceae. In Beitrige zur Flora

und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 89: 374-382.

—— (1928), Tiliaceae. In Beitriige zur Flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 89: 383-384.

ENbDLICHER, S.L. (1840). Genera Plantarum, Part 13, p.

1008. Wien: Vindobonae.

EverisT, S.L. (1974). Poisonous Plants of Australia, Syd-

ney: Angus & Robertson.

Ewart, A.J. & PETRIE, A.H.K. (1926). Contributions to the

Flora of Australia, No, 31, Additions to the Flora of

the Northern Territory and locality records. Pro-

ceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, series 2,

38: 164-182.

Fawcetr W, & RENDLE A.B. (1926). Flora of Jamaica 5:

88. London: Bristish Museum (National History).

Feporov, A. (ed) (1974). Chromosome numbers of Flow-

ering Plants. Koenigstein, West Germany: Otto

Koeltz Science Publishers.

GHAFOOR, A. (1974). Tiliaceae. In E. Nasir & S.I, Ali (eds)

Flora of West Pakistan 75:28. Pakistan: University

of Karachi, Department of Botany.

GoLpsLatr, P. (ed.) (1981). Index to plant chromosome

numbers 1975-1978, Monographs in Systematic

Botany 5: 1~553.

319

HA.Forb, D.A. (1993). Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 1,

Austrobaileya 4(1): 75-86.

—— (1994), Tiliaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.) Queens-

land Vascular Plants: Names and Distribution.

Brisbane: Queensland Department of Environment

& Heritage.

Hotitze, M. (1892). Introduced plants in the Northern

Territory. Transactions and Proceedings of the

Royal Society of South Australia 15: 1-4.

Hooker, J.D. (1859, ‘1860’). The botany of the Antarctic

voyage of H.M, Discovery ships “Erebus” and

“Terror” in the years 1839-1843. Part 3 Flora

Tasmaniae, Volume | Dicotyledons, p. xlii.

LINNAEUS, C, (1753, fascimile 1957). Species plantarum.

London: Ray Society.

Massertey, DJ. (1989). The plant book. Cambridge:

Cambridge Universtiy Press.

Mircue i, A.S. (1981), Tiliaceae. In J. Jessop (ed.) Flora of

Central Australia. Sydney: A.H. & A.W, Reed Pty

Ltd.

MUELLER, F. (1862), Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae

3: 8-11. Melbourne: Victorian Government.

—— (1872). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 8: 6.

Melbourne: Victorian Government.

—— (1887). Description of anew Corchorus from Central

Australia, Transactions and Proceedings of the

Royal Society of South Australia. 9: 58-59.

~~ (1892), Observations on plants, collected during Mr

Joseph Bradshaw’s expedition to the Prince Re-

gents River. The Proceedings of the Linnean Soci-

ety of New South Wales, series 1, 6: 457-478,

PURSEGLOVE, J.W. (1968). Tropical Crops, Dicotyledons 2.

London: Longmans Green & Co. Ltd.

RAo, N.S. & Darra, R.M. (1953). Chromosomes of the

genus Corchorus. Nature 171:754.

Ropyns, A. & Meter, W. (1991). Tihaceae. In M.D.

Dassanayke & F.R. Fosberg (eds) A revised hand-

book to the Flora of Ceylon. Volume’7. New Delhi:

Amerind Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.

Roy, K. (1962). Chromosome number of Corchorus

pascuorum Domin, a wild jute of Australia. Current

Science 31: 205.

Rye, B.L. (1992). Tiliaceae. In J.R. Wheeler (ed.) Flora of

the Kimberley Region. Perth: Department of Con-

servation and Land Management.

—(1993). A contribution to the taxonomy of the Tiliaceae

of Western Australia. Nuytsia 9(3): 415-420.

320

STANLEY, I'.D. & Ross, E.M. (1986). Flora of south-eastern

Queensland, Volume 2. Brisbane: Queensland De-

partment of Primary Industries,

TATE, R. (1898). On some new or little-known South

Australia plants. Transactions of the Royal Society

of South Australia 22: 119-121.

THOMAS, M.D. & McDona.Lp, W.J.F. (1989), Rare and

threatened plants of Queensland, 2nd edition. Bris-

bane: Queensland Department of Primary Indus-

tries.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 297-320 (1995)

WIp, H. (1963), Tiliaceae, In A.W, Exell, A. Fernandes &

H. Wild (eds) Flora Zambesiaca 2(1): 33-91, Lon-

don: Crown Agents for Overseas Governments and

Administrations.

— (1984). Tiliaceae. In B. de Winter, D.J.B. Killick &

O.A, Letstner (eds) Flora of Southern Africa 21(1):

1-44, Pretoria: Republic of South Africa, Depart-

ment of Agriculture.

Revision of Rubus subgenus Micranthobatus (Fritsch) Kalkman

(Rosaceae) in Australia

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (1995). Revision of Rubus subgenus Micranthobatus (Fritsch) Kalkman (Rosaceae) in

Australia. Austrobaileya 4(3): 321-328. Rubus subg. Micranthobatus is revised for Australia. Two

species are recognised; R. moorei F.Muell. and the new species R. nebulosus A.R.Bean. Both species are

described, illustrated and their distributions mapped. A key to the species is provided,

Key words: Rubus-Australia, Rubus nebulosus, Rubus moorei, Rosaceae.

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

Rubus L. is a worldwide genus with many

hundreds of species. In Australia, there are just

nine indigenous species belonging to this genus.

The last comprehensive treatment of

Australian Rubus species was that of Bentham

(1864). The only recent account of any Rubus

species in Australia is that of Amor & Miles

(1974) who provided an account of, and key to,

the naturalised species of Rubus subg. Rubus

occurring in Victoria. However, recent

treatments are available for areas north of

Australia. The New Guinea species of Rubus

were revised by Royen (1969) and Rubus

species occurring throughout Malesia have since

been revised (Zandee & Kalkman 1981;

Kaikman 1984; Kalkman 1987).

The indigenous Australian Rubus species

belong to four subgenera, three of which

(R. subg. ldaeobatus (Focke) Focke, R. subg.

Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and R. subg.

Dalibarda(L.) Focke) were established by Focke

(1910) in the first part of his world-wide

monograph of the genus Rubus. The fourth,

R. subg. Micranthobatus, was treated by Focke

as asection of Rubus, but this was later raised to

subgeneric rank by Kalkman (1987). He

recognised about 12 species as belonging to it.

These species occur in Madagascar, north-east

Accepted for publication 12 May 1995

India, Borneo, Philippines, Celebes, New

Guinea, ‘Australia and New Zealand.

Australian members of R. subg.

Micranthobatus are distinguishable from other

Australian Rubus species by their long, trailing

stems which often carry them into tree canopies,

palmate foliage, dioecious habit and axillary

inflorescences.

There are two taxa in Australia belonging

to this subgenus, but only one (RK. moorei

F.Muell.) has hitherto been named at species

level. The other taxon, described here as

R. nebulosus, was named by White (1942) as

R. mooret ft. glabra. He recognized the

distinctiveness of this taxon, but was confused

by so-called “intermediate forms’, and labelled

some specimens at BRI as such. These

specimens representjuvenile forms of R. moorei

which in its young stage has larger, sparsely

hairy leaves. Kalkman (1987) recognised that

there were two distinct taxa belonging to this

subgenus in Australia, but was inclined to

include “f. glabra’ (Le. R. nebulosus) within

R. royentt from New Guinea. Several

characters separate RK. nebulosus from both

R. moorei and R. royenii and hence it is

described here at species level.

This paper is the first of a sertes in which

it is intended to revise Australian members of

the genus Rubus.

322

Taxonomy

Rubus subg. Micranthobatus (Fritsch)

Kalkman, Blumea 32: 324 (1987); Rubus

sect. Micranthobatus Fritsch, Oesterr. Bot.

Z,. 36: 259 (1886).

Austrobaileya 4(3): 321-328 (1995)

Lectotype: Rubus moorei F.Muell., fide

Kalkman (1987).

12 species in the world, 2 endemic in Australia.

Key to the Australian species of Rubus subg. Micranthobatus

1. Undersides of leaflets densely hairy throughout; margins with 5—7 teeth/cm;

stipules present; carpels not glandular; aggregate fruits with 16—30 hairy

CAEDIOS 9 thro ecuk + Does WO eae Y pd pO

a # ¢# § © §©§ & © # #8 &§ 8 *& 8 § EF EF EF FF F&F FF 2&2 & F&F * * FF FF

R, moorel

Undersides of leaflets glabrous except for domatia and hairs along veins;

margins with 3-5 teeth/cm; stipules absent; carpels glandular; aggregate

fruits with 35-65 glabrous carpids.......

1. Rubus moorei F.Muell., Trans. Phil. Inst.

Vict. 2: 67 (1857); Rk. mooret F.Muell.

var. moorei, Domin, Repert. Spec. Nov.

Regni Veg. 12: 133 (1913); R. mooreivar.

typica Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 174

(1928), nom. inval.; R. moorei F.Muell. f.

mooreit, C.T.White, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland 53: 215 (1942); R. mooret f.

sericea C.T.White, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland 53: 215 (1942), nom. inval.

Type: New South Wales. North Coast:

Clarence River, C. Moore (holo: MEL

[MEL3 1333]; iso: K [photo BRI).

Rubus mooret var. leichhardtianus Domin,

Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 12: 133

(1913). Type: [Queensland]. From the

creek brush near Mr Archer’s station,

[Sep 1843], Leichhardt s.n. (so: MEL

[MEL 31338]; K [photo BRI).

Rubus moorei var. tryonit Shirley, Proc.

Roy. Soc. Queensland 31: 26 (1920)

(‘tryoni’). Type: Queensland. MorETON

District: National Park, Macpherson

Range, Dec 1916—Jan 1917, J. Shirley,

nv.

Ilustrations: K.A.W. Williams, Native Pl.

Queensl. 3: 275 (1987); D.L. Jones & B.

Gray, Climbing PI. in Austral. (1988: 332)

- photograph of fruiting specimen only.

Dioecious climbing vine to [5 m long or high.

New growth and mature stems densely hairy,

ee ere ss Se Se re R. nebulosus

with numerous curved prickles 1—1.5 mm long;

glands absent. Leaves petiolate, palmate,

5-foliolate, rarely 3- or 4-foliolate; stipules

present, linear, 10-16 x 0.8—1 mm, sparsely

hairy, attached in pairs 4-5 mm above base

of petiole. Petioles 3.5-6.5 cm long, with

numerous curved prickles. Petiolule of

terminal leaflet 2.2—-3.7 cm long, with numer-

ous curved prickles; petiolule of lowest two

leaflets 0.3—0.7 cm, with prickles rare or absent.

Petioles and petiolules with fine appressed hairs,

eglandular, terete. Laminae ovate with length/

breadth ratio 1.6-1.9, chartaceous, upper

surface sparsely hairy, particularly on major

veins, glabrescent; lower surface densely

covered by simple, rusty coloured hairs;

venation penninerved, with 9~—11i pairs of

lateral veins unbranched or sometimes branch-

ing towards margin; midrib and lateral veins

strongly impressed above, prominently raised

below; apex acute; base obtuse; margins

regularly dentate, with S—7 teeth per cm; teeth

I~1.5 mm long; terminal leaflet 4.5-7.6 x

2.,-4.1 cm; lateral leaflets slightly smaller.

Inflorescences 1-3 in the axils of leaves,

racemose, with numerous sterile bracts at base:

racemes 4—7(10) cm long, with up to 15 flowers;

rachis and pedicels densely hairy, with small

curved prickles; pedicels 7—26 mm long; bracts

1 per pedicel, ovate, 4-7.5 x 2-3 mm,

cymbiform, with apex acute; bracteoles 2,

towards base of pedicel, not opposite, 4.5—5 x

1.5 mm, with apex acute; bracts and bracteoles

persistent, with dense appressed hairs outside,

323

kn dE ee Dell

Mee 1 pe ne

Lal Ee i allel a

Pe lala on mp

vat a a

Wo ot ody

A ety ad see gel

wt aa

ae a

* , | is 7

* ht * .

* ;

* +

7 a * +

+” + =

+ al a 4 - *

+ . al * . + a"

* ™

a ee, t on aan

” ‘ ei * Hit

‘ a *

"s wi é ‘ ee

a +

* a4 ry +.

” Fy +” + wa

u at 4 + + Lhd

an a a + +e

or +a ft * rs . " es

ay a + Pa +t

™) at Ma aa

+ wld & + t ost

~ le he * tt

* i, ce wd i « + # tal

f hee tL eee ray

ha + 4. ria ” id . oan

it UE oe rar ara ke * 7

o'r] ra

ot ey a a te a ey

vey ee et een t . a *

wa nb oh «tl * * + tr

of 44 me Ty Le ry + 4h

re, peer a e hE

at ae tere : wa t ote

hal er. Lae fy

* — pe k wt

aeaemnaat yor ea

af A ered, | a

Tee a er

Lal wee hed wee The ha i

+3} 1 pm b ra

its fs .

aie eae aee a ae eu

aa 34 etre,

a art

+ f.*

De ll te tel

= Tia

gf te ee =

* he way »” r

Pate te ae

I» + + a ara 7]

ism . Pag ye) oo” ee

Par +k — b oe ee)

weet ie ad e+ , oy * ”

PM Le a i Hf r oe *

" a A at r = hh, ty a * * t ii oe "

L ™ ~~, ” ay * » *) a

rom

cr)

: a

Heal ‘

3 ch 3

Rn x &

a ea]

= >. e

al > i

3 rg onm

ir t = a i i ae “t= whe RD ee ee em Pata te ee = bis

a ne are Raa Se on Pate re Nala ia et lc ac eh mT * te

QO ee ORR S SEL re ett iets eee W O «ft OS

= . eigen See thy? a a «at mau: : a Lae OO

Te OT oe 8 ay = a 7

fo ae athe apes , ~S= = "ed XO [i

em we oe ier neh wer i eat 4 fek

— ae Wa a

a ah eowe

2. 3 : Sa =

ao A oe = “

= meee a 2

Ww a mM ©

br bt De on

“et a me otc

Pon h

: : 6 SE

= ; a Get st mm

ad "3 . i Z, Nee”

” ie a rad -

in ‘ jd ol vT

cb) ey i om

G, Bean

N, Constable s.n. (NSW).

‘

E-F, Groythers.n. (BRI)

1x4. K. petal x3. L. female flower x3. M. carpel

1907 (MEL)

L-M, Fletcher s.n. (NSW)

ISMore

de of leaflet x 3. C. male flower with petals removed x3.

airs onsepa

C—D, Anon., L

IK, Beckler s.n. (MEL)

e and glandularh

. Simp

. leaf and stem x 0.6. B. unde

D. petal x 3. E. female flower x 3. F. carpel x 12. G. endocarpid x 6. H-N Rubus nebulosus H. leaf and stem x 0.6.

324

sparsely hairy or glabrous inside, eglandular.

Flowers functionally unisexual. Female flowers

bearing staminal vestigia, male flowers bearing

hairy rudimentary carpels. Hypanthium

Shallowly campanulate, 3.5—4 mm across,

densely hairy outside, usually with curved prick-

les. Sepals 5, persistent, ovate, 3.5—6 x 3-4.5

mm, with apex obtuse, and margins entire, hairy

on both surfaces, outer surface sometimes with

prickles; petals 5, not persistent, white,

elliptical, 8-9 x 4.5-5 mm, gradually tapering

at base, very narrow at point of attachment, with

apex obtuse, and margins entire, glabrous

except for sparse hairs near base, venation

prominent. Stamens 40—50, glabrous, in 2 or 3

whorls, evenly distributed; filaments terete,

2.s—-3.9 mm long; anthers c. 1.5 mm long,

dorsifixed, versatile, bilocular. Carpels c. 40,

densely hairy, eglandular. Styles terete, c. 1 mm

long, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stigma

spathulate, papillose, set at an oblique angle to

style. Aggregate fruit fleshy, black when ripe, to

18 x 17 mm when fresh, to 14 x 12 mm when

dry, consisting of 16-30 hairy carpids.

Endocarpids biconvex, deltate in outline, c. 4.5

mm long, c. 3.5 mm wide, c. 2 mm thick, surface

with numerous shallow depressions, and with

rounded or obscure dorsal wing; hilum lateral.

Fig. 1, A-G.

Selected specimens: Queensland, Wipe Bay District:

Peters Logging Area, Conondale Ranges, 26°41’S 152°34’E,

Nov 1990, Bean 2693 (BRI,L,MEL); Blackall Range, Sep

1918, White s.n. (BRD; Mary Cairncross Park, Maleny,

Apr 1993, Bean 6020 (BRI). Moreton District: from the

creekbrush, Mr Archer’s [station], Sep 1843, Leichhardt

s.n, (MEL); Candle Mountain, May 1918, Waite s.n. (BRD;

Tallebudgera, 1902, Groyther s.n, (BRD; O’ Reillys Guest

House, Lamington Plateau, Jan 1990, Bean 1314

(BRIL,LAE,QRS); sources of the Tweed and Loganrivers,

1895, Collins & Taylor s.n. MEL); Beechmont, Sep 1920,

White 6180 (MEL); Springbrook, Repeater Station road,

Dec 1993, Bean 7183 (BRI,MEL); QId/NSW border,

Levers Plateau, Oct 1993, Grimshaw G86 (BRI). New

South Wales, NortH Coast: Tweed Range, Mebbin S.F.,

7mis [11 km] SW of Tyalgum, Jun 1957, Johnson &

Constable s.n. (NSW); Sheepstation Creek, Wiangaree SF,

NE of Kyogle, Dec 1972, Williams s.n. (NE); Wiangaree

State Forest, Jan 1981, Birds.n.(BRD; summit of Mt Nardi,

NE of Nimbin, Sep 1994, Bean 7934 (BRILLK,NSW); near

Lismore, Sep 1926, Cheels.n. (NSW); Lismore, Nov 1906,

Rothwell sn. (NSW); Booyong Flora reserve, ENE of

Lismore, Sep 1994, Bean 7911 (BRI,LMEL,NSW); Byron

Creek, Booyong, Jun 1957, Johnson 8& Constable s.n.

(NSW).

Austrobaileya 4(3): 321-328 (1995)

Distribution and habitat: Rubus moorei has a

restricted distribution in eastern Australia, with

two areas of occurrence; one being about 100km.

north of Brisbane (the Conondale Range and

Blackall Range), and the other being from

Lamington National Park, Queensland, to the

Lismore area in northern New South Wales

(Map 1). The type locality is recorded as

‘Clarence River’ but no other collections I have

seen have ever been made from within the

catchment of the Clarence River. R. moorei

grows in subtropical to warm-temperate

notophyll rainforest or on rainforest margins,

associated with species such as Duboisia

myoporoides R.Br., Stenocarpus sinuatus EndL.,

Castanospora alphandii (F.Muell.) F.Muell.

and Quintinia verdonii F.Muell., in areas where

the annual rainfall exceeds about 1800 mm. It

most commonly occurs at altitudes above 500

metres but around Lismore, it descends almost

to sea-level.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from

September to January; fruits from October to

January.

Affinities: R. moorei is somewhat similar to

R. novoguineensis Merr. & Perry, but differs

from that by its persistent stipules, and flowers

with glabrous stamens and eglandular carpels.

The similar R. australis G.Forst. and other New

Zealand Rubus species have glabrate leaves,

paniculate inflorescences and smaller, yellow

fruits. R. moorei differs from R, nebulosus by

the presence of stipules; its broader, densely

hairy leaflets, with acute apex and greater number

of marginal teeth; mostly shorterracemes, larger

endocarpids and eglandular carpels.

Typification: No type specimen for Rubus

moorei var. tryonti Shirley can be found at BRI,

MEL, or NSW. However, because the brief

diagnosis does not indicate that the leaves are

glabrous or glabrescent, I believe this name to

be synonymous with R. moore.

Conservation Status: Although R. moorei is

now very rare on the Blackall Range and is not

common in the Conondale Range, it is common

and well conserved in Lamington National Park

in Queensland and Nightcap National Park in

New South Wales. Hence no conservation

coding is recommended.

Bean, Rubus subgenus Micranthobatus

135 140 145

LA eS ee nt el a cl a oe ee ie ,

FEES

325

sa ae

Ee “HEEB RELI SOPH

“EECEEEE CEE CEE a Ea

eee eneee aPC CCE TAR HE

EEE ERET CCE REAR - ECR H-

EC EEEECE EE ECE se AHA

ra nn ee “CAR iy es i A A ON BE

: EECEC CESS

CEE ECE Eee He ,

ECE ECE Ecce AS

5 CECE EEC

astee case ceeceeestessutuiseceeesasen ese

ane ECE CCE BTS

EEE ECE CEE eet HT

EEE ECE EEE EEE HHT

CEE EA SOTA

se rrr et Ee

RECEEL-EE CEE

weeee SECC CCC ECO Z

EERECEEEEEEECEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEE

» PERCE CERES ECC

sees aueeaeetecaeenatenste/ cncHazategits

pear” vai, fe

FECRCEEE PEER CEE CL CECE RSET EEE

CCCEEEEEE CEE eee oe

FCCLA Ee A

CECEE-E-ECECCEEC CCE

EECEEEEEEEE CECE CECT CC Soar

ECCEEEEEECEEEECEECET ECE EE

CEECEEE-EEEEECEE CEC pe

0 PEECEEEEEEE EEE CEEEEPEC ECE

EECCEEEEEEEECCECC CCCP

genes ECCECCECCTPEET A

ECE EEE CHEE

1S 120 125 130

Map 1. Distribution of Rubus moorei.

2. Rubus nebulosus A.R.Bean sp. nov. affinis

R. royenit var. royenit a quo folioltis

angustioribus, praesentia domatiorum,

petalis multis majoribus et numero

staminum stylorumque in quoque flore

majore differt. Typus: New South Wales.

North Coast: Coramba, November 1912,

Boorman s.n. (holo: BRI; iso: NSW).

Rubus mooret f. glabra C.T.White, Proc.

Roy. Soc. Queensland 53: 215 (1942).

‘Type: New South Wales. North Coast:

Dorrigo State Forest, 4 October 1930,

C.1. White 7542 (holo: BRI).

Rubus sp. A, Harden (ed.), Flora of New

south Wales, 1: 533 (1990).

Illustrations: D.L. Jones & B. Gray, Climb-

ing Pl. in Austral. (1988: 332) -

photograph of flowering specimen only,

as Rubus mooreit; N. & H. Nicholson,

Austral. Rainforest Pl. [V (1994: 61), as

Rubus sp. A.

Dioecious climbing vine to 15 m long or high.

New growth with sparse, simple, appressed,

135 i40 145 150 155

pale yellow hairs. Mature stems glabrous, with

numerous curved prickles 1—-1.8 mm long; glands

absent. Leaves petiolate, palmate, usually

5-foliolate, rarely 4- or 6- foliolate; stipules

absent. Petioles 4.5-8.5 cm long, terete or

flattened near base, with numerous curved

prickles. Petiolule of terminal leaflet 3.0-5.7

cm long, terete, with numerous curved prickles;

petiolule of lowest two leaflets 0.7-1.2 cm,

terete, prickles rare or absent. Petioles and

petiolules sparsely hairy, eglandular. Laminae

ovate to elliptical, with length/breadth ratio

2.1-2.9, chartaceous, glabrous throughout

except for midrib and major veins, and hairy

domatia in major vein angles on lower surface;

venation penninerved, with 10-13 pairs of

lateral veins branching towards margin; midrib

only impressed above; midrib and major veins

prominent below; apex acuminate; base obtuse

or slightly cordate, margins irregularly dentate,

with 3—5 teeth per cm; teeth 1-1.5 mm long;

terminal leaflets 6.3—11.5 x 2.6—5.3 cm: lateral

leaflets somewhat smaller. Inflorescences 1 or 2

in the axils of leaves, racemose, with numerous

sterile bracts at base; racemes 5—12 cm long,

326

with up to 12 flowers; rachis and pedicels

densely hairy, with small curved prickles, with

numerous stalked glands or rarely glands

absent; pedicels 9-23 mm long; bracts | per

pedicel, ovate, 5.5-6 x 2-3 mm, cymbiform,

with apex acute; bracteoles 2, towards base of

pedicel, not opposite, 3-5 x 0.6—0.8 mm, apex

acute; bracts and bracteoles persistent, with

dense appressed hairs on both surfaces, with

stalked glands or rarely glands absent. Flowers

functionally unisexual. Female flowers bearing

staminal vestigia, male flowers bearing

glabrous rudimentary carpels. Hypanthium

shallowly campanulate, c. 4mm across, densely

hairy outside, usually with curved prickles.

Sepals 5, persistent, ovate, 3.5—-4 x 3—3.5 mm,

with apex obtuse, and margins entire, hairy on

both surfaces; petals 5, not persistent, white,

elliptical, 9-12 x 5~7 mm, gradually tapering at

base, very narrow at point of attachment, with

apex obtuse, and margins entire, glabrous

except for sparse hairs near base, with venation

prominent. Stamens 45-60, glabrous, in 2 or

3 whorls, more or less evenly distributed;

filaments terete, 2.5-3 mm long; anthers c. 1.5

115 120 125 130

: anne

ECCER CECE

115 128 125 136

Map 2. Distribution of Rubus nebulosus.

135 149

= nS —— ee ee ee

eae en ae Gaeesean ee RSSenEeRRane

ete 1 ;

ACCCEELL ier Pere te

wari

FECCEEEEEEEP EEE

ges an

SUSE SRESRESEERRNED

COOP RH

ue SPEECH HH BA

CECE EHEC EEE BP

135 146 145 150 155

Austrobaileya 4(3): 321-328 (1995)

mm long; dorsifixed, versatile, bilocular.

Carpels 60—80, glabrous or with sparse erect

hairs, and with numerous sessile or shortly

stalked glands. Styles 2.0-2.5 mm long,

glabrous; stigma spathulate, papillose, set at an

oblique angle to style. Aggregate fruit fleshy,

red to black when ripe, of unknown size when

fresh, up to 11 x 9 mm when dry, consisting of

35-65 glabrous carpids. Endocarpids biconvex,

circular in outline, c. 3.2 mm in diameter, c.

1.5mm thick, surface with numerous deep

depressions, and with a rudimentary annular

wing; hilum lateral. Fig. 1, H-N.

Selected specimens: Queensland. MoreEToN DistTrRICctT:

Springbrook, Repeater Station road, Dec 1993, Bean 7186

(BRI,MEL,NSW); Springbrook, Macpherson Range, Jan

1916, Whife sn. (BRD; near O’Reilleys Guest House,

Lamington Plateau, Jan 1990, Bean 1313 (BRI). New

South Wales. Nortu Coast: summit of Mt Nardi, NE of

Nimbin, Oct 1994, Bean 7960 (BRLK,L,MEL,MO,NSW);

Brummies Lookout, SE of Tyalgum, Jul 1993, Bean 6218

(BRI); Tungun road, Whian Whian S.F., N of Lismore, Sep

1994, Bean 7926 (BRI); Gibraltar Range, 42 mls [67 km]

NE of Glen Innes, Nov 1970, Williams s.n. (NE); about 6

mls [10 km] along Douglas R. Road about 48 mls [77km]

~ W of Wingham, Oct 1951, Garden s.n. (NSW); Tinebank

Preserve, Mt Boss SF, c. 32 km NNW of Wauchope, Nov

Bean, Rubus subgenus Micranthobatus

1980, Coveny 10856 (K.n.v.,NSW); Myall River SF, 5 mls

[8 km] W of Bulahdelah, Oct 1956, Constable s.n. (NSW).

NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Carters Brush Trail, W base of Mt

Paterson, Barrington Tops NP, May 1986, Rodd 5533 etal.

(NSW); N part of Carabeen Walking track, Werrikimbee

N.P., Oct 1991, Hosking 398 (NSW). CENTRAL COAST:

Gosford, Nov 1897, Boormans.n.(NSW); Brisbane Water,

s.d,, Moore sn. (MEL); Otford, Oct 1897, Camfield s.n.

(NSW); Minnamurra Falls Reserve, 3 mls [5 km] W of

Jamberoo, Feb 1959, Constable s.n. (NSW); Whispering

Gallery, 5 km SE of Albion Park, Nov 1977, Coveny 9777

(NSW). CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Robertson Nature Reserve,

May 1978, Coveny 10176 & Griffiths (NSW); Burrawang,

Nov 1888, Fletchers.n. (NSW). Soutu Coast: Milton, Dec

1902, Cambage s.n. (NSW); 1.5km W of Termeil, 35°29’S

150°19°E, Nov 1988, Telford 10749 CBISH n.v.,CBG

n.v..MEL); Pebbly Beach, between Kioloa and Durras

Water, Sep 1960, Johnson & Constabie s.n. (NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Rubus nebulosus has

a broad distribution mainly in New South Wales.

It extends from Springbrook and Lamington

National Park in the extreme south-east of

Queensland to near Batemans Bay on the south

coast of New South Wales (Map 2). R. nebulosus

grows in subtropical or warm-temperate

notophyll rainforest or tall eucalypt forest

adjacent to rainforest, in high rainfall areas near

the coast. Commonly associated species

include Caldcluvia paniculosa (F.Muell.)

Hoogland, Doryphora sassafras Endl.,

Ceratopetalum apetalum D.Don and Cyathea

leichhardtiana (F.Muell.) Copel. In the

northern parts of its range, it is confined to

altitudes above c. 500 metres, but further south

it approaches sea-level.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from

August to January; fruits from November to

February.

Affinities: R. nebulosus is perhaps closest to

R. royenitt Kalkman var. royenit, a New Guinea

taxon, but differs by its narrower leaflets,

presence of domatia, 1 or 2 inflorescences per

leaf axil (2—5 for R. royenti var. royentt), much

jarger petals, and the greater number of stamens

and styles per flower.

Note: While R. nebulosus and R. moorei some-

times grow in close proximity to each other,

hybrids between the species are not known.

Field observations are that KR. mooreit flowers

about one month earlier than associated plants

of R. nebulosus.

327

Conservation Status: Although R. nebulosus 1s

rare in Queensland, it is widespread in

New South Wales and present in several

conservation reserves. Hence no conservation

coding 1s recommended.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

Latin nebulosus, meaning misty, in reference to

the habitat occupied by this species, which is

often enshrouded in cloud and mist.

Excluded Name

Rubus australis G.Forst., Fl. ins. austr. p. 40

(1786),

R. australis was recorded for Australia with-

out reference by Gray (1856), and the

name subsequently duly included by

Chapman (1991). However, this record is

clearly erroneous as R. australis 1s con-

sidered endemic to New Zealand, and the

name is thus not applicable in Australia.

Acknowledgements

Iam grateful to the Directors of NSW, NE and

MEL for the loan of specimens and/or access to

their collections, to Laurie Jessup for finding

and photographing types while Australian

Botanical Liason Officer at Kew, Peter Bostock

for the Latin diagnosis, Will Smith for the

illustrations, and Gordon Guymer for helpful

comments on a draft of this paper.

References

Amor, R.L. & Mies, B.A. (1974). Taxonomy and Distribu-

tion of Rubus fruticosus L. agg. (Rosaceae) natural-

ised in Victoria. Muelleria 3: 37-62.

BENTHAM, G, (1864). Rubus. In Flora Australiensis 2:

429-32. London: L.Reeve & Co.

CHAPMAN, A.D. (1991). Australian Plant Name Index Q-Z.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing

Service.

Focke, W.O. (1910). Species Ruborum. Monographiae

Generis Rubi Prodromus part 1, Stuttgart: Nagele

& Dr. Sproesser.

GRAY, A, (1856). United States Exploring Expedition,

Atlas, Botany. Phanerogamia Volume |. Philadel-

phia.

KALKMAN, C. (1984). The Genus Rubus (Rosaceae) in

Malesia 2, The subgenus Malachobatus. Blumea

29: 319-86,

328

(1987). The Genus Rubus (Rosaceae) in Malesia3. The

subgenus Micranthobatus. Blumea 32: 323-41.

Royen, P. van (1969), The Genus Rubus (Rosaceae) in New

Guinea. Phanerogamarum Monographiae Tomus

I. Lehre: J. Cramer.

Wuite, C.T. (1942). Contributions to the Queensland Flora

No. 7. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 53: 201-28.

ZANDEE, M. & KaALKMAN, C. (1981). The Genus Rubus

(Rosaceae) in Malesia 1, Subgenera Chamaebatus

and [daeobatus. Blumea 27: 75-113.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 321-328 (1995)

Sankowskya, a new genus of Euphorbiaceae (Dissiliariinae)

from the Australian Wet Tropics

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1995). Sankowskya, a new genus of Euphorbiaceae (Dissiliariinae) from the Australian

Wet Tropics. Austrobaileya 4(3): 329-335. Sankowskya, a new genus of subtribe Dissiliarimae in the

Euphorbiaceae is described. The genus is monotypic with the highly endangered 8S. stipularis sp. nov.

endemic to the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north-east Queensland. Sankowskya is compared to other genera in the

Dissiliarinae and a key to genera in the subtribe is provided.

Key words: Euphorbiaceae; Sankowskya - Australia; Sankowskya stipularis.

Paul I, Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

In 1989, Garry Sankowsky of Tolga in north-

east Queensland discovered and collected ma-

terial of a species of Euphorbiaceae from the

Rex Range estate between Julatten and Mossman

in the “Wet Tropics’ of north-east Queensland.

Specimens of this plant were filed in herbaria

at Atherton and Brisbane as an undescribed

species of Dissiliaria and have been referred to

as such in a number of publications (Thomas &

McDonald 1989; Werren 1992; Christophel &

Hyland 1993; Hyland & Whiffin 1993; Forster

1994),

This species does not belong in Dissiliaria

as there are some important differences in floral

and seed morphology that preclude its inclusion

in that genus. The new species clearly belongs

to the Euphorbiaceae subfamily Oldfieldioideae,

tribe Caletieae, subtribe Dissiliariinae (sensu

Webster 1994), the members of which are found

in Australia, Malesia and Melanesia. It is not

referable to any of the other genera presently

included tn the subtribe (Table 1). The species

is unique in the Dissiliariinae in its large and

conspicuous stipules and female flowers with 3

sepals and strongly rugose-papillose styles. Itis

perhaps most closely allied to the New

Caledonian Longetia Baill. as it shares the

characteristic of smooth pollen as found in that

Accepted for publication 1 February 1995

genus (McPherson & Tirel 1987; Punt 1987),

but differs most noticeably from that genus in

the very large and conspicuous stipules, the

female flowers with 3 sepals and linearin outline

styles, and the hairy receptacle of the male

flower. In this paper, anew genus, Sankowskya

is established to accomodate this species, here

named S. stipularis.

Materials and Methods

This account of S. stipularis is primarily based

on herbarium holdings at BRI and QRS, there

being no specimens to my knowledge currently

held in other Australian herbaria, and field

observations and collections by the author.

Terminology

Indumentum cover is described using the

terminology of Hewson (1988), except that

‘scattered’ is preferred to ‘isolated’.

Rainforest typology follows Webb (1978).

The ‘Wet Tropics’ is defined as that part of

north-eastern Queensland that encompasses the

‘hot, humid vine forests’ from near Cooktown

in the north to Paluma in the south (Webb &

Tracey 1981; Barlow & Hyland 1988).

Taxonomy

Sankowskya P.I. Forst., gen. nov.

(Euphorbiaceae: Dissiliariinae). Arbor

parva, monoecia, sempervirens.

330

Indumentum trichomatum simplicium

multi-cellularium. Stipulae lineari-usque

oblongi-lanceolatae, magnae_ et

conspicuae, demum deciduae. Folia

opposita, petiolata, margine crenato,

elobata, penninervia. Inflorescentiae

axillares, cymosae, bracteatae, plerumque

monoeciae. Flores feminei pedicellati;

sepala 3, imbricata; petala nulla; discus

nullus; ovarium 3-loculatum, loculis

biovulatis; styli3, lineari, adaxialiter valde

papillosi-rugosi, erecti, liberi. Flores

masculini pedicellati; sepala 2 + 2,

imbricata; petala. nulla; discus nullus;

receptaculum convexum; stamina 12-15,

filamentis filiformibus; anthera thecis

distinctis, oblongis longitudinaliter

dehiscentibus; pollinis grana laevia;

pistillodia nulla. Fructus capsulares, 3-

loculati, ovoidei, dehiscentes; semina

obloidea, caruncula praesenti. Genus

unicum in sub-tribe Dissiliariinis propter

stipulas magnas conspicuas, flores

femineos sepalis 3 et stylis valde papillosi-

rugosis.

Typus: Sankowskya stipulartis PI. Forst.

Small trees, monoecious, evergreen, perennial;

stems and foliage without conspicuous latex.

Indumentum of simple, never glandular,

multicellular trichomes, stinging hairs absent.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 329-335 (1995)

Stipules linear-lanceolate to lanceolate-oblong,

large and conspicuous, deciduous. Leaves

opposite, petiolate; lamina elobate, penninerved

with margins crenate, eglandular. Inflorescences

axillary, racemose, solitary, uni- or bisexual

with the female flowers towards the apex, and

flowers in bracteate clusters. Female flowers

pedicellate; sepals 3, imbricate; petals absent;

disk absent; pistillodes absent; ovary 3-locular

with loculi biovulate; styles 3, linear in outline,

strongly papillose-rugose on upper surface,

erect, free. Male flowers pedicellate; sepals

2+2, imbricate; petals absent; disk absent;

receptacle convex; stamens 12-15 with

filaments filiform; anthers dorsifixed, bilobate

with thecae oblong and longitudinally dehiscent;

pistillodes absent; pollen smooth. Fruit capsular,

trilocular, ovoid, smooth, dehiscent; seeds

globose; testa crustaceous; albumen fleshy;

caruncle rounded, entire, non-arilloid.

Unique in the Dissiliariinae because of the large

and conspicuous stipules and the female

flowers with 3 sepals and strongly rugose-

papillose styles.

A monotypic genus endemic to Australia.

Etymology: Named for Garry Sankowsky of

Tolga, an avid plantsman, discoverer and

collector of this plant and many others new to

science.

Key to genera of subtribe Dissiliartinae

1. Plants diceciouS ............ ccc eevees

Plants monoecious ........-..c0c ee eaes

ss 8&8 &§ &©§ © &+§ © & 8&© *© *§ # #8 © &£ & #£ #£ #© FF © & HF #F £ #£ FF #8 #2 © & FF TF FF SF ¥ 4

2. Male flowers without pistillodes; seeds semt-elliptic in outline, laterally

COMPLESSEM 2. < nce bee epee hae

i a oot ig ek ed Dissiliaria F.Muell. ex Baill.

Male flowers with pistillodes; seeds globose or ovoid, not laterally

COMIDIESSEG |. oul 6 an a ee oY Ake alah &«

3. Styles linear in outline; fruit subglobose, strongly tricoccous with style

remnants widely separated ............

foe ne Madina gla & eeenied ak nt EGR Choriceras Baiil.

Styles cordate-ovate in outline; fruit globose, style remnants in close

POPPIN IM yal ek ete eh ween as elders ta Dane

4. Ovary 3 or 4-locular; seeds with arilloid caruncle .................. Austrobuxus Mia.

Ovary 2-locular; seeds ecarunculate.......

s #s © & &© &©& 8 © 8 F&F §F f§ FF FT ££ FF #£ & FF FF *

Canaca Guillaumin

a see wets Reese eee eR § oe eA Sai es Pie Ppa se i woe ee eee ee Do ia a ea Di ead a el ee De H te a fe ‘at re

ep inc ine RS SSNS ES SS RS ein vicina mn laa ivi eva MS iia RO Bo MM a 2s

Forster, Sankowskya, anew genus of Euphorbiaceae

331

5. Stipules very large and conspicuous (> 8 mm long); female flowers with 3

sepals; receptacle in male flower glabrous

5 Ale ange ian mablier aries ah Sankowskya P.I.Forst.

Stipules small and inconspicuous (< 8 mm long) or absent; female flowers

with 2+2 or 3+3 sepals; receptacle in male flower hairy ..... 0.0... c eee 6

6. All flowers with glandular disk; styles linear in outline; stamens > 45; pollen

SPIN cae seat tas aes teenage prea ates

eget ae Whyanbeelia Airy Shaw & B.Hyland

All flowers without glandular disk; styles cordate-ovate in outline;stamens

< 45; pollen smooth................6.

Sankowskya stipularis P.!.Forst., sp. nov.

Arbor usque 15 m alta. Indumentum

incolor usque flavum. Truncus rectus sine

striis vel anteridibus, usque 10 cm diam.;

cortex laevis, non notabilis, pagina incisa

pallidi-roseola. Ramuli plus minusve

rotundati, trichomatibus sparsis,

glabrescentes. Stipulae 9-35 mm longae,

1—4.4 mm latae, glabrae. Folia ubi novella

rubra usque roseola, ubi matura

atrovirentia atrovirentia plus minusve

concolora; petiolus 4-6 mm longus, c. 1

mmdiam., glaber vel trichomatibus sparsis

caducis; lamina lanceolata usque elliptica,

50-180 mm longa, 15-65 mm lata,

coriacea, margine leniter crenato dentibus

23-30 in quoque latere; venis abaxtaliter

prominens et adaxialiter obscura, venis

utrogue costae 7-10, venis secundartis

reticulatis; apex breviter acuminatus usque

longi-acuminatus; basis cordata vel obtusa

vel leniter auriculata. Inflorescentiae

femineae 1|- vel 2-florae in foliorum axillis

distalibus; pedunculus obsoletus; bracteae

triangulares, c. 1 mm longae, 0.7 mm

latae. Flores feminei pedicello 3~8 mm

longo et 1 mm diam. glabro vel

trichomatibus sparsis; sepala lanceolata,

1.5-3 mm longa, 1—1.6 mm lata, glabra;

ovaria |.1—1.3 mm diam., trichomatibus

densis; styli 8-10 mm longi, 0.5-1 mm

lati, base vix connati, erecti, distaliter

valde papillosi-rugosis et trichomatibus

simplicibus sparsis. Inflorescentiae

masculinae in foliorum axillis distalibus,

ad femineas vel discretae, singulares vel

geminae in quoque axe, glomeratae florum

multorum; pedunculus plus minusve

obsoletus; bracteae ovati-triangulares,

0.6—-1.5 mm longae, 0.3-1 mm latae,

Ree tse en Longetia Baill. ex Muell.Arg.

trichomatibus sparsis. Flores masculini

pedicello 3-6 mm longo et 0.2-0.5 mm

diam., glabro; sepala obovata usque ovata,

1.3—2.2 mm longaet lata, glabra; filamenta

1-1.5 mm longa; antherae 0.7—1.3 mm

longae, c. 0.8 mm latae. Fructus pedicello

8-9 mm longo, capsularis, 9-12 mm

longus, 10-11 mmdiam.,stylorum basibus

persistentibus et distaliter leviter liberis;

semina c. 8 mm longa, 5 mm lata, 2.5-—3

mm profunda, laevia, pallidi-brunnea,

carunculac. 1 mmdiam. Typus: Queens-

land. Cook District: Devil Devil Creek

road, Rex Range estate, 16°33’S,

145°23’E, 14 Dec 1993, P.I. Forster 14473

(holo: BRI{3 sheets + spirit]; iso: A, K, L,

MEL, QRS distribuend1).

Dissiliaria sp. RFK/25730 (Christophel &

Hyland 1993: 102g; Hyland & Whiffin

1993, 2: 132).

Dissiliaria sp. (Rex Range G.Sankkowsky

1075); Forster (1994:110).

Illustration: Christophel & Hyland (1993:

102¢).

Small tree to 15 mhigh. Indumentum colourless

to yellowish. Trunk straight with no fluting or

buttressing, diameter at breast height up to

10 cm; bark smooth, nondescript, white; blaze

pale-pink. Branchlets + rounded, with scattered

to sparse trichomes, glabrescent. Stipules

linear-lanceolate or rarely lanceolate-oblong,

9—35 mm long, |—-4.4 mm wide, glabrous. Leaves

bright red to pink when expanding, dark

green and + concolorous when mature; petioles

4-6 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous or

with scattered trichomes, glabrescent; laminas

lanceolate to elliptic, 50-180 mm long, 15-65

mm wide, coriaceous, with margins weakly

332 Austrobaileya 4(3); 329-335 (1995)

Table 1. Comparison of morphological characters for genera in the subtribe Dissiliariinae.

Abbreviations: Aust. (=Austrobuxus), Cana. (= Canaca), Chor. (= Choriceras), Diss. (= Dissiliaria),

Long. (= Longetia), Sank. (= Sankowskya), Whya (= Whyanbeelia).

Aust. Cana. Chor. Diss. Long. Sank. Whya.

1, plant sexuality D D D D M M M

dioecious (D)

monoecious (M)

2. stipules AS A S SL A L A

absent (A)

small (S)

large (L)

Female Flowers

3. sepal no. 242,343 242 343 34+3 34+3 3 34+3

4. slandular disk + Or - ? - + - - +

present (+)absent (-)

5. Styles

cordate-ovate (+) + + - a : R

linear (-)

6. fruit shape G G S G G O G

globose (G)

subglobose (S)

ovoid (O)

7. seed - - “ +. . : +

globose to ovoid (-)

laterally

compressed (+)

8. caruncle + - - +# +# +# +#

present (+) |

absent (-)

arilloid(*)

entire (#)

Male flowers

9. sepal no. 4-6 4 4-6 4—6 6 A 6

10. receptacle GorH H H H H G H

glabrous (G)

hairy (H)

11. glandular disk - - - - - - +

present (+)absent (-)

12. stamens 8—27/ 18-26 4-6 15-20 9-17 12-15 50-55

13. anthers O O G O O O O

globose (G)

oblong (O)

14. pollen + + - 4 - - +

spiny (+)

smooth (-)

15. pistillodes - - + - + - -

present (+)

absent (-)

Forster, Sankowskya, a new genus of Euphorbiaceae

crenate with 23 to 30 small teeth per side of

midrib; venation obscure above and prominent

below, composed of 7 to 10 lateral veins

per side of the midrib and with interlatera!

veins reticulate; tip short to long acuminate;

base cordate, weakly auriculate or obtuse.

Inflorescences uni- or bisexual. Female

inflorescences with | or 2 flowers in distal axils;

peduncles obsolete; bracts triangular, c. 1 mm

long and 0.7 mm wide. Female flowers with

pedicels 3-8 mm long and c. 1 mm diameter,

glabrous or with scattered trichomes; sepals

lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide,

glabrous; ovaries 1.1—1.3 mm diameter, with

dense trichomes; styles 8-10 mm long, 0.5-—1

mm wide, barely connate at base, held erect,

with upper parts strongly rugose-papillose

and with scattered simple hairs. Male inflores-

cences in distal axils, eitherin close proximity to

female inflorescences or by themselves, single or

often paired in each axil, each inflorescence

composed of a glomerule of many flowers;

peduncles + obsolete; bracts ovate-triangular,

0.6-1.5 mm long, 0.3-1 mm wide, with

scattered trichomes. Male flowers with pedicels

3—6 mm long, 0.2—0.5 mm diameter, glabrous;

sepals obovate to ovate, 1.3-2.2 mm long,

1.3-2.2 mm wide, glabrous; stamens 12-15;

filaments 1—-1.5 mm long; anthers 0.7—1.3 mm

long, c. 0.8 mm wide. Fruit with pedicels 8—9

mm long, capsular, 9-12 mm Jong, 10-11 mm

diameter, with bases of styles which become

Slightly divergent distally persisting; seeds c. 8

mim long, 5 mm wide, 2.5—3 mm deep, smooth,

pale brown and with a caruncle c. | mm diam-

eter. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: [all

from type locality] Jun 1989, Sankowsky 901 (QRS), Jul

1989, Sankowsky 1008 (QRS), Jul 1989, Sankowsky 1075

(BRD, Dec 1989, Hyland 13894 (QRS), Dec 1989, Hyland

13893 (BRI, QRS), Jan 1990, Hyland 13933 (QRS), Jan

1990, Sankowsky 1027 (BRI, QRS), Jul 1991, Sankowsky

1227 & Sankowsky (BRI), Mar 1991, Sankowsky 1249 &

Sankowsky (BRI, DNA, QRS), Jul 1993, Forster 13673 et

al. (BRI, MEL, ORS).

Distribution and habitat: Sankowskya stipularis

is known only from private land near Rex Range

on the road between Julatten and Mossman

in north-eastern Queensland. Plants grow in

333

evergreen mesophyll vineforest in swampy

conditions in association with other moisture

requiring plants such as Licuala ramsayi

(F.Muell.) Domin.

Notes: Either this species, another species of

Sankowskya or a species of Longetia may once

have been more widespread in Australia in

previous times, as fossil pollen of the “Longetia’

type has been recovered from Tertiary deposits

in southern New South Wales (Martin 1974).

Phenology: Flowers and fruits are borne

throughout the year, but flowering is probably

more prolific from November to January.

Conservation status: The known population of

this restricted endemic is seriously endangered

due toresidential development of the Rex Range

locality. A management plan is urgently re-

quired for this species and interventionist action

has been recommended (Werren 1992), A

conservation coding of 2E 1s recommended (cf.

Briggs & Leigh 1988; Thomas & McDonald

1989; Forster 1994).

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin stipularis (pertaining to stipules) and

alludes to the very large stipules of this plant

when compared to those of most other Austral-

ian Euphorbiaceae.

Acknowledgments

The illustrations were provided by W. Smith

(BRI) and funded by the Australian Biological

Resources Study (ABRS). Fieldwork and/

or special collections were facilitated

with the assistance of D. and I. Liddle,

G. and N. Sankowsky and M.C. Tucker.

L.A. Craven (CANB) provided the Latin

translations. A.R. Bean(BRD) commented ona

draft of the manuscript. B. Hyland and staff at

QRS provided support in the form of access to

facilities etc. The work was funded by ABRS in

1992-1994, Additional fieldwork in the “Wet

Tropics’ region of north-east Queensland was

facilitated by a travel grant from the Wet

Tropics Management Authority in 1993-1994

for work on Endangered Euphorbiaceae in that

region.

334 Austrobaileya 4(3): 329-335 (1995)

My aN

cat eis eal

ow Cal

oe llc aq aon

me oe | ?

4y mg «

F ne he

at we

ate on a

il t

lls tt i a

amd ec

bie

swe

aioe

~ Ste aca agit g re

tee A Se realy k

me ee a ot hee

J Sh watt ats fo: “

“ te —_ oll

= P oo Te eee aw an

* _—

dese "lin Siem

7 . et

fact e ata eel [coal

it er ee te

fe. wt!

aed

hel

os rt

ot fo

7 Ae

7 Gee

w ” ” =

Fig. 1. Sankowskya stipularis. A. fruiting branchlet x 0.5. B. adaxial leaf surface showing venation x 0.8. C. base of leaf

pair with interfoliar stipule x 1, D. male only inflorescence x 2, E. male flower x 4, F. stamen x 18. G. female only

inflorescence x 2. H. lateral view of fruit x 2. I. apical view of fruit x 2. J. single bivalved coccus of fruit x 2. K. seed,

adaxial view x 4. L. seed, lateral view x4. A, H, I from Forster 13673 (BRD; B from Hyland 13893 (BRD; C from Sankowsky

1075 (BRi); D, E, F from Forster 14473 (BRI); J, K, L from Hyland 13933 (QRS). Del. W. Smith.

Forster, Sankowskya, a new genus of Euphorbiaceae

References

Bar Low, B.A. & HyLanp, B.P.M. (1988). The origins of the

flora of Australia’s wet tropics. Proceedings of the

Ecological Society of Australia 15: 1-17,

Briccs, J.D. & Letcu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition.

Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service

Special Publication No, 14. Canberra: Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service.

CHRISTOPHEL, D.C. & HYLAND, B.P.M. (1993). LeafAtlas of

Australian Tropical Rain Forest Trees, Melbourne:

CSIRO Publications.

Forster, P.I, (1994). Euphorbiaceae (in part). In

R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Vascular

Plants: Names and Distribution. pp. 107-117.

Brisbane: Queensland Department of Environment

& Heritage.

Hewson, H. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook

of Terminology. Australian Flora and Fauna

Series No. 9. Canberra: Australian Government

Publishing Service.

HyLanp, B.P.M. & WuirHin, T, (1993). Australian Tropical

Rain Forest Trees: An Interactive Identification

System, Meibourne: CSIRO Publications.

Martin, H.A. (1974). The identification of some Tertiary

Pollen belonging to the Family Euphorbiaceae.

Australian Journal of Botany 22: 271-291.

335

McPuerson, G, & Tirex, C. (1987), Flore de la Nouvelle-

Calédonie et Dépendances, 14, Euphorbiacées 1.

Paris: Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle.

Punt, W. (1987). A survey of pollen morphology in

Euphorbiaceae with special reference to Phyllanthus.

Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 94:

127~-142.

THOMAS, M.B. & McDona.p, W.J.F. (1989). Rare and

Threatened Plants of Queensland, 2nd Edition.

Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary

Industries.

Wess, L.J. (1978). A general classification of Australian

rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.

Wess, LJ. & Tracey, J.G. 1981). Australian rainforests:

pattern and change. In A. Keast (ed.), Ecological

Biogeography of Australia, pp. 605-694. The Hague:

W, Junk.

WesstTerR, G.L. (1994). Synopsis of the genera and

suprageneric taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of the

Missouri Botanic Garden 81: 33-144,

WERREN, G.L, (1992), A Regional Action Plan for the

Conservation of Rare and/or Threatened Wet

Tropics Biota, Catrns: NRA/WWFE.

A Revision of Syncarpia Ten. (Myrtaceae)

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (1995), A Revision of Syncarpia Ten. (Myrtaceae). Austrobaileya 4(3): 337-344, The

endemic Australian genus Syncarpia is revised, resulting in the recognition of four taxa, namely

S. glomulifera (Sm.) Nied, subsp. glomulifera, S. glomulifera subsp. glabra (Benth.) A.R.Bean comb.

et stat. nov., S. Aillii F.M. Batley, and S. yerecunda A.R.Bean sp. nov. Each species is described and a

distribution map provided for it. S. verecunda is illustrated. A key to the species is presented.

Keywords: Myrtaceae, Syncarpia, Syncarpia verecunda, Syncarpia glomulifera subsp. glabra.

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, 4068, Australia

Introduction

Syncarpia Ten. is a small genus in the family

Myrtaceae, subfamily Leptospermoideae. It

is characterised within the family by its

inflorescences comprising seven flowers

fused at their bases, free stamens in continuous

whorls, capsular fruits and leaves in pseudo-

whorls of four. |

Syncarpia was placed in the Metrosideros

alliance and Lophostemon suballiance by Briggs

and Johnson (1979). It is closely related to

Lophostemon Schott and Welchiodendron

Peter G.Wilson & J.T.Waterh. These three

genera are alike in the arrangement of oil ducts

in the petiole (Welch 1923), opposite juvenile

phyllotaxis and the predominant occurrence of

obvolute cotyledons in the embryo (Wilson &

Waterhouse 1982). Both Syncarpta and

Lophostemon have capsular fruits and can have

leaves in pseudo-whorls, but the flowers of

Lophostemon are not fused, and its stamens are

grouped into five fascicles.

Syncarpia is endemic to eastern Australia.

Its species are trees prized for their timber,

especially because of its resistance to marine

borers (Boland et al., 1984).

Syncarpia glomulifera (Sm.) Nied., the

most widespread and first discovered species of

the genus, has had a somewhat complex

nomenciatural history.

Accepted for publication 6 March 1995

Soon after the first European settlement of

Australia at Port Jackson (now Sydney) in 1788,

specimens of plants growing in the area were

sent to England to be grown and classified.

One of these, a tall tree soon to be called

“Turpentine” by the colonists, was named

Metrosideros glomulifera by the eminent bota-

nist J.A. Smith in 1797. The same species was

named Tristania albens by A. P. De Candolle in

1828. In 1839, Italian botanist, Michele Tenore

decided to erect anew genus, Syncarpia, for the

Turpentine tree, which he named Syncarpia

laurtfolia. Two years later, Nees von Esenbeck

created the genus Kamptzia, based on De

Candolle’s species, which he named Kamptzia

albens. Bentham (1867) took up the name

Syncarpia laurtfolia for this species, and

placed Kamptzia albens in synonymy. It was

not until 1893 that the combination Syncarpia

glomulifera was made, by Niedenzu, for the

Turpentine.

Bailey (1885) described a second species

in this genus, which he called S. hillii, based on

specimens he received from Fraser Island in

Queensland.

The third species belonging to this genus,

described in this paper as S. verecunda, has

been recognised as a distinct taxon in the

Queensland Herbarium for some years, although

some specimens of it were determined as S. hillii.

Syncarpia species are cultivated outside

Australia. For example, Ashton (1981) reports

338

both S. glomulifera and S. hilliiin cultivation in

Sri Lanka, and S. glomulifera is cultivated in

Fiji according to Smith (1985).

Taxonomy

Syncarpia Ten., Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Neap. 12

(1839); Metrosideros sect. Syncarpia

(Ten.) Baill., Hist. pl. 6: 365-6 (1877);

Metrosideros sect. Sarcynpia Baill., Hist.

pl. 6: 365-6 (1877), nom. illeg.; Nania

sect. Syncarpia (Ten.) Kuntze in Post &

Kuntze, Lex. gen. phan. 382 (1904), Type:

Syncarpia laurifolia Ten. (=S. glomulifera

(Sm.) Nied.).

Kamptzia Nees, Nov. Actorum Acad. Caes.

Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 18: 9 (1841);

Metrosideros sect. Kamptzia(Nees) Baill.,

Hist. pl. 6: 365-6 (1877). Type: Kamptzia

albens (DC.) Nees.

Derivation of name: from the Greek syn,

together and karpos, fruit, in reference to the

fused capsules found in all species.

Trees, rarely shrubby, up to 60m high, straight-

trunked, with primary branching angle at or near

90 degrees to trunk; bark fibrous, deeply

furrowed, grey on surface, brown below.

Branchlets and petioles exuding a red resin

when cut. Cotyledons elliptical. Seedlings with

lignotubers. Seedling stems hairy; cotyledons

Austrobaileya 4(3): 337-344 (1995)

elliptical; seedling leaves opposite, ovate to

elliptical, hairy. Adult leaves opposite but

forming pseudo-whorls of 4 leaves near the

ends of branchlets, hairy or glabrous, venation

penninerved, reticulate, oil glands present.

Branchlets with terminal buds covered by scales;

scales deciduous after expansion of new shoots.

Inflorescences comprising axillary, 7-flowered

(or fewer by abortion) dichasia, flowers sessile

and connate at base. Bracts 2 per inflorescence,

almost completely enclosing the very young

inflorescence, persistent, becoming partially

fused to the base of the compound fruit. Calyx

lobes 4 or 5, small and broad, persistent. Petals

4 or 5, orbicular, white, caducous. Stamens

numerous, in 2(3) whorls on the staminophore,

free; filaments terete, white; anthers versatile,

dorsifixed, dehiscing by longitudinal slits,

connective gland terminal, much smaller than

anthers. Ovary inferior, 3-locular, rarely 4-

iocular; placenta small, ellipsoidal, basal; ovules

>30 per loculus, lateral to ascending; style

filiform, glabrous; stigma small. Fruit capsular,

fruiting hypanthia connate forming a woody,

compound fruit. Valve margins pubescent. Seeds

straight or slightly curved, narrowly-cuneate,

angular, brown, minutely reticulate; hilum ter-

minal. Trichomes, when present on leaves, stems

and inflorescences; simple, non-glandular,

appressed or spreading.

3 species all endemic to Australia.

Key to species of Syncarpia

1, Petioles 14-31 mm long; flowering hypanthia glabrous.......... 0000.00... cc eu eceee 2

Petioles 7-14 mm long; flowering hypanthia sericeus .................. S. glomulifera

2. Coppice growth hairy; floral bracts 2-3 x 3-4 mm; CORTE vein well

developed; petals glabrous on abaxial surface..... 0... 0... cece ee ees S. hillit

Coppice growth glabrous; floral bracts 3-4 x 1.5—2.5 mm; intramarginal

vein absent, petals hairy on abaxial surface

1, Syncarpia glomulifera (Sm.) Nied., in Engl.

& Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. HI.(7): 88

(1893); Metrosideros glomulifera Sm.,

Trans. Linn. Soc. London 3: 269 (1797);

PE eee gt oy SPL iar, 2 lalate S. verecunda

Nantia glomulifera (Sm.) Kuntze, Revis.

gen. pl. 1: 242 (1891). Type: New South

Wailes. Port Jackson, in 1791, D. Burton

s.n. (holo: LINN n.v., microfiche BRI!)

Bean, Syncarpia

Tristania albens DC., Prodr. 3: 210 (1828);

Kamptzia albens (DC.) Nees, Nov.

Actorum Caes. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 18:

9 (1841). Type: “Caet. ign. v.s. folium a

cl. Otto missum’ (holo: G-DC n.v., micro-

fiche BRI}).

Syncarpia laurifolia Ten., Index Seminum

in Horto Botanico Neapolitano

Collectorum (1839). Type: culta in horto

Regio Neapolitano (holo: NAP n.v., photo

at BRI).

Illustrations: Clemson, Honey and Pollen Flora

p. 112 (1985); Williams, Native PI. Queensl. 2:

277 (1984); Boland et al., Forest Trees of Aus-

tral. 4th ed., p. 575 (1984).

Tree varying in height from 3m on very exposed

mountain sites to 60m in fertile well-watered

valleys. Bark stringy, persistent and furrowed,

grey outside, brown below. Seedlings with

cotyledons 44.5 x7 mm; seedling leaves ovate,

c. 37 x 20 mm, with apex acute and base

cuneate, discolorous. Coppice leaves densely

covered by short (<1 mm long) hairs; adult

leaves ovate to narrowly-ovate, 5-10 x 1.8-4.0

cm, with apex acute or obtuse; upper surface

dull green, glabrous; lower surface usually white-

hairy; intramarginal vein absent or poorly de-

veloped; petioles 7-14 mm long, more or less

Two subspecies are recognisable as follows:

339

terete. Foliar scales lanceolate, 4-11 x 1.5-3

mm, obtuse, sparsely hairy. Inflorescence pu-

bescent; peduncles 14—32 mm long; bracts per-

sistent, ovate, 3~4.5 x 2—2.5 mm, densely hairy,

apex acute. Hypanthia smooth, hairy, cylindri-

cal to ovoid, fused at their bases. Calyx lobes

4(5), persistent, triangular, 1.5—2.2 mm long,

obtuse. Petals 5, ovate to orbicular, 2.5—3.5 x

2.5-3 mm, white, pubescent on both surfaces.

Stamens numerous, inflexed in bud; filaments

terete, 5-8 mm long; connective gland obscure.

Style terete, notexpanded, 5—9 mm long; stigma

irregularly lobed. Surface of the ovary-top

pubescent; ovary 3(4)-locular, with numerous

ovules per loculus. Compound fruit globose to

depressed-globose, 8-13 x 10-20 mm; seeds

1.5-2.5 mm long.

Flowering period: Flowering occurs between

September and December.

Note: Bentham (1867) records 6-10 flowers

per inflorescence for this species. While 6-

flowered inflorescences can be found (where

one flower of the inflorescence has not

developed), I have been unable to find any

inflorescences bearing more than 7 flowers. Itis

possible that a 10-flowered cluster could result

if two adjacent 7-flowered inflorescences were

fused.

Leaves and branchlets glabrous; fruiting hypanthia glabrescent............... subsp. glabra

Leaves and branchlets hairy; fruiting hypanthia remaining hairy

Syncarpia glomulifera subsp. glabra (Benth. )

A.R.Bean comb. et stat. nov.

Syncarpia laurifolia var. glabra Benth., FI.

Austral. 3: 266 (1867); Metrosideros

glomulifera var. glabra (Benth.)C.Moore

& Betche, Handb. Fl. New South Wales

(1893); Syncarpia procera var. glabra

(Benth.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 472

(19238). Type: New South Wales. NorTu

Coast: Hastings River, Dr Beckler (holo:

MEL!; iso: K n.v., photo at BRI).

subsp. glomulifera

Leaf abaxial surface and stems glabrous on

juvenile and mature plants; fruiting hypanthia

glabrescent.

Specimens examined: New South Wales. NorTH Coast:

Middle Brother SF, north-east of Taree, Apr 1994, Bean

7647 (BRI,NSW); Flat Rock Lookout, Lansdowne SF, Dec

1991, Stockard s.n. (NSW); Newbys Lookout, Lansdowne

oF, Apr 1994, Bean 7653 (BRI, MEL,NSW); Upper

Williams River, Aug 1935, Rodway s.n. (NSW),

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies is

confined to the coastal hills of north-eastern

340

New South Wales, from about Kempsey to

Bulahdelah (Map 2). It occurs as a minor

component of open forest or tall open forest

usually dominated by Eucalyptus pilularis Sm.

In this region, S. glomulifera subsp. glomulifera

is apparently absent.

Conservation status: S. glomulifera subsp.

glabra is quite common over its range and ts not

currently under threat.

Syncarpia glomulifera subsp. glomulifera

Leaf abaxial surface and stems hairy on juvenile

and mature plants; hairs persisting on fruiting

hypanthia.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Coox Disrricr: Shiptons

Flat, Sep 1948, Brass 20195 (BRD); 13.3 kmfrom Bloomfield

Mission road on China Camp road, Aug 1986, Hil! 1973 et

al. (BRI,LNSW). NortH Kennepy Disrricr: Diddleluma

Creek, west of the Ravenshoe-Kaban road, Oct 1980,

Clarkson 2668 (BRI,K,QRS); Saddle Mtn, Bowling Green

Bay NP, south of Townsville, Aug 1991, Bean 3627

(BRLL,MEL,NSW); Mt Bohle, 37 km SW of Charters

Towers, Sep 1991, Thompson 257 & Dillewaard

(BRI,CANB,NSW). Port Curtis Districr: Maryvale, be-

tween Byfield and Yeppoon, Sep 1931, Wife 8189 (BRD).

LEICHHARDT District: Blackdown Tableland, Nov 1973,

Williams 354 (BRD; Carnarvon NP, 60 mls [97 km] W of

N from Injune, Jun 1965, Trapnell & Williams 104 (BRD.

WiweE Bay Districr: S of Haylocks road, Toolara SF near

Gympie, Sep 1993, Bean 6486 (BRI). Moreton District:

Jorl Court, S of Buderim, Mar 1993, Bean 5825 (BRD;

Shipstern Range, Lamington NP, Dec 1943, Blake 15376

(BRI). New South Wales. Nort Coast: Kooyong,

between Ardilly and Tullymorgan, Feb 1985, Forbes 2808

(BRI,MEL,MO,NSW); Diamond Head, S$ of Port

Macquarie, Feb 1969, Blaxell 195 (NSW). CENTRAL COAST:

Kurrajong at junction of Bells Line of Road and road to

‘Spring Grove’, Sep 1985, Coveny 12136 & Makinson

(A,CANB, K,L,NSW); Beecroft, Sydney, Sep 1972, Lebler

s.n. (BRI); Wheeney Creek, Woliemi NP, Oct 1991, Coverny

15874 & Hind (BRI,CBG, K,L,MEL). CENTRAL TABLE-

LANDS: eastend of Mt Solitary, 5 mls [8 km] S of Katoomba,

Nov 1960, Constable s.n. (NSW). Souts Coast: Huskisson,

Jervis Bay, Oct 1928, Rodway s.n. (NSW); Ulladulla, Oct

1957, McGillivray 661 (NSW).

Distribution and habitat: S. glomulifera subsp.

glomulifera has a large latitudinal range along

the east coast of Australia, from just south of

Cooktown in Queensland to Batemans Bay in

New South Wales. The distribution is not

continuous, with the most notable disjunction

being between Shoalwater Bay (near

Rockhampton) and Mt Elliot (near Townsville).

(Map 2). This subspecies typically occurs as a

Austrobaileya 4(3): 337-344 (1995)

component of tall eucalypt forest, often on the

edge of rainforest, in association with species

such as Eucalyptus citriodora Hook.,

E. intermedia R.T.Baker, Casuarina torulosa

Aiton and C. littoralis Salisb. However, it will

tolerate shallow, infertile soils and may befound

On mountains as a small tree or shrub, with

associated species such as stunted specimens of

Eucalyptus carnea R.T.Baker and E. exserta

F.Muell.

Conservation status: A widespread and

common taxon.

2. Syncarpia verecunda A.R.Bean sp. nov.

affinis S. glomuliferae a qua florum

hypanthus glabris, petiolis longioribus,

bracteis grandioribus, sepalis brevioribus

differt. Typus: Queensland. Moreton

District: Mt Maroon, SW of Rathdowney,

3 October 1993, A.R. Bean 6656 (holo:

BRI; iso: CANB,K,MEL).

Syncarpia sp. (Ravensbourne J.A. Gresty

2053) in Henderson (1994)

Tree 10-25 m high. Bark fibrous or stringy,

persistent and furrowed, grey outside, brown

below. Seedlings with cotyledons 3.5-4.5 x 6-8

mm; seedling leaves ovate, 33-38 x 15-19 mm,

apex acute to obtuse, base cuneate, discolorous.

Coppice leaves glabrous, except for margins of

very young leaves; adult leaves ovate, 7—10.5 x

2.84.6 cm, apex acute or acuminate, base

cuneate, glabrous, discolorous; intramarginal

vein absent; petioles 14-25 mm long, more or

less terete. Foliar scales lanceolate, up to 22 x 4

mm, acuminate, glabrous. Inflorescence

glabrous; peduncles 14-33 mm long; bracts

persistent, ovate, 3-4 x 1.5—2.5 mm, glabrous,

apex acute. Hypanthia smooth, glabrous, more

or less cylindrical, fused at their bases. Calyx

lobes 4, persistent, triangular, 1~1.5 mm long,

acute, margins ciliate. Petals 4-5, rather

wregularly arranged around rim of hypanthium,

orbicular, 3-3.5 x 2.5-3 mm, with simple

appressed hairs on both surfaces, margins

ciliate, dendritic venation visible. Stamens

very numerous, fully inflexed in bud; filaments

terete, 5-8 mm long; connective gland terminal,

inconspicuous. Style terete, 8-9 mm

long; stigma slightly expanded, of smooth

Bean, Syncarpia

appearance. Surface of the ovary-top glabrous,

ovary 3-locular, with numerous ovules per

loculus. Compound fruit globose to depressed-

globose, 12-13 x 16-20 mm; seeds 1.5—3 mm

long. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WibE Bay DIsTRICT:

Ryans Creek road, west of Imbil, Apr 1993, Bean 5977

(BRI,K,L,MEL,NSW,QRS). Moreton Districr: Dianas

Bath area, 9km E of Somerset Dam, Oct 1993, Forster PIF

14049 & Leiper (BRI,JMEL,NSW); Ravensbourne NP, Oct

1959, Gresty 2053 (BRD; northern slopes of Mt Maroon,

May 1990, Bean 1603 (BRI,NSW); Mt Greville, 15.6 km

SW of Boonah, Aug 1973, Durrington 739 & Sharpe

(BRD; foot of Mt Barney, Mar 1936, Michael 2275 (BRD;

Mt Ernest, SW of Rathdowney, Apr 1993, Bean 6026

(BRI,K,MEL).

Distribution and habitat: S. verecunda has a

rather restricted distribution in south-eastern

Queensland, from west of Imbil to within a few

kilometres of the New South Wales border at Mt

Ernest, and is most common on the mountain

peaks around Boonah. (Map 1). It inhabits hills

and mountains composed of acid volcanicrocks.

soils are sandy, and often shallow. Associated

species include Eucalyptus acmenoides Schauer,

151° 152° 153°

25°

Fraser

Maryborougho %/@/ Island

26° '@

Map 1. Distribution of Syncarpia hillii @ and

S. verecunda @,

341

E. propinqua H.Deane & Maiden and EF. dura

L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill. S. verecunda and

S. glomulifera subsp. glomulifera are allopatric,

with S. verecunda occurring in the more west-

erly (inland) areas.

Flowering period: Flowering occurs in

October-November.

Affinities: S. verecunda differs from S. hillii by

its leaves which lack an intramarginal vein,

glabrous coppice growth (hairy in S. Aillin),

petals hairy on both surfaces (adaxial surface

only is hairy in S. Aillii), bracts 3-4 x 1.5-2.5

mm (2-3 x 3-4 mm in S. Aillit), and its mostly

smaller leaves and fruits.

S. verecunda differs from S. glomulifera by its

glabrous floral hypanthia, petioles 14-25 mm

long (7-14 mm for S. glomulifera), foliar scales

up to 22 x 4 mm (up to Il x 3 mm for

S. glomulifera) and calyx lobes 1-1.5 mm long

(1.5—2.2 mm long for S. glomulifera).

Conservation status: This species, though of

restricted distribution, is well conserved in a

number of National Parks.

Etymology: The epithet is derived from the

Latin verecundus, shy or modest, an allusion to

the species being hidden in, or obscured by the

more widespread S. glomulifera.

3. Syncarpia hillii F.M. Bailey, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland |: 86 (1885). Type: Queens-

land. Wipe Bay District: Fraser Island,

before 1884, W. Hill sn. [AQ 278678]

(holo: BRI, 4 sheets).

Illustration: Williams, Native Pl. Queensl. 2:

277 (1984).

Tree 13-50 m high. Bark fibrous or stringy,

persistent and furrowed, grey outside, brown

underneath. Seedlings with cotyledons 4—4.5 x

6.5—7 mm; seedling leaves ovate, c.40 x20 mm.

apex acute, base cuneate, discolorous. Coppice

leaves and stems densely hairy, with spreading

hairs up to 1.5 mm long; adult leaves ovate, 9-16

x 3.5-7.5 cm, apex acute or acuminate, base

mostly cuneate, occasionally obtuse, glabrous,

discolorous; intramarginal vein present and

usually well developed; petioles 13-31 mm long,

342

taal eee ele et ta

‘~~,

a RCE Enya mente tee arey

Map 2. Distribution of Syncarpia glomulifera subsp.

glomuliferae and S. glomulifera subsp. glabra.

angular. Foliar scales lanceolate, c. 24 x 6 mm,

acuminate, margins ciliate, otherwise glabrous.

Inflorescence glabrous; peduncles 11-25 mm

long; bracts persistent, deltoid, 2-3 x 3-4 mm,

glabrous, acute. Hypanthia smooth, glabrous,

more or less cylindrical, fused at their bases.

Calyx lobes 4, persistent, obtuse, c. 1.2 x 2.2

mm, glabrous, margins ciliate. Petals 4-5,

orbicular, 3.5—-4 x 3.5—-4 mm, adaxial surface

hairy, abaxial surface glabrous; margins entire.

Stamens very numerous, fully inflexed in bud;

filaments 8-10 mm long, connective gland

obscure. Style terete, up to 12 mm long; stigma

slightly expanded. Surface of the ovary-top

glabrous, ovary 3(4) locular, with numerous

ovules per loculus. Compound fruit globose to

depressed-globose, 14—16 x 19-21 mm; seeds

3—3.5 mm long.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WipE Bay DIsTRrICcT:

Fraser Island, May 1921, White s.n. (BRI,NSW); Fraser

Austrobaileya 4(3): 337-344 (1995)

Island, Oct 1921, White 1195 (BRD); Fraser Island, Oct

1930, Hubbard 4589 (BRI); Lake Allom, Fraser Is., Aug

1986, Wallace 126/86 (NSW); Aqua Rd, 8 km SW of

Poyungan Forestry Camp, Fraser Is., Aug 1986, Briggs

8010 (NSW); Kingfisher Bay resort, Fraser Island, Nov

1994, Bean 8102 (BRI,MEL,NSW); Broutha Waterhole,

Cooloola NP, Sep 1993, Bean 6419 (BRI,K,MEL); Envi-

ronmental Park 2 km west of Tewantin, Dec 1988, Sharpe

4844 & Bean (BRI). Moreton District: Jorl Court, S of

Buderim, Mar 1993, Bean 5820 (BRI,K,MEL,NSW); east

of Mt Campbell, Moreton Is., Jan 1976, Palmer s.n. (BRI);

east of Mt Tempest, Moreton Is., Mar 1987, Sandercoe

3107 & Adair (BRI); 0.6 km E of Blue Lagoon outfall,

[North] Stradbroke Is., Jun 1983, Carey s.n. (BRI). New

South Wales. Nort Coast: Tweed Heads, Dec 1940,

White 11383 (BRI,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: S. hilliiis widespread

and common on the southern half of Fraser

Island. Itis also found, in lesser numbers, south-

wards along the coast and on coastal islands, at

least as far as North Stradbroke Island. There is

also a record of the species from Tweed Heads

in far north eastern New South Wales. Although

trees have not been relocated there recently,

there is no reason to doubt the validity of the

record (Map 1). S. hillii grows in tall open forest

or on rainforest margins, in deep sandy soils of

quarternary origin. It occasionally grows in

association with S. glomulifera subsp.

glomulifera (i.e. at Tewantin and Buderim), but

hybrids between the two taxa have not been

observed.

Flowering period: Flowers have been recorded

in November and December.

Conservation status: This species was allo-

cated the code 3RC by Thomas and McDonald

(1989). Although some populations are small

and threatened, the main population on Fraser

Island is now protected under World Heritage

legislation. It 1s therefore recommended

that S. hillit be no longer listed as a rare or

threatened plant.

Dubious name

Syncarpia procera (Salisb.) Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89: 472 (1928);

Metrosideros procera Salisb., Prodr. 351

(1796). Type: “juxta Port Jackson, David

Burton’. Salisbury’s species descriptions

were based on cultivated juvenile plants.

No specimen of M. procera is known to

exist, and the author’s brief diagnosis is

inadequate for identification of the taxon

concerned.

This content downloaded from

136.154.23.253 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 03:45:53 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

Bean, Syncarpia 343

2K)

GL,

GQny

Fig. 1. Syncarpia verecunda A. adult leaf x 1. B. inflorescence at anthesis x 2. C. compound fruit, lateral view x 2.

D. compound fruit, from below x 1. E. seeds x 10. A, Bean 6656; B, Bean 6156; D,C,E, Bean 6026 (BRI).

Excluded names Acknowledgements

Syncarpia leptopetala F.Muell., Fragm. 1: I am grateful to Laurie Jessup, who photo-

79 (1859) = Choricarpia leptopetala graphed type specimens during his term as

(F.Muell.) Domin. Australian Botanical Liasion Officer at Kew,

Will Smith (BRI) for the illustrations and maps,

the Directors of MEL and NSW for access to

their collections, Les Pedley for the Latin diag-

nosis, Paul Forster for his comments on an

earlier draft and the Directors of Fland NAP for

Suavarpia sabarsenten-var:. lawfolia sending me photographs of Syncarpia laurifolia.

C.T.White, Qld Dept. of Ag. & Stock,

Botany Bulletin 21: 8 (1919) =

Choricarpia subargentea (C.T.White) ASHTON, P. (1981). Syncarpia. In Revised Handbook of the

Syncarpia subargentea C.T.White, Bot.

Bull. 21: 8, t.3 (1919) = Choricarpia

subargentea(C.T.White) L.A.S Johnson,

fide Johnson (1962).

References

L.A.S.Johnson, fide Johnson (1962). Flora of Ceylon 2: 453-4. New Delhi: Amerind

Publishing Co.

Sy nOCELE ia vertholenit eat, & Binn., Nat. BAILEY, F.M. (1885). Contributions to the Queensland

Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 2: 307 (1855) ie Flora Part II, Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Metrosideros vera Roxb., fide Merrill Queensland 1: 84-92.

(1917).

This content downloaded from

136.154.23.253 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 03:45:53 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

344

BENTHAM, G. (1867). Syacarpia. In Flora Australiensis 3:

265-6, London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

BOLAND, D.J., BROOKER, M.J.H., CHipPpENDALE, G.M., HALL,

N., HYLAND, B.P.M., JOHNSTON, R.D., KLEIniG, D.A.

& TuRNER, J.D. (1984). Forest Trees of Australia,

4th edition. Thomas Nelson & CSIRO; Melbourne.

Briccs, B.G. & Jonson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the

Myrtaceae - evidence from inflorescence structure.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South

Wales 102: 157~256.

HENDERSON, R.J.F, (ed.) (1994), Queensland Vascular Plants

- Names and Distribution, Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Environment & Heritage.

Jounson, L.A.S. (1962). Taxonomic Notes on Australian

Plants. Contributions from the N.S.W. National

Herbarium 3: 93-102.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 337-344 (1995)

Merritt, E.D. (1917), An Interpretation of Rumphius’s

Herbarium Amboinense. Manila: Bureau of

Printing,

SmitH, A.C. (1985). Flora Vitiensis Nova, Vol. 3. Hono-

lulu: Pacific Tropical Botanic Gardens.

THOMAS, M.B. & McDonatp, W.J.F. (1989). Rare and

Threatened Plants of Queensland, 2nd edition.

Brisbane: Department of Primary Industries.

WE LcH, M.B. (1923). The occurrence of Secretory Canals

in certain Myrtaceous plants. Proceedings of the

Linnean Society of New South Wales 48: 660-73.

WILson, P.G. & WATERHOUSE, J.T, (1982). A Review of the

Genus Tristania R.Br. (Myrtaceae): a Heterogene-

ous Assemblage of Five Genera. Australian Journal

of Botany 30: 413~-46.

Cycas desolata (Cycadaceae), a new species from north

Queensland

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1995). Cycas desolata (Cycadaceae), anew species from north Queensland. Austrobaileya

A(3): 345-352. Cycas desolata sp. nov. is described and illustrated. Its affinities are discussed and notes

are provided on its distribution, habitat and conservation status.

Key words: Cycadaceae, Cycas desolata

Paul I, Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Cycas L. in Queensland has recently

been reviewed by Hill (1992). His account

provided a useful, although only initial,

regional analysis of a complex genus which

facilitates the management of these plants in the

light of ever increasing collector pressure and

rural development. All but two of the

Queensland species of Cycas are considered as

rare or threatened plants (Forster 1994). There

continues to be indiscriminate poaching of

populations of horticulturally desirable species

such as C. megacarpa K.D.Hill, C. ophiolitica

K.D.Hill, C. platyphylla K.D.Hill and

C. cairnsiana F.Muell., while many populations

of some species still suffer from uncontrolled

land clearing for agriculture and grazing.

In late 1993, Dr Rod Fensham of BRI

brought tomy attention a previously unrecorded

population of Cycas plants north-west of

Charters Towers in northern Queensland. In

Hill’s (1992) key this material (2 fronds) keyed to

C. cairnsiana. According to Hill, C. cairnsiana

is known principally from two localities, neither

of which 1s near Charters Towers, hence this new

population was of considerable interest because

of its supposed conservation significance.

Investigation of this population in early

1994 revealed that the plants differed in several

ways from C, cairnsiana and also from

Accepted for publication 1 February 1995

C. platyphylla, another closely allied species.

This plant is described here as a new species,

C. desolata. Descriptive terminology follows

Hill (1992) enabling comparison with

his descriptions.

Taxonomy

Cycas desolata P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis =

C. cairnsianae F.Muell. aqua cataphyllis

lineari-lanceolatis, petioli frondis base

dentes breves carentes, frondis pinnis

paucioribus (90-136) plus minusve

rectis longioribus latioribusque (180-210

x 3.8-5 mm), microsporophyllo spina

apicali breviore (3-4 mm longa);

megasporophyllo lamina minore late

triangulari (28-32 x 20-25 mm) et spina

apicali breviore (5—15 mm longa) differt.

Typus: Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY

District: North-west of Charters Towers,

27 Jan 1994, P.I. Forster 14671B [male]

(holo: BRI [3 sheets + carpological mate-

rial]).

Stem to 4 (rarely to 7) m tall, 15-25 cm diam-

eter. Fronds 75—120 cm long, strongly keeled in

section (opposing pinnae inserted at 30-50

degrees to the rhachis), with 90-136 pinnae;

rhachis usually terminated by paired pinnae;

petiole glabrous, 100-230 mm long; median

pinnae at 40—50 degrees to the rhachis, 180-210

mm long, 3.8—5 mm wide, glabrous, glaucous,

blue, flat in section, decurrent for 2—4 mm,

narrowed to 2.8-4 mm at base (/0—-80% of

346

maximum width), 1-5 mm apart on rhachis;

midrib slightly raised above, prominent below.

New growth densely tomentose with ferrugi-

nous trichomes, glabrescent. Cataphylls

linear-lanceolate, 30-45 mm long, 2-4 mm

wide, densely orange-brown tomentose at base.

Microsporangiate cones elongate-ovoid,

240-400 mm long, 80-95 mm diameter.

Microsporophyll fertile zone 20-26 mm long,

5—13 mm wide; sterile zone 8-12 mm long;

apical spine sharply antrorse, 3-4 mm long.

Megasporophylls 130-240 mm long, loosely

ferruginous-tomentose at base only, otherwise

glaucous blue, with 2—6 (usually 4) ovules;

lamina broadly triangular, 28-32 mm long,

20-25 mm wide, irregularly sinuate or barely

dentate with poorly developed teeth; apical

spine 5-15 mm long. Seeds ovoid, 35-39 mm

long, 32-35 mm diameter, green becoming

yellow-purple whenripe, strongly blue pruinose.

Figs 1-6.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Nort

KENNEDY District: North-west of Charters Towers, May

1993, Fensham 1005 (BRI); ditto, Jan 1994, Forster

14671A, 14671C (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: C. desolatais known

from at least two populations of plants

distributed sporadically over an area of c. 40

km? to the north-west of Charters Towers. Plants

erow in woodland on shallow skeletal soil or

on low rocky outcrops with Eucalyptus

erythrophloia Blakely and an ironbark (either

E. crebra F.Muell. or E. xanthoclada Brooker

& A.R.Bean) dominant in the overstorey. At the

time of my visit, the area was showing the

effects of an extended period of drought, hence

it was not possible to ascertain other taxa that

would normally grow in association with

C. desolata.

Notes: C. desolata 1s closely allied to both

C. cairnsiana and C. platyphylla but differs

from both these species by a combination of

characters (Table 1). Superficially, tn terms

of foliage coloration and pinnae margin

morphology, it appears closest to C. cairnsiana

and will key to that species in Hiil’s (1992) key.

Both species have glaucous, light-blue to blue

foliage, although the foltage of C. cairnsiana

appears lighterin colour than that of C. desolata.

C. desolata differs markedly from C. cairnsiana

Austrobaileya 4(3): 345-352 (1995)

in the cataphylls linear-lanceolate, frond petiole

lacking short teeth at the base, fewer pinnae on

each frond (90-136), pinnae more or less straight

and longer and broader (180-210 x 3.8-5 mm),

microsporophyll with a shorter apical spine

(3—4 mm long), megasporophyl! lamina smaller

and broadly triangular (28-32 x 20-25 mm)

and with a shorter apical spine (5-15 mm).

The new species is unique in Australian

species of Cycas withrespect to the blue foliage,

fronds without basal spines on the petiole,

leaflet margins recurved, leaflet base gradually

narrowing proximally, leaflets straight and

relatively long (180-210 x 3.8—5 mm) and the

small broadly triangular megasporophyll lamina.

C. desolata is a striking cycad because of

the blue coloration of the foliage and the

large size of some individuals. At the type

locality I found one plant that exceeded 7 m in

height (Fig. 6). Cycads of this height are rare in

Queensland although C. couttstana K.D.Hill is

described as growing to 7 m and C. megacarpa

to 6 min height (Hill 1992). ‘The male cones of

C. desolata also appear to be unusually long

when compared with those of other species

from Queensland (data in Hill 1992), with

maximum lengths of 20-25 cm given for

C. platyphylla, C. cairnsiana, C. angulata

R. Br., C. couttstana and C. brunnea K.D.HIill.

Some of these lengths may represent

underestimations of cone size as I found cones

up to 42 cm long on C. platyphylila at its type

locality (Forster 14°706B).

Conservation status: C. desolata 1s arelatively

common plant where it occurs as at least a

thousand individuals were seen there by me.

All presently known populations are on

private land (Grazing Homestead Perpetual

Lease) and are not under threat from the current

landowner who wishes to remain anonymous

and discourages visits by the public without

permission. The exact locality for this species ts

thus not provided here in an attempt to restrict

poaching of the population. C. desolata is an

horticulturally attractive plant and because of

potential threats to its existence from

poaching together with the generally restricted

distribution of the species, a conservation

coding of 2V is recommended (cf. Briggs &

Leigh 1988).

347

Forster, Cycas desolata

* *

coo A! hy ary ’ |

~e A a i i a _

+ am me

— oe be. ald ee ee a te ae POP 8 altar ire ft nar cog he noe ee robe te 7 ¥ Ser:

ee Ae

, ee Pewee tes Pain ates ee a 2

rs * vA oa ate, : ad A ete

_— . — A ls Fd el a eee Lene

"9 ® . a 2 * 1 La ee ea + eat he ape, oO

ate : ; aw Cee ee Ts . I er! oe aa ee or,

ve i a | + + wp ea ee ee ee ee + a he

OT ea gee =" ria ape te

- =o * to

: RTE poe eee eee ar Ae : S

a —_, me hat = . . -

— a te te te Ty Ae ater Bee an “ ail it .

, bee eet 5 vittaee st + +? a4

aca 4a pentyl 4 eck

dat _—— 7 eo) wpat=t

eee ee elm oa oe ie ee ee ey ra tat pyar rf or * a 7 f _ ow

oad pele yea plight = - “aber + ++ t a.

= 1 1 . eet we tf +, 4% * CC

: tar it. € aid +s tal 4 ed

aiel a ear ai IE ES beara i Ta we * Ly a ,

er eet a " * ‘ oe * .

: * + * =

vom P H rl + 4 Li

e@da ry — ' 4 “a u

bel g r4s 402 bat 1 eee — . . 7 Ler 7 I t 7

x ee eee eT aie na ;

‘ cep pe eee ee . + 4 * Fd |

ee ae A ee oe fo 2 ‘ Lapras teri. Fre + * ‘ p| = : : r

+ Lf rh + '

= + 1 * * e ha

+ * 7 r + *

zat 5¥

“ t ' ' ba hi : ow

.# a ee or or + * te o4y

a id ml ae ie fl. tty * 4 : ar 4 ies

a ae ey ‘ " ry + eo

+ a i!

° 4 4 k

q . UO re de ye ee ee . 7 1 eee ‘ ‘i Ke ;

=| ¥ eee te eee te vé 4 ‘ igeaneane]

Ase + "a

ke Me ry | Pe | Names

hart * ry + Le

ie he rm D

tik . nd

tty ” ¥ 4

SAA RM LAS —

tty < \ “ *

we oo * + * oo Ce |

ah ' +

Pale F et a “how } t

al : “ hi ‘La t 4

a 4a Ags oOo =

ee Bee he? we =D

+ * * . " es

ae ae i had,

Li a x? pen |

+" ir ol ny

wh ay -

; he

ee r 7 C) SS

at +

‘at TL

en oe

- =

< oy fo

* 45

mee *

a @ * ie

fF ¥

= of B —_ gt

OO eM OTTO =

2 + 2s 44 4 7

. DAL ro ‘

7) watghe ot i ia

on ae

. an

eal

a Ippnone anon

, &

- ty

tat — 2

my =D

WO Taye). = on

t 2 2 ; i

L: is J lag Ah ene *

on oe eee Cer. oo i

to ” aoe oe Ht

reed et eee rt led oe eee me ee a ‘ "

ee 2 a 7

mt nh hie ME a RS a ae i

Y yserse a : .

poh? a | 3 eo ep ee are ene a eo: Cada

* = > hm

al ded eT) ie ee ee ee ‘uae ere Cee ‘

Le Lil ‘mp ho ~~ “a

/” > he mae le el ee ” oe re

ee a a ‘ Oe Ce Tal “eee eo :

* i ot «ag iee et +, yt

” mp » oe H ar ot ta

» ” w vt we

‘on _ tan de ee : : Patt td mys th =a

ahh Pied Cheon ite ine ve Vr * oe ut te, et iyi * 1 aan ect p=

_ ‘| “ iil Chad al ge att Mt ath te Phage Aytye ‘i

rt] C7 on -” oo " * at, ey

hye bona * ag | a ey ee OY 7"

yn ee a te ed ee BLY a a aa 2 » flrs

” wit» “ert Aaa a at “ ame Pd cet ; wor 7 heh feds ad -

ea, sie tA ee Fe i eM aT Arlt "

aetar yee a Sar Fr ‘ Fae a

ae ae » POM Sail yk ee p tans

ha tay & nog tte ® ee a a

Bie ity em to 8 » yey” Len Lane

ve Hy * » 1 ” en ie ny

anal ee ” oy » sd | Si a " ”

watt t vty i teka eg at

ae i

, my *” 9 a ee sd

age meta rt =

Ah yn * ee ll ng

ar) we my a oF

y * » by»

“hye, * et ae “hema

mh shh Fa

at's ’ A A.

hp"? ee hee

AL yoy a4 a ut io)

+ La en ar We etan,

ee ee . ten aoe

i SEY 5

nn » »

t+” «" *t ras. H Con

he! +e spent

Ae eee ky: a)

haan ‘ Ratna

et :

rir, edd “tot

ye 4 iin a4

4 +9) pe le Con a

Ns +r pet

i! Te ted el, ‘

cr * 4 apt

fol + te ty oe

bh om eG

May Pah aio

are Z wi ;

"1% 4 Seat pe

+ ee i" .* ee a ey wl te * pee on,

" hela) + » : ,

shit : + telat pes » 4° iy on &, il? va pee wee a

or mally oe ree orn

4” 2 yr * et,

+ *_, *

“yf + b teat ee

a +o. * ray + *e yt

ee seal

a ttt ¢ pete Pia te ae |

La * * ” Por ,

ALP . * ee a 3 = ragna

ena) i, trea cele tat ve

wn hel to - "ore thal ewe ote LY

eer en ts ete, ot j . "ote te Pe Tes ey ea te x ty in ‘ufemenl

OY ee re a eee er ap waa te

“Ths t Pee t+ be OF SpA alas f \ Treaty Be

fete ee ta age eae Tae ib

Te cn a Paral ls :

eee —_ ©

i? >

348

C. platyphylla.

Character

frond colour

cataphylls

indumentum on cataphylils

short teeth at base of frond

petiole present (+)absent (-)

pinnae number in frond

pinnae + straight (+) or

antrorse (-)

pinnae margins

median pinnae angle

(degrees) to rhachis

median pinnae

length x width (mm)

C. cairnsitana

glaucous light-blue

lanceolate

base only

180—280

recurved

20-60

80—180x2.0—3.0

median pinnae base width (mm)

(% of maximum width)

microsporophyll sterile zone

length (mm)

microsporophyll apical spine

length (nm)

megasporophyll lamina

length x width (mm)

teeth development on

megasporophyll lamina

megasporophyll lamina spine

iength Gnmm)

seed dimensions

length x width (mm)

2.0—3.0 (80-100)

12—15

6-9

40—70x 15-25

poor

15-20

36-42x30~—37

Austrobaileya 4(3): 345-352 (1995)

Table 1. Comparison of morphological characters for Cycas cairnstana, C. desolata and

C. desolata

glaucous blue

linear-lanceolate

base only

—=

90-136

recurved

30-50

180—210x3.8-—5

2.84 (70-80)

8—12

3-4

28—-32x20-25

poor

5-15

35—39x32—35

C. platyphylla

glaucous blue

becoming grey-green

lanceolate

all over

120-260

+ flat

45-60

90—170x4.0-6.0

3.0-4.0 (65-85)

7-10

6-9

50-80x 16-37

strong

20-25

30-40x27—38

Forster, Cycas desolata 349

eres

ia _ oe ete

* aay fe

. pen eet toot

? Tea

x :

: hy ta

a ~ a ME A ; . me

‘i seciinaegeeaitnonnce ea - : 4. a te 2 torn

H apts Seite

1 =7. -

Big. 3. Cycas desolata habitat.

Teast

Austrobaileya 4(3): 345-352 (1995)

colereea st Sablon rey Renee

inser

sea

aoe

Be Crrress

Tis im

sie sean se

wo ee Sere

So.

dal

fs aie

plese

ma 2

Tale Daren 7 St nS H Pee are Renee Feces

pal foe

Segal freon

pees pane

s - i . Dee,

Z err Ren as

Ror

: ee

ins: . Tate tee SS HM

Feet oa . Pails oie rr

ocuys ESHER . . 2 eres _

n : THE : y,

2 = — ree

ae pir esa pincer eet ee seats

rrr Ppa ort eee TS ana

coe

Paes = =

ue es

SS eee

pai eres:

rH ie

= peer =

= = stre| ss

= =

ace tTa eae =i

. or)

Parry

ae a

a ns Sy aE tt

aaninearen aie

renin

ie oe

Bia...

esas

Puke

oa suet

Bee

* 7

Kiet br Pal

atta sabre R ae

ora Fahri tet.

itt

nie

sua

RE Re F:

petites <1

Peres

afsiaees

Fig. 4. Cycas desolata. Megasporophylls. Gorster 14671A).

ewpemesiceenys a ee —— race: - - ee —- ; ——

SURGES - TESS: ia : 2 = <5 : ser : : ibe. ony ERTIES

Tete = = Sree Tape ee ioe a Ea Spe me aa ate

anda eee

Gare TS

= Se

ern

aie

scale

eaters he ees LASERS nye a ; e

eee Siete Pipes eee - = be. ries, rot bee : : ‘ PTO See ae

Bie eee eae i : fa ie 2 : * ene a 2 uy a ope tienes cea

poe

SSE

writes

Ler

u si

oo a aasttees =

28S in ie =

eee, cele EE

Sea oP att

pcre peters Sho

4 Bretton ee

beens

Se,

et ae

pei:

hah a SSL

Lae,

fre. 0

Sete

red

betes

- =,

aes ae!

Petes

if 28 os

mene

ss ye

a eta ee

fe ere

tae oe

Fig. 5. Cycas desolata. Male cone. (Forster 14671B).

Forster, Cycas desolata

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the

‘ruinous or desolate’ nature of the habitat where

this plant occurs.

Acknowledgements

Thanks to Rod Fensham for drawing my

attention to this plant, the owners of the property

for access to the population, Paul Robins (BRI)

for converting my slides to photographic prints,

Will Smith (BRI) for Fig. 1, and Lyn Craven

(CANB) for the Latin translation.

351

References

Brices, J.D. & Leicn, J.-H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition.

Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service

Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service.

Forster, P.I. (1994), Cycadaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed)

Queensland Vascular Plants: Names and

Distribution, Brisbane: Queensland Department of

Environment & Heritage.

Hirt, K.D. (1992). A preliminary account of Cycas

(Cycadaceae) in Queensland, Telopea 5; 177-206.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 345-352 (1995)

cates Steere. oes

- crn a erry Pot * 7 at a Sear Fate isa

ate , rt hadi vie Bt LA < id 4 OD ate

coy eee

Tse"

Soe

WhEDESEIES

i" eo

aes

errr ore

errr,

pad

falter

Beehweseee

fetta

peed

Srinieh

- - . ma a

peo ao a : 3 ee : ; ‘ =

REAL ir ear re : : eri

mete,

Fig. 6. Cycas desolata, The tallest plant seen.

Reinstatement and revision of Triplarina Raf. (Myrtaceae)

A.R Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (1995). Reinstatement and revision of Triplarina Raf, (Myrtaceae). Austrobaileya 4(3):

353~367. The endemic Australian genus 7riplarina Raf. is reinstated for the species formerly known as

Baeckea camphorata R.Br. ex Sims, and six allied species. These species form a coherent group,

possessing several features which justify their excision from Baeckea L. The first available generic name

is Triplarina Raf. The new combination T. imbricata (Sm.) A.R.Bean is made, and six new species and

one new subspecies are described; T°. bancroftii, T. calophylla, T. nitchaga, T. nowraensis, T. paludosa,

T. volcanica and T. volcanica subsp. borealis. IWustrations and distribution maps are provided for all

species, Keys are given to the genera comprising Baeckea sens. lat., and to the species of Triplarina.

Keywords: Myrtaceae; Triplarina, Baeckea, Baeckea camphorata,Triplarina bancrofti, Triplarina

calophylla, Triplarina imbricata, Triplarina nitchaga, Triplarina nowraensis, Triplarina paludosa,

Triplarina volcanica, Triplarina volcanica subsp. borealis.

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

Under the broad circumscription established

by Bentham (1867), Baeckea L. is alarge genus

of more than 100 species, mostly confined to

Australia, and particularly Western Australia,

with a few species in New Caledonia

(Guillaumin 1948; Dawson 1992) and Malesia

(Ridley 1922; Merrill 1928), and with one

species, B. frutescens L., extending to southern

China. It was this species upon which Linnaeus

described the genus in 1753. Subsequently,

and especially in the mid-1800’s, about 20

genera were erected for various species of the

Baeckea “complex” to accommodate the floral

variation observed by botanists of the time.

However these were all reduced by Bentham

(1867) either to synonymy or sectional status; his

scheme was then followed for over a century.

While many of the genera proposed for

Baeckea-like plants are considered unwar-

ranted, it is now clear that recognition of a

single genus is equally unsatisfactory. Johnson

& Briggs (1985) were the first to state that

Baeckea is polyphyletic. Trudgen (1986) rein-

stated Rinzia Schauer, a genus confined to

Western Australia, and then erected the genus

Ochrosperma (Trudgen 1987). Studies under-

Accepted for publication 9 February 1995

taken by the present author suggest

that five genera should be accepted for

species of Baeckea sens. lat. occurring in

eastern Australia, New Caledonia and

Malesia. They are Baeckea L. sens. str.,

Babingtonia Lindl., Ochrosperma

Trudgen, TriplarinaRaf. and Euryomyrtus

Schauer. F

These five genera are characterised as

follows: |

Baeckea L. sens. str.

calyx lobes simple; stamens 5-12,

none opposite centre of petals;

filaments straight; anthers versatile,

dehiscing by long parallel slits;

locules 2 (rarely 3); ovules 6-12 per

loculus; seeds straight-sided, discoid

to cuboid, angular, not arillate.

Babingtonia Lindl.

calyx lobes often compound; stamens

3—15, none opposite centre of petals;

filaments geniculate; anthers adnate

to filaments, dehiscing by pores or

short divergent slits; locules 3 (rarely

2, but not in the geographical area

considered here); ovules 4-18 per

loculus; seeds straight-sided, discoid

to cuboid, angular, not arillate.

354

Euryomyrtus Schauer

calyx lobes simple; stamens 3-13, some

opposite centre of petals; filaments straight;

anthers versatile, dehiscing by long parallel

slits; locules 3; ovules 4—5 per loculus;

seeds reniform, not angular, not arillate.

Ochrosperma Trudgen

calyx lobes simple; stamens 5—8, none

opposite centre of petals; filaments straight;

anthers versatile, dehiscing by long parallel

slits; locules 3; ovules 2 per loculus; seeds

reniform, not angular, arillate.

Triplarina Raf.

calyx lobes simple; stamens 14-18, none

opposite centre of petals; filaments straight;

anthers versatile, dehiscing by long parallel

slits; locules 3; ovules 8—13 per loculus;

seeds reniform, not angular, not arillate.

A key to these genera is presented 1n this

paper in which the genus Triplarina 1s rein-

stated and revised. In future papers, I will deal

with species belonging to the other genera men-

tioned above.

The name Triplarina has never been in

general usage. For many years, the type species

(then known as Baeckea camphorata) was the

only known species which belongs under this

genus. However, from about 1900 and espe-

cially in recent years, several more species

conforming to the generic characteristics have

been found, although none has been formally

described until now. Triplarina was referred to

as the “B. camphorata”’ taxon by Trudgen

(1987).

Taxonomic and Nomenclatural History

David Burton, in 1791, made the first known

collection of a Triplarina, and his specimen

became the type of Leptospermum imbricatum

Sm. (Smith 1802). George Caley and Robert

Brown collected the same taxon between 1800

and 1810, with Brown giving it the manuscript

name Baeckea camphorata. Sims (1826)

provided the original valid publication of

Baeckea camphorata. Although he placed it in

Baeckea, Sims thought it had “as good a right

to rank with Leptospermum’’, because of the

Austrobaileya 4(3): 353-367 (1995)

large number (15) of stamens. Twelve years

later, Rafinesque (1838) erected the genus

Triplarina based on Baeckea camphorata. His

description was brief, but he stated that Baeckea

differed from 7riplarina by having 8—10 sta-

mens, and that Leptospermum differed from the

new genus by having 20 stamens and alternate

foliage.

Schauer (1843) was seemingly unaware

of Rafinesque’s genus, because he (Schauer)

erected the genus Camphoromyrtus, also

based on Baeckea camphorata. Subsequent

treatments by Mueller (1864) and Bentham

(1867) did not mention Triplarina, even as a

synonym, and it is possible they were also

unaware of its publication.

Baillon, in 1862, founded the genus

Eremopyxis, which he stated was based on

Baeckea camphorata. Hence it is included here

as asynonym of Triplarina. It should be noted,

however, that the plant he describes would

appear to be a species of Thryptomene End.

Geography and Morphology

The genus Triplarina is endemic to Australia,

confined to the states of Queensland and New

South Wales, from Ravenshoe at latitude 18 °S

to Nowra at latitude 35°S (Map 1). Most

Species occur within 80 km of the coast, with the

exception of 7. paludosa which grows on an

elevated tableland about 180 kilometres inland.

Although the total geographical range of

the genus is quite large, its members occur in

very small and isolated populations, indicative

of arelictual situation in which present-day taxa

persist in small areas of remaining suitable

habitat. The parent material is sandy acidic soils

or skeletal slopes on sandstone, granite or

rhyolite. Triplarina species occupy sheltered

positions within their favoured habitat, such as

shady southerly slopes, sandstone gorges,

creekbanks, and the bases of granite outcrops

which benefit from water runoff, indicating that

they are not as drought tolerant as many other

heathland plants.

No species occurs on the heathlands which

are scattered along the coasts of New South

Wales and Queensland on quaternary sands;

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.253 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 03:49:27 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

Bean, Triplarina

Brisbane

beySydney

Map 1. Distribution of Triplarina spp. o.

instead, Triplarina species are found in hilly or

mountainous terrain, sometimes in heathland,

but usually in woodland or forest, overtopped

Taxonomy

355

by Eucalyptus spp. or other sclerophyll tree

species.

While leaf size and shape varies within

each species, vegetative characters are very

useful for assisting in species determination,

and some species can be distinguished on these

characters alone. Floral morphology is fairly

uniform, but diagnostic characters include ca-

lyx lobe shape, petal size, connective gland size,

ovule number, stamen number and stipe length.

Material and Methods

This study is based upon an examination of

herbarium material from A, BM, BRI, K, MEL,

NE, NSW and QRS, as well as LINN micro-

fiche. Most species have been examined in

the field to establish bark, habit and habitat,

and to collect suitable floral material for later

herbarium study. Measurements of leaves and

fruits are based on dried herbarium specimens,

and the leaves measured are those on flowering

branches. Measurements of floral parts are based

on material preserved in spirit, or reconstituted

by boiling them 1n water. Species treatments are

arranged in geographical order, from north to

south.

Key (for eastern Australia, New Caledonia and Malesia) to the genera

comprising Baeckea s. lat.

1. Ovary and fruit 3-locular ...............

Ovary and fruit 2-locular ...............

2. Anthers versatile, dehiscing by long parallel slits......................0......0000- 3

Anthers adnate, dehiscing by pores or short divergent slits ................ Babingtonia

3. Ovules and seeds D-shaped, angular.......

Ovules and seeds reniform, not angular ....

4. Some stamens opposite centre of petals ....

No stamens opposite centre of petals ......

5. Ovules 2 per loculus, stamens 5-8 ........

Ovules 8-13 per loculus, stamens 14-18 ...

soe fF fF fF 8 8 & 8 @# 8& 8 8 8&8 #& & & & & &# &¢ & #8 & &@& *# @&© © @& &©& & © & & & ®

ee |

rr |

Ochrosperma

Triplarina

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.253 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 03:49:27 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

356

Triplarina Raf., Sylvatellur. 104 (1838). Type:

Triplarina camphorata (R.Br. ex Sims)

Raf.

Camphoromyrtus Schauer, Linnaea 17:

237-42 (1843). Type: Camphoromyrtus

brownii Schauer, nom. illeg. (= Baeckea

camphorata R.Br. ex Sims).

Eremopyxis Baillon, Adansonia 2: 328-9

(1861-2). Type: Eremopyxis camphorata

(R.Br. ex Sims) Baillon.

Shrubs 1—3 m high, all parts glabrous. Bark

prey, scaly or fibrous, persistent. Branchlets

more or less terete. Leaves opposite, decussate,

exstipulate, microphyllous, glabrous, flat or

margins recurved, oil glands obscure on adaxial

surface, conspicuous on abaxial surface,

scattered or mainly in two parallel rows;

margins entire, intramarginal veins and midrib

clearly visible or obscure, petioles 0.3—0.9 mm

long. Inflorescence axillary, anthotelic,

forming metaxydiads, metaxytriads or

botryoids. Flowers actinomorphic, bisexual,

5-merous. Peduncles and stipes terete, bracts

2, persistent, apex obtuse; bracteoles 2,

conduplicate, ovate, apex acute, caducous,

leaving a prominent scar, marking the junction

Austrobaileya 4(3): 353-367 (1995)

of stipe and peduncle. Enations numerous at

junction of stipe and peduncle. Hypanthium

obconical, campanulate or hemispherical,

smooth or irregularly ribbed, especially when

dry, adnate to ovary, and continuing above ovary

summit. Calyx lobes persistent, deltoid,

semiorbicular, orbicular or oblong; with a

central longitudinal ridge, margins entire.

Petals deciduous, white, orbicular or almost so,

1—2.5 mm wide, margins entire. Stamens 14-18,

free, in a single whorl, shorter than petals.

Filaments terete, slightly tapered towards the

apex; anthers versatile, dorsifixed, bilocular,

opening by longitudinal slits; connective gland

globular, smaller than or as long as anthers.

Ovary adnate to hypanthium, except for the

distal one-third, inferior, 3-locular, ovules 8-13

per loculus, arranged in two or three longitudi-

nal rows on a peltate placenta. Style simple,

terete, 0.7—-1.2 mm long, sunken into a pit;

stigma capitate, papillose. Fruits capsular,

loculicidal, chartaceous, crowned by persistent

calyx lobes, mostly hemispherical, non-adnate

section senescent, forming adistinct brownrim.

Seeds rounded, reniform, tuberculate, not

arillate,O.5—0.8 mm long. Embryo with small

cotyledons on a slender neck attached to a

massive radicle.

Key to the species of Triplarina

1. Leaf apex obtuse or truncate.............

LG AE ADEN ACUTS ecw aise iePese lel Son See Aig et

2. Leaves 2.3—3.3 mm wide ...............

s + &© &© & &#& © # # 8 &§ ££ & + & © © &£& FEF & & & FF © SB FF B&B F FSF FF Fe FF BF € * 2

Preaye sed Oa 2nd e.,.-ssycurabscatan tel ase fale x eCsc dooce 490 Sat ap cleked orden? sea Pace Donets SAM ans Md ach me 4

3, Leaves oblanceolate, 1.0-1.5 mm wide .............. 0. cece eee eee T. nitchaga

Leaves linear, 0.6—1.0 mm wide .. 0.0.0... cc cee eee ete eat eee T. paludosa

a. tie lemme Os 1 A a thon Grace. ahd age Serve weld Sergio! ace ee huate ee Sh ae lea BOM 8 ed hee 5

Stipe len eth O29 Se 6 cases sce no le Seo pes be hE A Sule ieee oa Rie Blane Yen Bake 6

5. Leaf apex truncate, recurved; calyx lobes deltoid................0.0004. T. nowraensis

Leaf apex obtuse, flat; calyx lobes obtuse to semi-orbicular............... T. nmbricata

6. Calyx lobes oblong; hypanthium |.7—2 mm long ........... T. volcanica subsp. borealis

Calyx lobes deltoid, obtuse or semiorbicular; hypanthium 1.2—-1.6 mm long............ 7

7. Petals 1.9-2.7 mm long; stamens 14—15; calyx lobes 0.7-0.9 mm long,

connective gland about half anther length

MO ced enh eae Ronee ete ees T. calophylla

Petals 1.4-1.8 mm long; stamens 16-18; calyx lobes 0.4—0.5 mm long,

connective gland about same length as anthers........... 0.0... 0b eee T. bancroftii

Bean, Triplarina

1. Triplarina nitchaga A.R.Bean sp. nov.,.

Triplarinae paludosae affinis, sed foliis

brevioribus latioribusque, sepalis semi-

orbicularibus vel deltoideis et hypanthio

longiore differt. Typus: Queensland.

Nort Kennepy Districr: Nitchaga Creek,

near junction with George Creek, 25 km

SSE of Ravenshoe, 3 October 1994, M.

Lockyer 308 (holo: BRI; iso:A,CANB,K,

MEL,NSW, distribuendi).

Shrub to 2.5 m high. Bark grey, scaly. Leaves

oblanceolate, 3.8-5.5 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm

wide, concolorous, flat or concave above, oil

glands in 2 rows, midrib and intramarginal veins

not visible; apex acute; petioles 0.4—0.6 mm

long. Inflorescence comprising 2 or 3 (rarely 4)

flowers in each leaf axil, arising separately from

abrachyblast. Peduncies 0.8—1.0mm long, bracts

0.5-0.6 mm long; pedicels 0.6—-1.4 mm long,

bracteoles 0.8—1.3 mm long. Flowers 4.5—5 mm

across. Hypanthium obconical, 1.5—!.9mm long,

smooth when fresh, angular and wrinkled when

dry. Calyx lobes semi-orbicular to deitoid,

c.0.5 x 0.8-1 mm, with oil glands. Petals

1.5—2 mm across. Stamens 17-18; filaments

c. 1.2 mm long, connective gland c. 0.75 times

length of anthers. Ovules 10-13 per loculus in

2 rows. Style 0.8—-1 mm long. Fruits hemi-

spherical to obconical, 1.6-1.9 x 2.0-2.5 mm.

Seeds brown, 0.5—0.6 mm long. Fig. 2, P-T.

Specimens examined: Queensland. North KENNEDY

District: Ravenshoe, cultivated, ex Nitchaga Creek, Tully

Falls road, Dec 1991, Lockyer s.n. (BRD; Nitchaga Creek,

6km S of Tully Falls, Dec 1993, Forster PIF 14475 &

Lockyer (BRI,MEL,QRS); Arthurs Seat, 19 km WSW of

Ravenshoe, Sep 1994, Lockyer306 (BRI,MEL,NSW,QRS);

Nitchaga Creek, near junction with George Creek, 25 km

SSE of Ravenshoe, Lockyer 307 (BRIMEL,NSW,QRS).

Distribution and habitat: T. nitchagais known

from only two localities, both in the vicinity of

Ravenshoe (Map 2). At the type locality, it

grows On granite outcrops near astream, in open

forest dominated by Syncarpia glomulifera

(Sm.) Nied. and Eucalyptus resinifera Sm. At

Arthurs Seat, it grows on a rhyolite hillside and

adjacent dry gully, in open forest dominated by

Eucalyptus citriodora Hook., E. abergiana

F.Mueil. and 2. acmenoides Schauer.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded in September

and October, and fruits are recorded in

December.

357

145 150

®@ Innisfail

Oo Innisfail

T ill

@ Lownsville

Bowen

R 20

@, Mackay

®@

oO Rockhampton

irs

Map 2. Distribution of Triplarina nitchaga LI

T.calophylla A and T. paludosa O.

Affinities: T. nitchaga is closest to T. paludosa,

both narrow-leaved species. 7. nitchaga differs

by its leaves 1.0-1.2 mm wide (0.6—1.0 mm

for T. paludosa); leaves 3.8-5.0 mm long

(4.0-6.5 mm for 7. paludosa); hypanthium

1.5-1.9 mm long (1.3—1.4 mm long for

T. paludosa); and semi-orbicular calyx lobes

(orbicular for T. paludosa). It is notable in the

genus for possessing a large number of ovules

(up to 13 per loculus) and for the occasional

presence of a botryoid inflorescence, which

otherwise occurs only in 7. volcanica.

Conservation status: 2V according to the

criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1988). Both

populations are small, and neither is conserved.

The recommended conservation status for this

Species as defined by the Queensland Nature

Conservation Act is vulnerable.

Etymology: Nitchaga is the name of the creek

along which the type specimen was collected.

2. Triplarina calophylla A.R.Bean sp. nov.,

Triplarinae imbricatae atffinis, sed foliis

latioribus, petalis majoribus, pedicellis

358

longioribus et loculis ovulis 10 vel I]

differt. Typus: Queensland. NortTH

KENNEDY District: Mt Abbot, 50 km west

of Bowen, 25 October 1992, A.R. Bean

5173 (holo: BRI; iso: AD,DNA,K,

MEL,NSW, distribuend1).

Shrub 1.5—2 m high. Bark grey, finely fibrous,

persistent. Leaves obovate, 2.6—-4.8 mm long,

1.4-2.0 mm wide, concolorous, flat in cross-

section, oil glands scattered abaxially,

intramarginal veins present; apex obtuse,

recurved; petioles 0.4—0.7 mm long.

Inflorescence comprising 2 flowers in each

leaf axil, arising separately from a brachyblast.

Peduncle 1.0-1.2 mm long, bracts persistent,

0.5-0.6 mm long; stipes 0.6-0.8 mm long,

bracteoles caducous, c. 0.9 mm long, apex

acute. Flowers c. 6 mm across. Hypanthium

obconical to campanulate, 1.2—1.6 mm long,

smooth when fresh, irregularly ribbed when

dry. Calyx lobes straight-sided, obtuse to sem1-

orbicular, 0.7—0.9 x 1.0-1.3 mm, with oil glands.

Petals 1.9-2.7 x 1.7-2.5 mm, shortly clawed.

Stamens 14—15; filaments 1.1-1.2 mm long,

connective gland globular, c. 0.5 times length of

anthers. Ovules 10—11 per loculus, in 2 rows.

Style 0.6-0.9 mm long. Fruits hemispherical,

1.5-2.0 x 2.1]-2.6 mm. Seeds brown, turgid, c.

0.5 mm long. Fig. 2, K-O.

Specimens examined: Queensland, NorTtH KENNEDY

District: Station Hill, Cape Upstart headland, c. 50 km SE

of Ayr, Sep 1991, Cumming 11392 (BRD; Mount Abbot,

50 km W of Bowen, Jul 1992, Bean 4754 (BRI,DNA,K,

MEL,PERTH),

Distribution and habitat: T. calophylia has a

restricted distribution in north Queensland, and

is known only from Cape Upstart and Mt Abbot,

both in the Bowen area (Map 2). It inhabits

shrublands or woodlands on shallow sandy soils

associated with granitic rocks. Associated

species include Bursaria tenuifoliaF.M.Bailey,

Lophostemon confertus (R.Br. ) Peter G. Wilson

and Labichea nitida Benth.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in

July and October, Fruits are recorded for July.

Affinities: T. calophyllaiscloseto T. imbricata,

but differs in the leaves 1.4—-2.0 mm wide

(1.0-1.4 mm for T. imbricata); petals 1.9—2.7

Austrobaileya 4(3): 353-367 (1995)

mm long (1.5-1.7 mm for T. imbricata); stipes

0.6—-0.8 mm long (0.1—0.4 mm for 7. imbricata)

and 10-11 ovules per loculus (8-9 for

T. imbricata). From T. bancroftii, 1t differs by

the petals 1.9-2.7 mm long (1.4-1.8 mm for

T. bancroftii); calyx lobes 0.7-0.9 mm long

(0.4—-0.5 mm for T. bancroftii); stamens 14-15

(16-18 for T. bancroftii); and connective gland

about half the length of the anthers (equal to or

greater than anther length for 7. bancroftii).

Conservation status: 2R according to the

criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1988). Populations

on Mt Abbot are not conserved, and only

about 1 O00 plants exist there (Bean 1994). The

collection from Cape Upstart was made just

outside Cape Upstart National Park, and while

itis probable that 7. calophylla does extend into

the National Park, this cannot be assumed. Its

abundance at this site is unknown.

‘The recommended conservation status as

defined by the Queensland Nature Conserva-

tion Act is rare.

Etymology: From the Greek, calo (beautiful)

and phyllon (leaf), in reference to the attractive

foliage of the species.

3. Triplarina paludosa A.R.Bean sp. nev.,

Triplarinae imbricatae affinis, sed

folus linearibus multo longioribus apice

acuto, pedicellis longioribus et sepalis

orbicularibus differt. Typus: Queensland.

LEICHHARDT District: Blackdown Table-

land, 0.7 km N of Horseshoe Lookout,

15 November 1993, A.R. Bean 6932 (holo:

BRL 1so: BISH,CANB,K,MEL,MO.NSW,

distribuendi).

Illustration: Pearson & Pearson, Plants of

Central Queensland p.64 (1989), as Baeckea

sp. “Stony Creek Falls’.

Shrub 0.9-1.5 m high. Bark grey, finely fibrous,

persistent. Leaves lanceolate to linear, 4.0—6.5

mm long, 0.6-1.0 mm wide, concolorous,

concavo-convex in cross-section, oil glands in

two distinct rows, midrib and tntramarginal

veins not visible; apex acute; petioles c. 0.5 mm

long. Inflorescence comprising 2 flowers in

each leaf axil, arising separately from a

brachyblast. Peduncles 0.8-1 mm long, bracts

eee hein nec vn se eget ied OE Pee ea vivian eee nny ns oe Dae eer emereneie

ofp a ee a ge

Bean, Triplarina 359

ao haa Z

2 ne

at ae te

‘ : ¥

7 M, + * ¥

age” ¥, Te FF,

‘ t gt af *

: ‘4 ’

. I + t we =

' F ' Fay

. efit, + y

a1 +

Lt +h

: tts wif

Wye aes *s *

: ry weees Tat a5

ead pec

rihe= ar! iy

q *

‘

Devan Cas

ai’

‘

Fig. 1. Triplarina, general characteristics. A. half flower x 6, B. flower from above x6. C. style and ovules x 20. D. stem

showing bracts and peduncles x 4.5. E. dehisced fruit from above, showing undeveloped ovules x6. F. fruit, oblique view

x6, G. seed x 32. Triplarina nowraensis. H. flowering branchlet x 3. I. flower x 3, J. leaf, lower surface x 6, K. calyx lobe

x 18. L. stamen x 32. Triplarina imbricata. M. flowering branchlet x 3, N. flower x 6. O. leaf, lower surface x 6. P. calyx

lobe x 18. Q, stamen x 32. Triplarina volcanica subsp. volcanica. R. flowering branchlet x 3. S. flower x 6. T. leaf, lower

surface x 6, U. calyx lobe x 18. V. stamen x 32. A-D, Bean 7220; E-G, Bean 6967; H-L, Rodway H784; M-Q, Caley s.n.;

R—V, Bean 7220.

360

c.0.6x0.2 mm; stipes 1—1.2 mm long, bracteoles

c. 0.9 mm long. ‘Flowers 4.5—5 mm across.

Hypanthium obconical, 1.3—1.4 mm long, very

faintly 10-ribbed when fresh. Calyx lobes nearly |

orbicular, c. 0.6 x 0.7 mm, with ot! glands.

Petals c. 1.5 x 1.3—1.5 mm. Stamens 15-18;

filaments c. 1.0 mm long, connective gland

0.75—1 times length of anthers. Ovules 8-11

per loculu in 2 rows. Style 0.9-1 mm long.

Fruits hemispherical, c. 1.7 x 2.0 mm. Seeds

pale brown, c. 0.6 mm long. Fig. 2, F—J.

Specimens examined: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT:

Blackdown Tableland, 12 mls [20km] SSE of Bluff, Sep

1959, Johnson 1122 (BRD; Blackdown Tableland, 1.5 km

S of grid at entrance to SF, Sep 1973, Hanger 85 (BRD;

Blackdown Tableland, c. 5 km W of Forestry camp, Sep

1973, Hanger 523 (BRD; beside Mimosa Creek, Blackdown

Tableland, Nov 1973, Williams 342 (BRD; Spring Creek,

Blackdown Tableland, Nov 1993, Bean 6946 (BRI,LNSW).

Distribution and habitat: T. paludosa is

endemic to the Blackdown Tableland, west of

Rockhampton in central Queensland (Map 2).

It grows near creekbanks and on soakage areas,

in open forests or woodlands which may be

dominated by Eucalyptus sphaerocarpa

L.A.S.Johnson & Blaxell, Eucalyptus bunites

Brooker & A.R.Bean, Casuarina torulosa Aiton

ot Angophora leiocarpa(G.J.Leach) K.R. Thiele

& Ladiges. Associated shrub species include

Banksia oblongifolia Cav., Brachyloma

daphnoides (Sm.) Benth. and Persoonia subtilis

P.H.Weston & L.A.S.Johnson.

Phenology: Flowers in November, fruits in

November and December.

Affinities: T. paludosa differs from T. imbricata

by its longer, linear leaves, longer stipes and

orbicular calyx lobes. Itis closest to T. nitchaga,

but T. paludosa differs by its leaves 0.6—1.0 mm

wide (1.0-1.2 mm for T. nitchaga), leaves

4.0-6.5 mm long (3.8-5.0 mm for 7. nitchaga);

hypanthium 1.3—1.4 mm long (1.5—1.9 mm for

T. nitchaga); and nearly orbicular calyx lobes

(semi-orbicular for 7. nitchaga).

Conservation status: Not currently rare or

threatened.

Etymology: From the Latin word paludosus,

meaning marshy; in reference to the species’

preference for moist, low-lying areas.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 353-367 (1995)

4. Triplarina bancroftii A.R.Bean sp. nov.,

Triplarinae calophyllae affinis, sed

staminibus numerosioribus, petalis

sepalisque minoribus, foltis angustioribus

et glandula connectivi majore differt.

Typus: Queensland. Burnett DISTRICT:

Cania Gorge National Park, near “Drip-

ping Rock’, 17 November 1993, A.R.

Bean 6966 (holo: BRI; iso: K,MEL,NSW,

distribuendi)

Shrub 1.5-2.5 m high. Bark grey, scaly,

persistent. Leaves obovate or elliptical, 3.3-6.2

mm long, 1.2—1.9 mm wide, concolorous, flat in

cross-—section or margins recurved, oil glands

obvious abaxially, scattered, midrib and

intramarginal veins visible; apex obtuse or

truncate, recurved; petioles 0,3—0.5 mm long.

Inflorescence comprising 2 or 3 flowers in each

leaf axil, arising separately from a brachyblast.

Peduncles 0.8—1.4 mm long, bracts persistent,

0.6 x 0.3 mm; stipes 0.5—0.6 mm long, bracteoles

caducous, not seen. Flowers 4.5—-4.8 mm across.

Hypanthium obconical, 1.4—1.6 mm long, faintly

10--ribbed when fresh. Calyx lobes deltoid to

semi-orbicular, 0.4—0.5 x 0.8—-1.0 mm, with

oil glands or glands absent, apex obtuse. Petals

1.4-1.8 x 1.6-1.9 mm, not clawed. Stamens

16-18; filaments 0.8—0.9 mm long, connective

gland as long as, or slightly longer than

anthers. Ovules 8—10 per loculus, in 2 or rarely

3 rows. Style 1-1.5 mm long. Fruits hemi-

spherical, wrinkled or ribbed, 1.5—1.7 x 1.9-2.1

mm. Seeds brown, c. 0.5 mm long. Fig. 2, A-E.

Specimens examined: Queensland, Burnetr District:

Cania Gorge NP, about 24 km NW of Monto, Oct 1983,

Henderson H2955, Guymer & Dillewaard (BRD; Cania

Gorge NP, Nov 1993, Bean 6967 (BRD; Eidsvold, Dec

1913, Bancroft s.n. (A,BRD; “Melrose”, 15 km W of

Eidsvold, Aug 1990, Bean 2123 (BRI,LNSW, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: T. bancroftii has

a limited distribution in south-eastern

Queensland (Map 3). Two populations are

known, 80 km apart. The species grows on

shallow acidic, sandy soil in all cases, but the

parent material may be either granite or sand-

stone. Associated species include Lophostemon

confertus, Lophostemon suaveolens (Sol. ex

Gaertn.) Peter G. Wilson & J.T.Waterh..,

Eucalyptus trachyphloia, Leptospermum

venustum A.R.Bean and Leptospermum

neglectum Joy Thomps.

jC ee da teet ice oti ea aad edna h egies ee tA ave eval ih Fy a a Oe te a ee etd otitis

Bean, Triplarina

Phenology: Flowering is recorded for October

and November.

Affinities: T. bancroftii closely resembles

T. calophylla, but T. bancroftii ditters by its

16-18 stamens (14-15 for T. calophylia); pet-

als 1.4-1.8 mm long (1.9-2.7 mm for

T. calophylla); calyx lobes 0.4-0.5 mm long

(0.7—0.9 mm for T. calophylia); and connective

gland equal to or longer than anthers (about half

anther length for T. calophylla).

Conservation status: 2RC according to the

criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1988). Neither of

the populations is large, but the Cania Gorge

population is conserved in a National Park.

The recommended conservation status for

this species as defined by the Queensland

Nature Conservation Act Is rare.

Etymology: The specific epithet honours

T.L. Bancroft (1860-1933), pioneer plant

collector in Queensland, and the first person to

collect this species.

Rockhampton @

Gladstone @

A ® Maryborough

Ps Brisbane

Toowoomba

vas ‘ ww

Goondiwindi at Nee

a PS TE ie 4 154

Map 3. Distribution of Triplarina bancroftiiO ,

T.volcanica subsp.volcanica Land T.volcanica subsp.

borealis LA .

361

5. Triplarina voleanica A.R.Bean sp. nov.,

Triplarinae imbricatae affinis, sed foliis

longioribus latioribusque, inflorescentia

botryoidea, floribus majoribus et pedicellis

longioribus differt. Typus: Queensland.

Moreton District: 2 km north-west of

Mt Beerburrum, 29 March 1993, A.R.

Bean 5888 (holo: BRI; iso: K,L,MEL,

NSW, distribuendi).

Baeckea sp. 2, Stanley & Ross, FI. S.E.

Queensl. 2: 125 (1986).

Baeckeasp. (MtNgungun S.T. Blake 21216),

in Henderson (1994).

Shrub 1—2.5 m high. Bark grey, finely fibrous or

scaly, persistent. Leaves elliptical to obovate,

4.6—7.2mm long, 1.5—3.3 mm wide, discolorous,

flat in cross-section, oil glands scattered

abaxially, intramarginal veins not visible;

apex obtuse, notrecurved; petioles 0.6—0.9 mm

long. Inflorescence a botryoid or metaxytriad.

Peduncles 1.4—1.5 mm long, bracts persistent,

0.4—1.1 mm long; stipes 0.6-0.7 mm long,

bracteoles caducous, 1.0-1.3 x 0.6 mm. ©

Flowers 5—6mm across. Hypanthium obconical, |

1,.7—2.0 mm long, smooth or faintly ribbed when

fresh. Calyx lobes oblong, 0.5 x 0.7—0.8 mm,

with oil glands. Petals 1.8—2.0 x 1.7—2.0 mm.

Stamens 14-16; filaments 0.9—1 mm long,

connective gland c. 0.5 times length of anthers.

Ovules 8-10 per loculus in 2 rows. Style

0.7—-1.0 mm long. Fruits hemispherical, c. 1.5

x 2.2 mm. Seeds brown, c. 0.6 mm long. Fig. 1,

R-V.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been

recorded for most months of the year, and it

appears to have the capacity to flower at any

time of year (pers. obs.).

Affinities: T. volcanica can be distinguished

from other members of the genus by its botryoidal

inilorescence, in the terminology of Briggs &

Johnson (1979), and its oblong calyx lobes.

Etymology: The specific epithet volcanica

refers to the volcanic origin of the rock upon

which this species is confined.

While the Glasshouse Mountains and the

Mt Walsh populations are florally identical,

they are easily distinguishable by their leaf

width and bract length. These differences are

not considered to be sufficient to accord

them both species status, but subspecific rank is

considered appropriate.

362 Austrobaileya 4(3): 353-367 (1995)

The two subspecies are recognisable as follows:

Leaves 2.3—3.3 mm wide, bracts 0.7-1.1 mm long ........... T. volcanica subsp. volcanica

Leaves 1.5—2.1 mm wide, bracts 0.4-0.6 mm long ........... T. volcanica subsp. borealis

Sa. Triplarina volcanica subsp. borealis

A.R.Bean subsp. noy. A T. volcanica

subspecie volcanica folus angustioribus

et bracteis brevioribus differt. Typus:

Queensland. WiIpE Bay District: base of

Biggenden Bluff, May 1931, White 7731

(holo: BRI; iso: A).

Leaves obovate to oblanceolate, 4.1-7.2 x

1.5—2.1 mm, floral bracts 0.4—0.6 mm long.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Wipe Bay District:

Mt Walsh, 6.5kmS of Biggenden, May 1977, Telford 5339

& Ellyard (CBG,NSW, PERTH); Mt Walsh N.P. south of

Biggenden, May 1994, Bean 7692 & Forster (BRI,CANB,

MEL,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: T. volcanica subsp.

borealis has been collected only from Mt Walsh

and Biggenden Bluff, near Biggenden (Map 3).

Itis also reported to occur on Mt Goonaneman

NE of Biggenden (P. Young, pers. comm.). It

grows in heathland communities, on skeletal

soil. The parent material is granite. Associated

species include Eucalyptus gummifera (Gaertn. )

Hockr., Leucopogon rupicola C.T.White and

Kunzea flavescens C.T.White & Francis.

Conservation status: 2RC according to

the criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1988). The

conservation status for this subspecies as de-

fined by the Queensiand Nature Conservation

Act is rare.

Etymology: The subspecific epithet borealis is

from the Latin word meaning northern and

refers to the more northerly distribution of this

subspecies.

5b. Triplarina volcanica A.R.Bean subsp.

volcanica

Leaves obovate to elliptical, 5.4-7.0 x 2.3-3.3

mim, floral bracts 0.7—1.1 mm long.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Moreton District:

Glasshouse Mts, Aug 1914, Whife s.n. (A); Coochin Hills,

near rocky summit of east peak, Aug 1968, Smith 14037

(BRILNSW); [Mt] Ngungun, on shoulder on SE spur, Aug

1968, Smith 14003 (BRD; Mt Ngungun, Mar 1960, Blake

21216 (BRI,LNSW); Ngungun, Glasshouse Mtns, Jul 1930,

Hubbard 3359 (A,BRD; halfway up north face of Mt

Beerwah, Sep 1968, Willis s.n.(BRI,MEL); northern slopes

of Mt Beerwah, Dec 1989, Bean 1253 (BRD; Wild Horse

Mountain, NEof Beerburrum, Apr 1993, Bean 5917 (BRD;

2 km NW of Mt Beerburrum, Mar 1993, Bean 5884 (BRI,

CANB,MEL,NSW); MtTunbubudla, Glasshouse Mts, Aug

1930, Hubbard 3613 (A); Mt Tunbubudla, west of

Beerburrum, May 1993, Bean 6046 (BRILNSW).

Distribution and habitat: T, volcanica subsp.

volcanica 1s endemic to the Glasshouse

Mountains just north of Brisbane, and is known

from most of the peaks (Map 3). It grows in

heathland communities, on skeletal soil. The

parent material is trachyte. Some commonly

associated species are Eucalyptus trachyphloia

E.Muell., Calytrix tetragona Labill.,

Leptospermum microcarpum Cheel and

Leptospermum luehmannii F.M.Bailey.

Notes: This is the most commonly collected

taxon of Triplarina, and is the only taxon which

has come into general cultivation as an

ornamental shrub, usually with the misapplied

name Baeckea camphorata. It has the largest

leaves (in terms of surface area) of the genus.

Conservation status: No conservation coding

is assigned. Several populations are protected

within National Park, and still others occur

in State Forest where they are unlikely to be

disturbed.

6. Triplarina imbricata (Sm.) A.R.Bean comb.

nov.; Leptospermum imbricatum Sm.,

Trans. Linn. Soc. London 6: 300 (1802).

Type: New South Wales. Port Jackson,

1791, D. Burton s.n. (holo: LINN, micro-

fiche!; iso: BM!)

Baeckea camphorata R.Br. ex Sims, Bot.

Mag. 53, t. 2694 (1826) synon. nov.;

Triplarina camphorata (R.Br. ex

Sims) Raf., Sylva tellur. 104 (1838);

Camphoromyrtus brownii Schauer, nom.

illeg., Linnaea 17: 240 (1843); Eremopyxis

Bean, Triplarina

camphorata (R.Br. ex Sims) Baillon,

Adansonia 2: 329 (1861-2). Type: t.2694,

Bot. Mag. 53 (1826), excluding Fig. 1.5

(lecto: here designated).

Shrub up to 2.8 m high. Bark grey, scaly to

subfibrous. Leaves narrowly obovate, 2.6—-3.9

mim long, 1.0—1.4 mm wide, concolorous, flatin

cross-section, oil glands scattered abaxially,

with no line of glands around the leaf margin;

midrib faintly visible, intramarginal vein not

visible, apex obtuse, not recurved; petioles

0.40.6 mm long. Inflorescence consisting of 2

flowers in each leaf axil, arising separately from

a brachyblast. Peduncles 0.8—1.5 mm long, bracts

c. 0.5 mm long; stipes 0.1-0.4 mm long,

bracteoles caducous, not seen, but leaving a

prominent scar marking junction of stipe and

peduncle. Flowers c.4mm across. Hypanthium

obconical, 1.5—-1.6 mm long, smooth. Calyx

lobes obtuse to semiorbicular, 0.5—0.7 x 0.8~—1

mm, with oil glands. Petals elliptical to orbicu-

lar, 1.5-1.7 x 1.3-1.7 mm. Stamens 14-17;

filaments c. 0.6 mm long, connective gland

c. 0.5 times length of anthers. Ovules 8—9 per

loculus, in 2 rows. Style 1.1-1.8 mm long.

Fruits hemispherical, c. 1.7 x 2.4 mm. Seeds

brown, c. 0.5 mm long. Fig. 1, M-Q.

Specimens examined: New South Wales, North Coast:

Nymboida River, upstream from Nymboida, Oct 1978,

Grieves s.n, (NSW); Nymboida River, near Bibirangaroad,

11 km S of Nymboida, May 1994, Bean 7717 (BRD; The

Battery, Little Nymboida R., 10 km N of Timmsvale, Dec

1990, Williams s.n, (NE). Central Coast: Parramatta, Nov

1801, Caley (BM); Parramatta, Feb 1803, Caley (BM);

near Parramatta, Nov 1803, Brown (BM,BRI, K,NSW);

Parramatta, Dec 1808, Caley (A); N.S.Wales, s.d., Gov.

Phillip (K); Parramatta, s.d., Woolls (K).

Distribution and habitat: T. imbricata has been

collected from only two locations; Parramatta

(near Sydney) and south of Nymboida (Map 4).

At the Nymboida sites, it grows on rocky

riverbanks, as an understorey plant in low open

forest in association with Tristantopsis laurina

(Sm.) Peter G. Wilson & J.T. Waterh.,

Backhousia myrtifolia Hook., Ligustrum sinense

Lour. and Boronta rosmarinifolia Endl. The

habitat for the Parramatta plants is given by

Robert Brown as “‘adripis saxosisrivul1”’, which

means “near the rocky banks of the little river”.

Phenology: Flowering is recorded for November

and December. Fruits are borne in February.

363

Notes: The element upon which the original

validating description of Baeckea camphorata

is based, was a cultivated plant examined by

Sims and then illustrated in the Botanical

Magazine. No specimen of the cultivated plant

is known to exist, hence the illustration, exclud-

ing Fig 1.5, is designated here as lectotype.

Figure 1.5 illustrates a 5-locular ovary. How-

ever, all flowers and fruits that I have examined

are 3-locular.

This species is not conspecific with

Baeckea imbricata (Gaertn.) Druce, as was

indicated by Thompson (1989). Baeckea

imbricata 1s based on Jungia imbricata Gaertn.

Affinities: T. imbricata has the smallest leaves

(on average) of all Triplarina species. It is of

similar appearance to 7. calophylla, but

T. imbricata has 8—9 ovules per loculus (10-11

for T. calophylla) and stipes 0.10.4 mm long

(0.6—0.8 mm for T, calophylla).

T. imbricata differs from T. nowraenstis by its

hypanthium 1.5—1.6 mm long (1.8—2.0 mm for

T. nowraensis); 8—9 ovules per loculus (10-12

for T. nowraensis); petals 1.5—-1.7 mm long

(2.0-2.4 mm for T. nowraensis); semi-orbicular

calyx lobes (deltoid for 7. nowraensis) and

scattered foliar oil glands (in parallel lines for T-

nowraensis).

Conservation status: 2E according to the

criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1988). The species

is probably extinct in the Sydney area, as no

herbarium collections following that of

W. Woolls (probably in the 1850’s) are known.

Parramatta is a well collected locality, and the

area has been subject to botanical survey, butno

populations of T. imbricata are currently known

(D. Benson, pers. comm. 1994). Riverbanks

(which are the habitat of this species) are

commonly subject to early invasion by exotic

weeds, and it 1s likely that all Parramatta

populations of T. imbricata have long since

been overwhelmed.

The number of plants present in the

Nymboida area is seemingly very few; the

author has been able to locate just 30 plants in

2 populations along the Nymboida River.

Furthermore, itis under threat there from exotic

weeds, notably Ligustrum sinense Lour. and

Lantana camara L.,

364

145 150

a A A 8 ay oie © te een f a? “Ny, on

oly Grafton

O@? Sydney

“AL

Map 4. Distribution of Triplarina imbricataO and

T. nowraensis O .

7. Triplarina nowraensis A.R.Bean sp. nov.,

Triplarinae imbricatae affinis, sed foltis

latioribus truncatis, glandulis oleosis in

ordinationibus linearibus, hypanthio

longiore, loculo ovulis 10-12, glandula

connectivi minore et sepalis deltoideis

differt. Typus: New South Wales. SOUTH

Coast: east of Flat Rock Dam, Nowra, 27

November 1994, K. Mills s.n. (holo: BRI;

iso: NSW, distribuend1)

— lustration: Harden (ed.), Fl. of N.S.W. 2: 183

(1991), as Baeckea camphorata.

Shrub to 3.5 m high. Bark grey and scaly on

branchlets. Leaves obovate to oblanceolate,

3.4-5.0 mm long, 1.2-1.7 mm wide, slightly

discolorous, large oil glands in two parallel

rows either side of midrib, with numerous

smaller glands lining the leaf margin,

intramarginal vein not visible, apex of leaf

truncate, recurved; petioles 0.4-—0.6 mm long.

Inflorescence comprising 2 flowers in each

leaf axil, arising separately from a brachyblast.

Peduncles 1.2~—3.5 mm long, bracts leaf-like,

obovate, c. 0.9 mm long; stipes c. 0.3 mm long,

bracteoles somewhat persistent, 1.1—-1.5 mm

long. Flowers c. 4.5 mm across. Hypanthium

obconical, 1.8—2.0 mm long, smooth. Calyx

lobes deltoid, 0.7 x 0.9-1.0 mm, with oil glands,

apex obtuse. Petals 2.0—2.4 x 2.0-2.2 mm.

Stamens 15-17; filaments c. 0.6 mm long,

Austrobaileya 4(3): 353-367 (1995)

connective gland c. 3 times length of anthers.

Ovules 10—12 per loculus in 2 rows. Style c. 0.9

mim long. Fruits hemispherical, 2.0-2.9 x 2.1—2.8

mim, wrinkled but not ribbed, valves exceeding

rim but not exceeding calyx lobes. Seeds brown,

0.6-0.8 mm long. Fig. 1, H-L.

Specimens examined: New South Wales, CENTRAL Coast:

near Nowra, Dec 1924, Rodway s.n. (A); in sandstone

country near Nowra, Dec 1929, Rodway s.n. (K); Illaroo

road, 10 mls [16km] W of Nowra, Dec 1935, Rodway 2098

(A,K); ‘Bundanon’, west of Nowra, Nov 1985, Mills s.n.

(NSW). South Coast: Nowra Ck, Yalwal Road, west of

Nowra, March 1925, F.A. Rodway s.n. (NSW); Flat Rock

Creek, 3 mls [5 km] from Nowraon Yalwalroad, Dec 1932,

Rodway 988 (K); Nowra tip, west of Nowra, Mar 1990,

Mills s.n. (NSW); Nowra tip on Yalwal Road, 500 m down

from back of pit, Dec 1994, Denham s.n. (BRI,NSW);

Wombat Flat Fire road, Boolijong Creek Valley, SW of

Nowra, Nov 1994, Mills s.n. (BRLMEL,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: T. nowraensis 1s

known only from the area just to the west and

south-west of Nowrain New South Wales (Map

4). The habitat is heathland close to stream

channels or swampy slopes, and commonly

associated species include Leptospermum

polyealifolium Salisb., Melaleuca linariifolia

Sin., Melaleuca thymifoliaSm., Baeckeavirgata

(J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Andrews and Kunzea

ambigua (Sm.) Druce. The surrounding

vegetation 1s eucalypt woodland.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded for

November-December, and fruits have been

recorded from December to March.

Affinities: T. nowraensis is close to T. imbricata,

but differs by 1ts leaves 1.2—1.7 mm wide

(1.0-1.4 mm for 7. imbricata) with a truncate

apex (obtuse for 7. imbricata), and oil glands

distributed in lines either side of the midrib

(scattered for 7. imbricata); hypanthium

1.8—2.0 mm long (1.5—1.6mm for T. imbricata);

1Q—12 ovules per loculus (8—9 for T. imbricata);

petals 2.0-2.4 mm long (1.5—-1.7 mm for

T. imbricata); somewhat persistent bracteoles

(extremely caducous in T. imbricata); deltoid

calyx lobes (semi-orbicular for 7. imbricata)

and smaller connective gland.

Conservation status: 2V according to the

criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1988). The species

is known only from five small populations 1n the

immediate Nowra area, and is not known from

Bean, Triplarina 365

=<t,

SSO

‘oO

a. et

_ ae .

Oo oO 0 o

C. q

Goi o o FT a “awe

ae ogee + rl

;

cet

: 3

* & *.

5a:

Fig, 2. Triplarina bancroftii. A. flowering branchlet x 3. B. flower x 6. C. leaf, lower surface x 6. D. calyx lobe x 18. E.

stamen x 32. Triplarina paludosa. F. flowering branchlet x 3. G. flower x 6. H. leaf, lower surface x 6. 1. calyx lobe x 18.

J. stamen x 32. Triplarina calophylla, K. flowering branchlet x 3. L. flower x 6. M. leaf, lower surface x 6. N. calyx lobe

x 18. O. stamen x 32. Triplarina nitchaga. P. flowering branchlet x 3. Q. flower x 6. R. leaf, lower surface x 6. S. calyx

lobe x 18. T. stamen x 32. A-E, Bean 6966; F-J, Bean 6932; K-O, Bean 5173; P—T, Lockyer s.n. (AQ 549740).

366

any conservation reserve. Known threats

include urban development, sedimentation and

road widening. The type population comprises

some thousands of plants, but all other known

populations are much smaller. (K. Mills pers.

comm.).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the

occurrence of the species near the town of

Nowra, New South Wales.

Imperfectly known Taxon

The following appears to be a distinct species,

but 1n the absence of fertile material, no firm

judgement can be made.

Triplarina sp.

Shrub 2 m high. Bark grey, persistent. Leaves

linear-lanceolate, 4—4.5 x 0.9-1 mm, oil glands

in two vertical rows on abaxial surface; apex

acute.

Specimen examined: Queensland. BurKE DIsTRIcT: Bertya

Creek, W of “Warang”, White Mountains NP, 20°27’S,

144°46’E, Jun 1992, Bean 4604 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This taxon was

observed in two places in the White Mountains

NP, where it is probably endemic. It grows

in steep-sided sandstone gullies or gorges, in

association with Lophostemon suaveolens and

Beyeria viscosa var. obovata C.T.White.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank several people for their

assistance. Dr Kevin Mills collected specimens

of 7. nowraensis at my request and supplied

information about it. Belinda Pellow kindly

forwarded a specimen of T. nowraensis.

Michael Lockyer collected specimens of

T. nitchaga at my request. Paul Forster

commented on a draft of this manuscript.

Ian Brooker helped to decipher a difficult

Latin phrase and provided the Latin diagnoses.

Laurie Jessup (Australian Botanical Liasion

Officer) located and photographed a reputed

type specimen of Baeckea camphorata. I thank

the directors of A, BM, K, NE, NSW, QRS &

MEL for the loan of specimens and/or access to

their herbaria.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 353-367 (1995)

References

BEAN, A.R. (1994). An analysis of the Vascular flora of Mt

Abbot near Bowen, Queensland. Proceedings of the

Royal Society of Queensland 104: 43-66.

BENTHAM, G. (1867). Baeckea. In Flora Australiensis 3:

71-89. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

Briccs, B.G. & JOHNSON, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the

Myrtaceae - Evidence from Inflorescence Structure.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South

Wales 102: 157-256.

Briaccs, J.D. & LeicH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised edition.

Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service

Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service.

Dawson, J.W. (1992). Flore de la Nouvelle-Caledonie et

dépendences: 18. Myrtacées: Leptospermoidées.

Paris: Museum National d’ Histoire Naturelle.

GUILLAUMIN, A. (1948). Flore Analytique et Synopique de

la Nouvelle-Caledonie. Paris: Office de la Recher-

che Scientifique Coloniale.

HENDERSON, R.J.F. (ed.) (1994). Queensland Vascular

Plants, Names and Distribution. Brisbane: Queens-

land Department of Environment and Heritage.

JOHNSON, L.A.S. & Briccs, B.G. (1985). Myrtales and

Myrtaceae - A Phylogenetic Analysis. Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 71: 700-756.

MERRILL, E.D. (1928). A collection of Plants from Sarawak.

Sarawak Museum Journal 3: 513-37.

MUELLER, F. (1864). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae

IV: 70. Melbourne: Government Printer.

RAFINESQUE, C.S. (1838). Sylva Telluriana. Philadelphia:

C.S. Rafinesque.

Rip.ey, H.N. (1922). The Flora of the Malay Peninsula.

Volume 1. London: L. Reeve & Co.

SCHAUER, J.C. (1843). Genera Myrtacearum Nova vel Denuo

Recognita. Linnaea 17: 235-44.

Sims, J. (1826). Baeckea camphorata, Fragrant Baeckea.

Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 53: t. 2694.

SMITH, J.E. (1802). Botanical characters of four New-

Holland Plants, of the Natural Order of Myrti.

Transactions of the Linnean Society, Botany. 6:

300.

THOMPSON, J.(1989). A revision of the genus Leptospermum

(Myrtaceae). Telopea 3: 301-449.

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.253 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 03:49:27 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

Bean, Triplarina 367

TRUDGEN, M.E. (1986). Reinstatement and revision of

Rinzia Schauer (Myrtaceae, Leptospermeae,

Baeckeinae). Nuytsia 5: 415-39.

—— (1987). Ochrosperma, a new genus of Myrtaceae

(Leptospermeae, Baeckeinae) from New South

Wales and Queensland. Nuytsia 6: 9-17.

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.253 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 03:49:27 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

Fasciculochloa, a new grass genus (Poaceae: Paniceae) from

south-eastern Queensland

Bryan K. Simon and Carolyn M. Weiller

Summary

Simon, Bryan K. & Weiller, Carolyn M. (1995), Fasciculochloa, anew grass genus (Poaceae: Paniceae)

from south-eastern Queensland. Austrobatleya 4(3): 369-379. A new panicoid genus, Fasciculochioa,

with a single species Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum, from the Moreton District of south-eastern

Queensland is described and illustrated,

Keywords: Poaceae: Paniceae, Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum, Fasciculochloa - south-eastern

Queensland.

Bryan K. Simon, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Carolyn M. Weiller, Research School of Biological Sciences, Australian National University, Canberra,

ACT 0200, Australia

Introduction

In 1993, Kym Sparshott of the Queensland

Herbarium was requested to produce an

environmental impact assessment on the

Hancock Brothers’ pine plantation, in the

Logan Shire, south of Brisbane, prior to

the re-assignment of this area to urban

development at the culmination of its present

use as an area for growing commercial timber.

Among the collections of botanical specimens

made by Kym and Peter Sparshott for the

compilation of a plant inventory of the region,

was an unusual grass allied to Panicum L.

I(BKS) was unable to identify it and failed

to key it to a recognisable genus in both

the computerised INTKEY set of generic

descriptions of the grass genera of the world

by Watson and Dallwitz (1992-5) and in the

key to genera by Clayton and Renvoize (1986).

We are therefore describing this taxon as

Fasciculochloa, a new genus in the Paniceae.

Using INTKEY this grass keys to

Loudetia, but it differs from that genus by its

glumes not being awned. It keys to couplet 81

in the key to genera of the Paniceae by Clayton

and Renvoize (1986), leading to the genera

Arthropogon Nees and Reynaudia Kunth; it

differs from the former by its lower glume not

being awn-like and from the latter by its lower

Accepted for publication 29 March 1995

glume not being bilobed. It keys to couplet 25

in the key to genera of Australian Paniceae by

Webster (1987), leading to the genera

Rhynchelytrum Nees and Melinis P.Beauv. (the

former now included in Melinis), but differs by

the upper glume being 3-—5-nerved as opposed

to 5—7-nerved in the latter genera, and by its

fasciculate mature panicle branches. It keys to

Cliffordiochioa B.K.Simon in Simon (1993).

Fasciculochloa is similar to Alexfloydia

B.K.Simon, Cliffordiochloa B.K.Sitmon and

Dallwatsonia B.K.Simon, three Australian

panicoid generarecently described (Simon 1992)

in that its spikelets are laterally compressed to

terete and the lower glume is adaxial to the

adjacent pedicel or inflorescence axis. In all

four genera this feature 1s only clearly seen

where the spikelets have short pedicels. The

lower glume may sometimes appear to be abaxial

in spikelets with longer pedicels due to twisting

of the pedicels.

Morphological and anatomical characters

of Fasciculochloa were coded using the Watson

and Dallwitz DELTA character list (Watson &

Dallwitz 1994) and the DIFFERENCES option

of INTKEY was run to assess how this genus

differed from Alexfloydia, Cliffordiochloa,

Dallwatsonia and Panicum. In all the analysis

revealed 75 character differences of which the

20 most obvious ones are shown in Table 1.

The characters and character states of these 20

characters are shown in Table 2.

370

Austrobaileya 4(3): 369-379 (1995)

Table 1. The main 20 characters distinguishing Fasciculochloa from related genera.

Cliffordiochloa Dallwatsonia Fasciculochloa

Char Alexfloydia Panicum

89 I i j 2 1/2

125 3-3.5 1.5 3.54 2 1 4-6

128 2 2 3 2 I

129 1 i 1/2 1/2 3

165 2 2 1 1/2

170 S—7 1 5 3 1-7

172 9 2-5 5-7 3—5 3-9

182 i 2 1 1/2

183 2 2 | 2

184 l 2 Z 2 1/2

187 9 3-5 5 5 5

230 5 0 5-7 2 3-11

253 3 2 3 2 3

301 2 2 2 ] 1

323 2 l ] 2 1/2

331 I 1 1 2 I

336 C, C, C, C, Se. OF

360 ] | 1 2 1/2

362 1 2 1 2 1/2

364 2 1 1 i 1

Morphologically Fasciculochloa differs from

Cliffordiochloa by the fasciculate nature of its

spikelets at the apex of mature panicle branches,

the branches being bare of spikelets at the base,

by the lower glume being 3-nerved (1-nerved in

Cliffordiochioa) and less than half the length of

the lowest lemma (longer than half the length of

the lowest lemma in Cliffordiochloa) and by its

larger spikelets (c.2.5 mm long compared to

c.1.5 mm long in Cliffordiochloa). It shares

with Cliffordiochloa the characters of the

sterile lower floret with a fully developed

palea and the fertile floret with two stamens, a

feature known only in one other panicoid

genus, Reynaudia Kunth from Cuba (Watson &

Dallwitz 1992). It differs from Dallwatsonia

by the fasciculate nature of its spikelets at

the apex of mature panicle branches, the

branches bare of spikelets at the base, its

smaller spikelets (c. 2.5 mm long compared

to 3.5-4 mm long in Dallwatsonia), its 3-nerved

lower glume (5-nerved in Dallwatsonia), its

3-5- nerved upper glume (5—7- nerved in

Dallwatsonia), its paiea of the lower floret being

fully developed and becoming conspicuously

hardened (reduced and not hardened in

Dallwatsonia) and its fertile floret having two

stamens (three in Dallwatsonia). Fasciculochloa

Simon, Fasciculochioa 371

Table 2. Characters and character states of the 20 characters used in Table 1, extracted from

the DELTA chars file of Watson and Dallwitz (1992-5)

#89. racemes <whether spikelet bearing to the base>/

1. spikelet bearing to the base/

2. without spikelets towards the base/

#125. <female-fertile> spikelets <approximate length>/

mim long/

#128. <female-fertile> spikelets <orientaion of sessile to subsessile forms>/

1. abaxial <G1 when present on the side away from the rachis; in panicoid forms having

a proximal incomplete floret, the upper (female-fertile) lemma backs onto the

rachis>/

2. adaxial <G1 when present against the rachis; in panicoid forms having a proximal

incomplete floret, the upper (female-fertile) lemma is on the side away from the

rachis>/

#129. <female-fertile> spikelets <plane of compression>/

1. compressed laterally <lying on the side when placed on a flat surface>/

2. not noticeably compressed <terete>/

3. compressed dorsiventrally <lying on front or back when placed on a flat surface>/

#165. lower glume <length relative to the lowest lemma>/

1. much shorter than half length of lowest lemma/

2. longer than half length of lowest lemma/

#170. lower glume <of female-fertile spikelet, nerve number>/

nerved/

#172. upper glume <of female-fertile spikelets, nerve number>/

nerved/

#182, palea of proximal incomplete florets <development>/

1. fully developed/

2. reduced/

#183. palea of proximal incomplete florets <whether hardened>/

1. becoming conspicuously hardened/

2. not becoming conspicuously hardened/

#184, proximal incomplete florets <of the female-fertile spikelets: sexuality>/

1. male/

2. Sterile/

#187. proximal lemmas <of the female-fertile spikelets, nerve number/

nerved/

#230. <female-fertile> lemmas <number of nerves>/

nerved/ |

#253, stamens <number per female-fertile floret>/

372

Austrobaileya 4(3): 369-379 (1995)

#301. long-cells <of abaxial leaf blade epidermis, whether similar in shape costally and intercostally>/

1. similar in shape costally and intercostally/

2. markedly different in shape costally and intercostaily/

#323. intercostal short-cells <abaxial leaf blade, presence>/

1. common/

2. absent or very rare/

#331. costal silica bodies <of abaxial leaf blade epidermis, presence>/

1. present and well developed/

2. poorly developed/

3. absent/

#336. <maximum cells-distant count; indicating photosynthetic pathway>/

1. <showing a maximum cells-distant count of one, reliably predicting> C,/

2. <showing a maximum cells-distant count of two or more, reliably predicting> C,/

#360. midrib <of the leaf blade, prominence>/

1. conspicuous <prominent in the outline>/

2. not readily distinguishable <other than by position>/

#362. midrib <whether extensively of colourless cells adaxially>/

1. with conspicuous colourless tissue adaxtally/

2. without <conspicuous> colourless tissue adaxially/

#364. bulliforms <presence in the adaxial leaf blade of discrete adaxial groups: exclude ‘hinge’

sroups flanking midribs>/

1. present in discrete, regular adaxial groups/

2. not in discrete, regular adaxial groups <bulliform cells absent or in ill defined or irregular

eroups, or constituting most of the epidermis>/

shares with Dallwatsonia the characters of

the lower glume being much shorter than

half the length of the lower lemma, the lower

floret being sterile and the 5-nerved lower lemma.

It differs from Alexfloydia by its smaller spikelets

(c.2.5 mm long compared to 3~3.5 mm long

in Alexfloydia), by its 3-nerved lower glume

less than half the length of the lower lemma

(S—7- nerved lower glume longer than half the

length of the lower lemma in Alexfloydia), its

lower floret being sterile (male in Alexfloydia),

its 5-nerved lower lemma (9-nerved in

Alexfloydia) and the two stamens in the fertile

floret (three stamens in Alexfloydia).

From the use of the DIFFERENCES

option of DELTA, it is obvious there are 7

anatomical differences by which Fasciculochloa

can be distinguished from allied Australian

panicoid genera. The abaxial leaf-blade epider-

mis has long-cells that are costally and

intercostally similar in shapein Fasciculochloa,

but markedly different in Alexfloydia,

Cliffordiochloa and Dallwatsonia, intercostal

short-cells are infrequent in Fasciculochloa

and Alexfloydia, but common in Cliffordiochloa

and Dallwatsonia and costal silica bodies

are poorly developed in Fasciculochoa but

well developed in the other three genera.

Fasciculochloa, Cliffordtochloa and

Dallwatsonia have C, leaf anatomy in

that the maximum cells-distant count between

vascular bundles is two or more whereas

Alexfloydia has C, leaf anatomy in that the

maximum cells-distant count between vascular

bundles is one. The leaf-blade midrib is not

readily distinguishable in Fasciculochloa

but conspicuous in the other genera and the

midrib is without colourless tissue adaxuially

in Fasciculochloa and Cliffordiochloa but

with conspicuous colourless tissue adaxially

in Alexfloydia and Dallwatsonia. Bulliform

cells are not in discreet regular adaxial groups

in Fasciculochloa, Dallwatsonia and

Cliffordiochloa, as they are in Alexfloydia.

Simon, Fasciculochloa 373

Pt ee

Lat

4 “ Po San

ote

i .

* *,

a aE ee == ag

v = de

™ = i

a bw ws

% tn

2 7, .

: +

* &

i +

ty aay

eee Ts cr.

hl a al

ath

3: 5!

~ a i

+} 2% =«&

: os

2 '&

tf ++

i V4

$ a+

= ti a

: a +

* tt

= ,

"Wt

Crd

ap.

HEF ie, ag niger see ek

Cars

vit

A eg

he Mee Dae a ge Mtge gt A a al

dt gta

Bah etal

faut

lal

a Ea,

Siattabeded a er

nh le

ag ET ee ee a, ee

: sed

: ?

: i

ay ey i

eh a se

Coast!

wplarivn ann cunts wrledl

on. if

rE sRenal ee gett am

Pitta eal aes

rere tat

Lied a

van

vil

Fel

Ptrat ot

+ = 7 wea

het 2 De tat

a +

Fig.1. Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum: A, and A, habit x 0.5. B. leaf sheath junction with leaf blade, adaxial surface x 10.

C. apex of inflorescence branch x 5, D., spikelet, lateral view x 20. E. lower glume. F. upper glume. G. lower lemma. H.

lower palea. 1. upper lemma. J. upper palea (D-J, all adaxial views, x 10). K. caryopsis, viewed from embryo side. L.

caryopsis, viewed from hilum side (K-L, x 10), M. stamens, pistils and lodicules x 40. All drawn from holotype.

374

Fasciculochloa B.K.Simon & C.M.Weiller,

gen.nov., Cliffordiochloae B.K.Simon

affine sed ramis paniculae maturae spiculis

fasciculis ad apicem, basi nudis, spiculis

grandioribus, glumis inferis 3-nervatis,

Dallwatsoniae B.K.Simon affine sed

ramis paniculae maturae spiculis fasciculis

ad apicem, basi nudis, glumis inferis

3-nervatis, flosculis fertilibus staminibus

duobus (non tribus), Alexfloydiae

B.K.Simon affine sed spiculis parvioribus,

glumis inferis 3-nervatis, glumis superis

5-nervatis, flosculis inferis sterilibus,

flosculis fertilibus staminibus duobus

(non tribus), Melinis P.Beauv. affine

sed ramis paniculae maturae spiculis

fasciculis ad apicem, glumis superis

3—-5-nervatis, differt. Typus.

Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum

B.K.Simon & C.M.Weiller.

Flowering culms erect, tufted, sparingly

branched, terminated by a solitary inflores-

cence, 3 or 4 noded. Internodes slightly longer

than the associated leaf sheaths. Leaf sheaths

compressed, glabrous, with smooth nerves.

Ligule a fringed membrane. Mid-culm leaf

blades flat, linear, glabrous except for cilia

at base, smooth, tapering to a narrow apex,

attenuate at the base, with imperceptibly

scaberulous margins. Inflorescence a panicle,

fully exserted at maturity. Main axis scaberulous.

Primary branches with glabrous axils, spread-

ing, angled, scaberulous, terminating in a

spikelet. Pedicels flexuous with apices glabrous

and cupuliform. Disarticulation at the base of

the spikelet. Spikelets + distal on branches,

obscurely adaxial (with the lower glume facing

the adjacent pedicel or inflorescence axis), over-

lapping, single or sometimes obscurely paired,

+ terete tolaterally compressed, oblong. Glumes

unequal, membranous, smooth, glabrous: lower

glume oblong, encircling the spikelet base,

3-nerved, acute or rounded at apex; upper glume

elliptic, 3-5-nerved, rounded on the back, acute.

Lower floret neuter: lemma ovate-elliptic,

membranous, 5-nerved, with nerves smooth and

conspicuous, glabrous, acute; palea ovate-

elliptic, acute. Upper floret perfect, slightly

shorter than the lower floret; lemma chartaceous,

elliptic, rounded on the back, obscurely nerved,

glabrous, acute; palea chartaceous, smooth,

enclosed at its apex by the lemma. Lodicules

well-developed. Stamens 2, styles basally free.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 369-379 (1995)

Etymology: The genus name is derived from the

fasciculate appearance of the spikelets on the

branches of the mature panicle.

Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum B.K. Simon

& C.M. Weiller, sp. nov. Culmus florens

erectus, caespitosus, ad 60cm altus, parce

ramosus, terminatus inflorescentia

solitaria, 3- vel 4- nodosus; nodi glabri;

internodia spongiosi, glabra, leviter

longiora quam vaginas contiguas;

vaginae complanatae, glabrae, marginibus

laevibus, nervis laevibus; ligula

membranae fimbriatae, ad 0.4 mm longa;

laminae lineares, ad 20 cm longae et ad

3.5 mm latae, contractae ad _ apices,

attenuati ad bases, planae, glabrae praeter

ciliatae ad bases, laeves, marginibus

scaberulis. Panicula matura exserta: axis

principalis ad 15 cm longus, dilute

scaberulus; rami primarii cum axillis

glabris, effusi, ad 5 cm longi, angulati,

scaberuli, in spiculam terminantes.

Pedicelliad 1 mm longi, flexuosi, apicibus

glabris, articulo ad basem spiculae.

Spiculae abaxiales, imbricatae, in ramum

primarium ad apicem dispositae, oblongae,

teretes, ad 2.5 mm longae, ad 1 mm latae;

gluma inferna oblonga, ad 1 mm longa,

3-nervata, membranacea, laevis, glabra,

acuta vel rotundata ad apicem, basem

spiculae cingens; gluma supera elliptica,

ad 1.7 mm longa, 3—5-nervata, rotundata

in dorsum, membranacea, glabra praeter

cilia in marginibus, acuta. Flosculus

infernus neuter; lemma ovatum vel

ellipticum, ad 2.5 mm longum ad 0.5 mm

latum, acutum. Flosculus superus

bisexualis, leviter brevior quam flosculum

infernum; lemma ellipticum, ad 2.2 mm

longum, obscure nervatum, rotundatum

in dorsum, chartaceum, aeque striatum,

glabrum, glabrum, acutum; palea obscure

nervata, chartacea, laevis, apex lemmate

inclusus; lodiculae bene evolutae: anthera

ad 0.75 mm longa; styli liberi ad bases.

Typus: Queensland, Moreton DistrIct,

Hancock Brother’s Pine Plantation,

9km SSE of Logan Village, 27°51’S

153°08’E, 27 Jan 1994, BK. Simon 4270,

E.J. Thompson, P.& K. Sparshott &

D.A. Simon, drainage line dominated by

Melaleuca linartifolia low woodland,

growing with Pseudoraphis paradoxa

Simon, Fasciculochioa

in wetter zones, delicate perennial,

locally common. (holo: BRI (AQ632530

_2 sheets); iso: AD,B,BRI,CANB, DNA,

IBSC,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW,PERTH,

PRE,SRGH,US). Fig. 1.

A full English species description is not

provided as the essential descriptive elements

can be found in the English generic description.

The following English diagnosis supplies

characters of aspecific nature, including mainly

quantitative measurements, which can be used

to compare any further species that may be

discovered.

Flowering culms erect to 60cm tall. Nodes

glabrous. Internodes spongy, glabrous. Ligule

to 0.4 mm long. Mid-culm leaf blades to 20 mm

long, to 3.5 mm wide. Inflorescence with main

axis to 15 mm long, faintly scaberulous.

Primary branches to 5 mm long. Pedicels to

| mm long, flexuous. Spikelets 35 to 45 ona

typical lowermost primary branch, to 2.5 mm

long, to | mm wide. Lower glume to 1 mm long.

Upper glume to 1.7 mm iong, Lower lemma to

2.9 mm long, 0.5 mm wide. Lower palea fully

WE:

375

developed, ovate-eiliptic, acute. Upper lemma

to 2.2 mm long. Anthers to 0.75 mm long.

Etymology: The species is named for Kym and

Peter Sparshott, the original collectors of the

species.

Specimens examined: Queensland, Moreton District:

Hancock Brothers’ Pine Plantation, B.K. Stmon 4270,

EJ, Thompson, P.& K. Sparshott & D.A, Simon (type - for

details see above); Hancock Brothers’ Pine Plantation,

27°49'°03"S 153°07°30"E, associated with Melaleuca

linariifolia, Ludwigia sp., Juncus usitatus, Persicaria sp.,

Imperata cylindrica and Ischaemum australe, Waterlogged

area, plants in water, rooting atnodes, K, Sparshott 252 &

P. Sparshott (BRI, CANB, NSW, SP).

Distribution and habitat: Very restricted site

in south-eastern Queensland, 9 km SSE of

Logan village. Flowering Jan-Feb. Associated

in marshy area dominated by Melaleuca

linariifolia. Fig 2.

Rare and threatened status (Briggs & Leigh

1988). 2E. Under the Queensland Nature Con-

servation Act (1992) we recommend that this

taxon be considered endangered.

Sane

peer rb aig

Fig.2. Type locality of Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum growing in marshy area dominated by Melaleuca linariifolia.

376

Anatomy (by C.M.Weiller)

Abaxial leaf blade epidermis. Costal/Antercos-

tal zonation conspicuous, intercostal zones

ordering the midrib 10-12 cells wide.

Epidermis with differentiated long- and short-

cells, long-cells similar in shape costally and

intercostally, of similar wall thickness costally

and intercostally. Microhairs present, confined

to the non-stomatal files, in the middle of

the intercostal zone, panicoid-type, elongated,

longer than the stomatal complexes, clearly

two-celled, slender, having both cells approxi-

mately the same shape. Distal cell blunt. Basal

cell base neither constricted nor expanded,

arallel-sided. Microhairs 51-69 um long,

lum wide at the septum. Microhair apical cells

7-30 Lm long. Crown cells absent. Prickles

resent, intercostal, fairly uniform in size and

orm. Prickle bases not paired with a short-cell.

ntercostal prickles in the astomatal files

in between the stomatal files), infrequent.

ntercostal prickles 4—6 per field. Bases of the

intercostal prickles shorter than the width of an

intercostal long-cell to about as long as the

width of an intercostal long-cell, shorter than

the stomata. Barbs of the intercostal prickles

about as long as the bases to up to twice as

pe ey ee

Ents a

a :

eres Sees

Roshi

SARS EE

dee Se

pea

" oe

ect cee

Text

Beihai

eoeaat tierce

5 HanErae aan SAE

Se eee

i =

mae

vii. thoes A I : : Taeiogonees x at ce

2 Ca -. ‘ - sei _ ie ae: : z mitt

tee) aes « Min . “1. cox car * ar ne a. hier nate

Siena ranean mete Ee & eee : ate SS et eee riedinetrcs nee Retest reese Secc

hae : Set : i Ea ae Fo ee : i renee it pokes :

“7 : Savanna ol : anh mee ree Ws

Austrobaileya 4(3): 369-379 (1995)

long as the bases. Macrohairs absent. Intercos-

al long-cells fairly constant in shape.

Mid intercostal long-cells markedly elongated,

rectangular. Mid-intercostal long-cell walls

moderately undulating. Undulations irregular.

End walls vertical, or angled. Intercostal long-

cell walls not conspicuously pitted. Outer

surfaces of intercostal long-cells not pitted.

Papillae absent.

Costal zones all histologically similar. Costal

short-cells conspicuously in long rows. Costal

cork-cells similar in shape to the silica cells,

square to elongated-rectangular (ignoring cell

wall undulations). Costal silica bodies present

and conspicuous, confined to the outer edges of

costal zones or confined to the central files of

the costal zones (in narrow costal zones), with

horizontal dumb-bells having flattened or

indented ends. Isthmuses of the dumb-bells

about as long as the expanded ends, wide.

Intercostal short-cells infrequent, throughout

the intercostal zones (but of a slightly higher

frequency between stomatal files), solitary.

Unsilicified intercostal short-cells tall-and-

narrow. Walls straight. Intercostal silica

bodies absent.

ait hadith

Rreeureer,

ERC oer

eet tetnaeee

SUR al eee

Petia

ade et tata

aeceeae

Sap

es Ee aia

ae :

aes ae

tr 7

TiSseiee

's Rees

aot

rite

seer, ee

~ thc head RR Rien

Fig. 3. Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum, abaxial leaf epidermis.

nyrbhyb ine bie stavtencagnannay anand bonny basa,

tet tkt

Lae

ants

sor

Pi as tah ee ieee ity

PALE ASA et

ee, Deny te eed ea EE

LR orate ett ca nen

weet De ett ttt

eee Po ad

aera

oie

ane,

ate

wee:

bee a nt

Simon, Fasciculochloa

377

Fig. 4. Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum, transverse section of leaf blade. C,, XyMS+.

Stomata common, present in all the intercostal

zones, restricted in distribution within

intercostal zones (in 2 files), arranged in

definite rows. Stomatal rows in the widest

intercostal zones 2, bordering the costae (but

2—3 cell files away). Stomata not over-arched

by papillae, 18—27 tim long, having guard-cells

flush with or overlapping the interstomatals.

Subsidiaries dome-shaped. Fig. 3.

Photosynthetic pathway and related features.

C,. XyMS-+. PBS sheaths of the primary lateral

vascular bundles interrupted. Mestome sheath

single.

Transverse section of the leaf blade. Lamina

mid-zone in transverse section open, more or

less flat. Width of lamina across primary ribs

84-90 Lum. Lamina mid-zone in transverse

section with shallow ribs both adaxially and

abaxially, opposite one another. Adaxial

furrows slight, narrow. Wavelength 120-135

Lum. Amplitude 12—15um. Adaxial furrows

between all the vascular bundles (except for the

smallest bundles). Adaxial ribs more or less

constant in size, round topped to flat-topped,

opposite all vascular bundles. Vascular bundles

in the mid-lamina 3-4, 1 per rib. Abaxial

furrows present between the vascular bundles.

Abaxial ribs opposite all the vascular bundles,

similar in size to the adaxial ribs. Midrib not

pronounced in outline, not prominent adaxially

or abaxially, tissue layout similar to that of other

primary vascular bundles. Vascular bundles in

the mid-lamina region of the midrib 1. Median

vascular bundle without a protoxylem cavity,

without an enlarged protoxylem vessel, without

sclerosed phloem. Midrib without colourless

tissue adaxially, without thin-walled

sclerenchymatous cells adaxially, without

lacunae. Lamina symmetrical on either side of

the midrib.

Mesophyl! chlorenchyma non-radiate, not

of the Isachne-type (Plate 3:26 in Watson &

Daliwitz 1988), tightly packed, without

lacunae, without any obvious adaxial palisade,

not traversed by columns of colourless cells,

without arm cells, without fusoids. Bulliforms

present in discrete groups. Bulliform groups

situated between vascular bundles, without

contiguous colourless mesophyll cells, large,

simple, fan-shaped (with 2 large middle ceils).

Abaxial epidermis without bulliform-like

epidermal cells or groups. Abaxial epidermal

378

cell walls thickened. Cells regular in shape,

ovoid, or rectangular. Major vascular bundles

interspersed with minor bundles. Outlines of

primary vascular bundles more or less circular.

Primary vascular bundles centrally situated,

lateral vascular bundles with adaxial

sclerenchyma, lateral vascular bundles with

abaxial sclerenchyma. Adaxial and abaxial

sclerenchyma forming girders, combined

girders nowhere forming ‘figures’ (Plate 3:24

in Watson & Dallwitz 1988). Outlines of lower

order vascular bundles more or less circular.

Lower order vascular bundles centrally situ-

ated, with adaxial and abaxial sclerenchyma

forming girders. Combined girders of the

lower order vascular bundles nowhere forming

‘figures’. Fig. 4.

Generic description comparative to other grass

genera.

A description of the genus in the format used by Watson

and Dallwitz (1994) was generated with the TONAT

option of DELTA, so that a comparative description to

all other grass genera contained in that publication is

available. The reader is referred to the character list

(p. 9-49) for clarification/interpretation/definition of terms

and references to character illustrations.

Fasciculochloa B.K.Simon & C.M.Weiller

Habit, vegetative morphology. Perennial; caespitose.

Culms to 60 cm high; herbaceous; branched above (spar-

ingly); not tuberous; 3—4-noded. Culm nodes glabrous.

Upper culm leaf blades fully developed. Culm internodes

solid. Young shoots intravaginal. Leaves not basally

aggregated, clearly differentiated into sheath and blade.

Leaf blades linear, narrow, to 3.5 mm wide; flat, parallel

veined, persistent. Ligule a fringed membrane, to 0.4 mm

long.

Reproductive organisation. Plants bisexual, with bisexual

spikelets, with hermaphrodite florets.

Inflorescence. Inflorescence paniculate, open, with axes

ending in spikelets, espatheate, not comprising ‘partial

inflorescences’ and foliar organs. Spikelets solitary, or

paired (obscurely), not secund, pedicellate. Pedicel apices

cupuliform.

Female-fertile spikelets. Spikelets to 2.5 mm long, ellip-

tic, adaxial (obscurely), terete to laterally compressed,

falling with the glumes. Rachilla hairless.

Glumes two, very unequal, the upper slightly shorter than

the spikelet, the lower about half as long; shorter than the

adjacent lemmas, glabrous, awnless, non-carinate. Lower

glume 0.6 times the length of the upper glume, shorter than

the lowest lemma, 3-nerved. Upper glume 3-5 nerved.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 369-379 (1995)

Spikelets with incomplete florets, the incomplete florets

proximal to the female-fertile florets. Proximal incomplete

florets 1, paleate, sterile. Palea of the proximal

incomplete florets becoming conspicuously hardened (leath-

ery) and enlarged laterally. Proximal lemmas resembling

the upper glume, awnless, 5-nerved, similar in texture to

the female-fertile lemmas, not becoming indurated.

Female-fertile florets 1. Lemmas elliptic, similar in tex-

ture to the glumes, smooth, not becoming indurated, entire;

blunt, awnless; having the margins lying flat and exposed

on the palea, 2 nerved. Palea tightly clasped by the lemma,

entire, awnless, textured like the lemma. Palea back

glabrous. Lodicules 2, joined at base, glabrous, not

toothed. Stamens 2. Anthers to 0.75 mm long. Ovary

_ glabrous. Styles free to their bases. Stigmas 2.

Fruit, embryo and seedling. Disseminule a free caryopsis.

Fruit free from both lemma and palea, small, ellipsoid, not

noticeably compressed, glabrous, smooth. Hilum short

(about 5% of the length of the fruit). Embryo large (about

30% length of the fruit).

Abaxial leaf blade epidermis. Costal/intercostal zonation

conspicuous. Papillae absent. Long-cells similar in shape

costally and intercostally, of similar wall thickness costally

and intercostally. Microhairs present, elongated, clearly

two-celled, panicoid-type, 51-69 tm long, 6 um wide at

the septum. Microhair apical cells 27-30 um long. Stomata

common, 18-27 um long. Subsidiaries non-papillae, dome-

shaped. Guard-cells overlapped by the interstomatals, or

overlapping to flush with the interstomatals. Intercostal

short-cells absent or very rare, silicified. Intercostal silica

bodies crescentic. Intercostal prickles present, fairly

uniform in size. Crown cells absent. Costal zones with

short-cells. Costal short-cells conspicuously in long rows.

Costal silica bodies poorly developed, ‘panicoid-type’,

dumb-bell shaped.

Transverse section of leaf blade, physiology, culm

anatomy. C,; XyMS+. Midrib not readily distinguishable.

Bulliforms present in discrete, regular adaxial groups, in

simple fans.

Taxonomy. Panicoideae; Panicodae; Paniceae.

Ecology, geography, regional floristic distribution. 1

species. Helophytic to mesophytic. South-eastern Queens-

land.

Acknowledgements

We thank Jill Hartley for the anatomical

preparations and Rod Henderson for improve-

ments to the manuscript.

References

Briccs, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service Special Publication 14, Canberra.

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.242 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 04:54:08 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

Simon, Fasciculochloa

CLAYTON, W.D. & RENvoizE, S.A. (1986). Genera graminum

- Grasses of the World. Kew Bulletin Additional

Series XIII. London: Her Majesty’s Stationery

Office.

SIMON, Bryan K. (1992). Studies in Australian grasses 6.

Alexfloydia, Cliffordiochloa and Dallwatsonia,

three new panicoid grass genera from eastern Aus-

tralia. Austrobaileya 3:669-681.

— (1993). A key to Australian grasses, second edition.

Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary In-

dustries.

Watson, L. & Dattwirz, M.J. (1988). Grass genera of

the world: illustrations of characters, descriptions,

classification,interactive identification, informa-

tion retrieval. Research School of Biological

Sciences, Australian National University, Canberra.

379

— (1992-5). Grass genera of the world; an INTKEY

package for automated identification and informa-

tion retrieval of data including synonyms, morphol-

ogy, anatomy, physiology, cytology, classification,

pathogens, world and local distributions and refer-

ences. URL ftp://muse.bio.cornell.edu/pub/delta.

— (1994). The Grass Genera of the World. 2nd edition,

1 081 pp. CAB International: Wallingford.

WEBSTER, R.D. (1987). The Australian Paniceae (Poaceae).

Berlin-Stuttgart: J.Cramer.

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.242 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 04:54:08 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

Omphalea celata, a new species of Euphorbiaceae

from central Queensland

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1995). Omphalea celata, a new species of Euphorbiaceae from central Queensland.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 381-385. Omphalea celata P.I.Forst. is described and illustrated. This species is

known from two localities in central Queensland and is considered vulnerable. A key is provided to

identify the three species of Omphalea that occur 1n Australia.

Key words: Omphalea celata; Euphorbiaceae, Australia.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Omphalea L. comprises approxi-

mately fifteen species of scandent lianes, shrubs

and small trees and is distributed in both

the Old and New World tropics with a

concentration of taxain the latter region

(Webster 1994). Until recently, one species of

Omphalea has been recognised for Australia,

namely O. queenslandiae F.M.Bailey from

tropical north-eastern Queensland in the area

known as the ‘Wet Tropics’ (e.g. Bailey 1902;

Airy Shaw 1981). Asecond species, Omphalea

papuana Pax & K.Hoffm. has recently been

recognised for Queensland (Forster 1994), based

on identifications by L. Gillespie (US) of

collections from the Iron Range area, Cape

York Peninsula, Queensland. Both Omphalea

papuana and O. queenslandiae are scandent

lianes which grow in the canopy of notophyll

and mesophyll vineforest communities. Over

twenty years ago, J.P. Stanton, an officer with

the Queensland National Parks & Wildlife

Service (QNPWS) collected a few flowering

twigs of an unknown Euphorbiaceous plant

near Eungella in central Queensland. Stanton

gave the material to L.J. Webb and J.G. Tracey

who deposited it at the Queensland Herbarium.

Eventually this material acquired a label stating

it to be a ‘new species’ of Aleurites and fruiting

collections were made in the early 1990’s

by other officers of the QNPWS during

botanical survey of the Eungella National

Park and surrounds.

Accepted for publication 6 March 1995

While this material undoubtedly

represented a new species of Euphorbiaceae,

its systematic position was unclear due to the

lack of good material of male and, particularly,

female flowers. As a result, the few then-

existing specimens were filed in the Queensland

Herbarium as ““Aleurites sp. (Hazlewood Gorge,

S.G. Pearson SP439)” and listed as this in the

recent census of Queensland vascular flora

(Forster 1994). The eventual collection of

flowering material of both sexes from this

species has revealed it to be an undescribed

species of Omphalea.

Materials and Methods

This paper is based wholly on collections in the

Queensland Herbarium (BRI) or to be

distributed from there. The type locality was

visited several times by the author 1n pursuit of

fertile material of this taxon.

Taxonomy

Omphalea celata P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis

Omphaleae papuanae Pax & K.Hoffm. et

O. queenslandiae F.M.Bailey a quibus

habitu arboreo (non scandenti) et folti

lamina venatione penninervi (non

palmatinervi) venis lateralibus 8-14 in

quoque latere costae differt. Typus:

Queensland. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Hazlewood Gorge, south-southwest of

Eungella, 20 July 1994, P.I. Forster 15643

(holo: BRI [2 sheets + spirit]; iso: AD,

DNA, K, L, MEL, NSW, MO).

Aleurites sp. (Hazlewood Gorge,

S.G.Pearson SP439); Forster (1994: 107).

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.242 on Mon, 17 Jul 2023 05:00:05 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

382

Small tree to 12 m high, perennial, evergreen,

monoecious. Bark glossy with surface verrucose,

cream; wood straw-coloured. Stipules lanceo-

late, 1.3-1.5 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide,

glabrous, caducous. Leaves alternate; petioles

20—75 mm long, 0.6-1 mm diameter, grooved

adaxially, glabrous or with scattered trichomes;

lamina lanceolate, lanceolate-ovate or ovate,

45-120 mm long, 16-80 mm wide, penninerved

with 8—14 lateral veins per side of midrib and

reticulate interlateral tertiary veins; upper

surface dark grey-green with venation +

obscure, glabrous; lower surface pale grey-green

with venation well developed, glabrous; tip

acuminate; base attenuate to cuneate; glands 2,

distal on petiole, + sessile, circular, 0.8—1 mm

diameter. Inflorescences terminal, up to

80 mm long, bisexual, with male flowers greatly

outnumbering female flowers, paniculate;

peduncles up to 17 mm long, glabrous or

with scattered simple and stellate trichomes.

Inflorescence bracts of two kinds; proximal

bracts similar in form to leaves in being

petiolate and with a lamina; petiole 50-80 mm

long, c. 0.5 mm diameter, with 2 distal glands;

lamina linear to lanceolate, 45-55 mm long,

1-8 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered

trichomes; distal bracts sessile, lanceolate,

0.6—1 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, glabrous.

Male flowers 1.4-1.5 mm long, 3-3.5 mm

diameter, pedicels 5-9 mm long, c. 0.5 mm

diameter, filiform, glabrous or with scattered

trichomes; sepals 5, imbricate, broadly ovate to

ovate-orbicular, 2—2.5 mm long, 2—2.4 mm

wide, green; petals absent; disk composed of 5

fleshy lobes I1—-1.2 mm long and 1.6—-1.7 mm

diameter, connate basally to form an annulus

around the staminal column; staminal column c.

0.5 mm long and 0.2 mm diameter; anthers

forming a peltate 3-lobed synandrium 0.6—0.8

mm diameter; anther thecae c. 0.5 mm Iong,

yellow. Female flowers 4.5—5 mm long,c.3mm

diameter, green; pedicels 2.5~—3 mm long, 0.8—1

mm diameter, stout, with scattered trichomes:

sepals 5, rmbricate, ovate to orbicular-ovate,

2-3 mm long, 1.7—3 mm wide, with scattered

trichomes; petals absent; disk composed of 5

small irregular fleshy lobes at the base of the

sepals, each lobe 0.2—0.3 mm long; ovary +

globose, 0.9—1 mm long, 2- or 3-locular, with 1

ovule per locule; styles connate into a thick

obtuse column c. 2 mm long and 1.6-1.7 mm

diameter. Fruit subglobose, 2- or 3-lobed with

a pointed apex, 50-60 mm long, 50-60 mm

Austrobaileya 4(3): 381-385 (1995)

diameter, thick-walled, subdrupaceous and

indehiscent; exocarp fleshy; endocarp woody.

Seeds subglobose, 23—25 mm long, 23-25 mm

wide, 20-22 mm across, smooth, pale grey-

brown. Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Nortu

KENNEDY DistTricr: Gloucester Island, east coast, 6 km N of

Chinaman’s Rock, Sep 1992, Batianoff 920913 (BISH,

BRI). SoutH Kennepy Districr: [all type locality] Dec

1973, Stanton in Webb & Tracey 13724 (BRI, L, MEL,

ORS); Feb 1992, Pearson SP439 (BRD; Nov 1992, Pearson

s.n. (BRI, MEL, QRS); Dec 1992, Bean 5278 (BRD); Jan

1993, Forster 12715 & Pearson (A, BRI, K, L, MEL,

ORS); Dec 1993, Forster 14278 & Pearson (A, BRI, K, L,

MEL, QRS); Jun 1994, Forster 15241 et al, (BRI, K, L,

MEL, NSW, QRS).

Distribution and habitat: Omphalea celata ts

known from two localities in the North Kennedy

and South Kennedy districts of central

Queensland (Map 1). At Hazlewood Gorge,

plants grow in fragmented semi-evergreen vine

thicket along a more or less permanent water-

course on weathered metamorphics in a steep-

sided gorge at an altitude of about 560 m. On

Gloucester Island they grow in arocky granitic

gully near to araucarian microphyll vineforest

(G.N. Batianoff, pers. comm. 1994),

Gloucester

island

Eungella

lit,

eal

Map 1. Distribution of Omphalea celata in Central

Queensland.

383

erat

eietwe

++ f Fr *

ee | 4 * ae

A ay eal lsat A Fy eee em ae cet wit

Bete ett te a as “ “nay an ee ees Tt wee ate

: Pe .

Wea fa ars iets eee ear mie eT aenenetee as + whee ane

Po TS Lat 4 . ihe a pk a

Ptah dee bce g belie bites Mh ae

wad, Hn c

+e,

1 he

wot tate y tite me bby,

te tee ee

eg eae

faa

eps ie a,

ae et Site + pe

PE Le ie

RIM eee coNT con

‘s hater a

ier nie et

Fad oyu

. wah rT Kateri

fi 7“ Phd ha ayy

SES

ers, h a

| eal ee ";

» oP my . ?

) we

is ut ¥

Ee ale

esta ee

” oy »

bias + “

pete op mm te

Forster, Omphalea celata

th young fruit x 0.6. B. abaxial surface of leaf x 1. C. lower portion of

ip wi

shoot t

lar glands x 2, D

‘

Omphalea celata

ina showing adaxial pet

.A-O.

leaf lam

Fig

f male flower x 6.

ieW O

, apica

florescence bract x 1. E

G. apical view of anther synandrium x 16. H. lateral v

, proxim

f staminal column x 16.

lew O

I. lateral view of female flower x 6. J. longitudinal section of flower x 6, K. lateral view of fruit x 0.5. L. basal view of

rx6

F, lateral view of male flowe

RAEI

tx 0.5. M. transverse section of fruit x 0.5. N, abaxial view of seed x 0.5. O. lateral view of seed x 0.5. (A~D from

Pearson s.n. (BRD; E—J from Forster 15241 et al. (BRI)

fruit

uaataatad eset fel

DALES es

N—-O from Forster

K—-M from Forster 14278 & Pearson (BRD;

‘

12715 & Pearson (BRD). Del. W. Smith.

SSetent ee nen eens rm ar n S

ee hh th rk rr th ie

vero. ane SUPA PELE 0

Ales

384

Notes: Determining the specific affinities of

Omphalea celata has proved difficult. Both

Omphalea papuana and O. queenslandiae are

superficially similar, scandent canopy lianes

with palminerved foliage, whereas O. celata is

a small tree with penninerved foliage. Only

Omphalea papuana is known to be present

in adjacent New Guinea. There are several

arborescent species in Borneo and the

Philippines, but they are greatly disjunct from

the occurrences of the new species. Omphalea

celata is very restricted in its occurrence with

limited effective dispersal of propagules, hence

itis unlikely to have been in close contact with

any other species of Omphalea in recent times.

Omphalea celata, together with

O. papuana, O. queenslandiae, Endospermum

myrmecophilum L.S.Sm. and E£. medullosum

Austrobaileya 4(3): 381-385 (1995)

L.S.Sm., is a host-plant for the endemic

Australian day-flying Zodiac Moth Alcides

zodiaca (Forster & Sankowsky 1995), thus

indicating similar chemical consituents in all

these taxa. Other taxa of Omphalea in the New

World are host-plants for taxa of Uraniid moths

related to Alcides zodiaca (Coleman & Monteith

1981; Monteith & Wood 1987). A study of the

relationships between the Euphorbiaceous hosts

and the uraniid moths over the ranges of both

would be of great interest and may contribute

towards an understanding of their phylogeny.

A full account of the genus Omphalea in

Australia will be provided in the forthcoming

‘Flora of Australia’ Vol. 23. Omphalea celata

may be distinguished from the other two

Australian species using the following key.

Key to the Australian species of Omphalea

J. Trees; leaves penninerved, with 8-14 lateral veins per side of midrib ... O. celata P.I.Forst.

Scandent lianes; leaves palminerved, 3—S-nerved at base and with 7-9

additional lateral veins per side of midrib... 1... ce cee enn ee 2

2. Juvenile leaves trilobed; adult leaves 5-veined from base ... O. papuana Pax & K.Hoffm.

Juvenile leaves entire; adult leaves 3-veined from base ..... QO. queenslandiae F.M.Bailey

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived

from the Latin celatus, concealed or hidden,

and alludes to the populations of this plant

occurring in inaccessible localities.

Conservation status: Omphalea celata is

common at the type locality with several dozen

mature plants present within a small area of

several hectares. The area is likely to be added

to the Eungella National Park in the future and

while there are no obvious immediate human

threats, there is a continual danger of physical

damage to the plants from rock avalanches at

the locality. Less than a dozen plants have been

observed at the Gloucester Island locality (G.N.

Batianoff, pers. comm. 1994) which is within a

National Park. Omphalea celata warrants a

conservation coding of 3VC (cf. Briggs and

Leigh 1988) due to its restricted distribution and

the small number of known individuals.

Acknowledgments

W. Smith (BRI) provided the illustrations.

Assistance with the collection of material was

provided by G.N. Batianoff (BRD, A.R. Bean,

G. Kenning, S.G. Pearson and M.C. Tucker.

Comments on a draft of the manuscript were

provided by A.R. Bean (BRI). Translation of

the diagnosis into Latin was undertaken by

P.D. Bostock (BRI). This work was funded

by the Australian Biological Resources Study

during 1992 to 1994 as a preferred objective

research project for the ‘Flora of Australia’.

tN pei wi ee ee Ia are

Forster, Omphalea celata

References

Airy SHaw, H.K. (1981). A partial synopsis of the

Euphorbiaceae - Platylobeae of Australia

(excluding Phyllanthus, Euphorbia and

Calycopeplus). Kew Bulletin 35: 577~—700,

BAILey, F.M. (1902). Euphorbiaceae. In The Queensland

Flora 5: 1392—1457. Brisbane: H.J, Diddams &

Co.

Bricos, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication No, 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks & Wildlife Service.

CoLeman, N.C. & MonteiTu, G.B. (1981). Life history of

the north Queensland Day-flying Moth, Alcides

zodiaca Butler (Lepidoptera: Urantidae). North

Queensland Naturalist 45(179): 2-6.

385

Forster, P.I. (1994). Euphorbiaceae (in part). In

R.J.F. Henderson (ed.) Queensland Vascular Plants:

Names and Distribution. Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Environment & Heritage.

FORSTER, P.I. & Sanxkowsky, G. (1995). New

Euphorbiaceae host records for the Zodiac Moth

Alcides zodiaca (Lepidoptera: Urantidae), The

Australian Entomologist 22: 15.

Mon teity, G.B, & Woop, G.A, (1987). Endospermum, ants

and urantid moths in Australia. The Queensland

Naturalist 28: 35-41.

WessTer, G.L. (1994), Synopsis of the genera and

suprageneric taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of the

Missouri Botanic Garden 81: 33-144.

engin ica dbnalia behead hone ial heath teen se en ee osee mets NL On a a nn eects

EEN SERS eS a

scenes

Bern esd nee Cones cake eet ot ec eae Cen Bora DE

A new species and new combination in Ochrosperma Trudgen

(Myrtaceae)

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (1995). A new species and new combination in Ochrosperma Trudgen (Myrtaceae).

Austrobaileya 4(3): 387-390. Ochrosperma adpressum A.R.Bean from central Queensland, is described

as new, illustrated and its known distribution mapped. The new combination Ochrosperma oligomerum

(Radlk,) A.R.Beanis made. Additional distribution records for O. lineare (C.T.White) Trudgen are given.

A key to all recognised species of Ochrosperma 1s presented. |

Keywords: Myrtaceae, Ochrosperma adpressum, Ochrosperma - Australia, Ochrosperma oligomerum.

A.R, Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Introduction

Radlkofer (1884) named Baeckea oligomera, a

species possessing just 5 stamens and a

3-locular ovary with 2 collateral ovules per

loculus. He established a new section, Baeckea

sect. Pausomyrtus Radik., for this distinctive

species. The sectional rank was in line with

Bentham (1867).

This taxon was named at genus level (as

Ochrosperma) by Trudgen (1987). The

diagnostic features of Ochrosperma given by

Trudgen were the almost sessile flowers with

five antesepalous stamens, three-locular ovary

with two ovules per loculus and pale coloured,

reniform, arillate seeds. Other characters given

include the almost terete filaments which are

slightly flattened near the base, the ovary adnate

to the hypanthium for nearly all its length, and

the widely opening fruits.

The new species described here has

features agreeing with the above except that the

fruits do not open widely, and the number of

stamens varies between 6 and 8. However, all

stamens are antesepalous with one or two

stamens opposite each sepal.

Because the new species has a. greater

number of stamens, a small change in

the generic description of Ochrosperma is

Accepted for publication 30 January 1995

necessary to accommodate it, as follows:

Stamens 5, one opposite each sepal, or 6-8,

with two stamens opposite some sepals.

The new combination Ochrosperma

oligomerum is made in this paper, based on

Baeckea oligomera Radlk.

Taxonomy

Ochrosperma Trudgen, Nuytsia 6(1): 11-12

(1987). Type: Ochrosperma monticola

Trudgen

Baeckea sect. Pausomyrtus Radlk., Ber.

Deutsch, Bot. Ges. 2: 264 (1884). Type:

Baeckea oligomera Radlk.

1. Ochrosperma adpressum A.R.Bean sp.

nov. affinis O. lineari a quo foltis valde

decussatis, concavo-convexis apice acuto

uncinato, floribus staminibus plus

numerosis, floribus fructibusque

gerandioribus differt. Typus: Queensland.

LEICHHARDT District: Mt Minda, Salvator

Rosa National Park, 23 September 1987,

M.B. Thomas 257 (holo: BRI),

Baeckea sp. ‘Mt Minda’ Thomas &

McDonald, Rare and Thr. Plants of Qld,

2nd ed. 36 (1989).

Shrub 50-80 cm tall. Bark rough, grey and

scaly. Leaves linear, straight, concavo-convex,

keeled on lower surface, overlapping, 2.5—7.0

388

x 0.6—1.1 mm, strongly decussate, minutely

ciliate on margins, apex acute, sometimes

uncinate; petiole 0.3-0.5 mm long. Inflores-

cences consisting of solitary flowers in the

leaf axils; peduncles 0.5—0.75 mm long; pedicels

absent; bracteoles 2, persistent, ovate,

acute, concave, c. 0.7 x 0.6 mm, in close contact

with the hypanthium. Hypanthium with 5

antesepalous ribs, obconical, 2.0—2.5 mm long.

Sepals semi-orbicular, longitudinally ridged,

translucent, 0.5-1.0 x 0.8-1.2 mm, margins

fimbriate. Corolla white, up to 8 mm diam.;

petals orbicular, 1.5—2.5 mm diam., margins

minutely fimbriate. Stamens 6-8, antesepalous,

with either 1 or 2 stamens opposite each sepal;

filaments slightly flattened, c. 1 mm long;

anthers versatile, dorsifixed, c. 0.5 mm long,

dehiscing by longitudinal slits; connective gland

0 + + -

"hs +h oa + in ‘]

mua . owt y + sore Fo gt t aoa aT =F 4, Fag ™ = ees er | + *

ree ee Pia =; Pre | + + fee ee / avila *

+ k : hat ' 4 +s Pe 47, af + ty Ft. ae 4

= yrapetrena EAS pectoral ay nauk ey ‘ia Ate te es 2p Tiare eas SEE TOE a had eh ET Pl as

ak te a ge ee epg oa ‘ +h phy ee eae. ba a + we a ei +?

pag Pater gee eg et et . ee er eee ee oo oe at cea a ft a¥

we yale gt + pe Wa ee ete ve ae tenes tana ah * bl att

# 4 + mee ."

iu Fa

a = tee

er eE eS ta sat

oe ae Pe

beh ae

er a

eneer

Chee o et

Fig. 1. Ochrosperma adpressum: A. branchiet x 8. B.

leaves and stem x 5. C. leaf, lower surface x 10. D. flower

x5. E. fruit x 5. F. seed x 20.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 387-390 (1995)

dark brown to black, globular, in diameter about

half the length of the anthers. Style terete, less

than | mm long; stigma broadly capitate. Ovary

_3-locular, ovules 2 per loculus, collateral. Fruit

shallowly convex, 1.92.3 x3.3-4.0mm, valves

somewhat woody, conspicuous, not spreading

widely on dehiscence. Seeds turgid, reniform,

papillose, c. 1.4 mm long, pale brown in colour,

with a small white aril overlying the hilum. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. MITCHELL DISTRICT:

41 km N of Torrens Creek, May 1993, Thompson HUG257

& Turpin (BRD; near Red Gorge, White Mountains N.P.,

Jun 1992, Bean 4582 (BRD; Sandstone Wall, White Moun-

tains N.P., Jun 1992, Bean 4602 (BRI). NortH KENNEDY

District: 6 km NNW of ‘Liontown’, Just Range area, Nov

1991, Thompson 402 & Robins (BRI). SourH KENNEDY

District: 49 km NNE of Jericho, Jun 1993, Thompson

JER76 & Figg (BRD; 39 km NNE of Jericho, Jul 1993,

Thompson JER139 & Figg (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Ochrosperma

adpressum is known from four widely

separated areas of central Queensland: the type

locality in Salvator Rosa N.P.; near Jericho; the

Just Range south-west of Charters ‘Towers; and

the White Mountains N.P. near Pentland (Map

1). Inall cases, it grows onsandstoneridges with

little or no soil development. Associated

species include Melaleuca uncinata R.Br.,

Eucalyptus leichhardtii F.M.Batley, Grevillea

sessilis C.T.White & Francis, Eucalyptus

trachyphloia F.Muell., Homoranthus thomas

(F.Muell.) Craven & S.R.Jones and Goodenia

racemosa F.Muell.

Phenology: Flowers have been collected in

September; fruits in November.

Affinities: Ochrosperma adpressum is related

to O. lineare, but can be readily distinguished

by its leaves with a keeled abaxial surface, acute

or uncinate leaf apex (obtuse in O. lineare),

6-8 stamens (5 in O. lineare) and the shallowly-

convex somewhat woody fruits (hemispherical

and thin-walled in O. lineare). The fruit

diameter in O. adpressum (3.3-4.0 mm) 1s

sreater than that in O. lineare (2.0-2.6 mm).

Conservation status: O. adpressum was listed

(as Baeckea sp. “Mt Minda’’), in Thomas &

McDonald (1989) with a category of IKC.

Since that time, the species has been found in

several places. Itis now known to be present in

two National Parks, and while the population at

Salvator Rosa N.P. is probably only small, the

TRAD tay bie eid at eee bee eee aes evhvlhvivheesivbensa9 oe A g

Bean, Ochrosperma

97 Lowns ville

| re |

Kilometres

) Charters Towers

Proserpineg

Hu shende

: Barcaldine

Longreach Y

Map1. Distribution of Ochrosperma adpressum O .

White Mountains population is quite extensive.

Therefore no conservation code is thought

necessary at this time.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived

from the Latin word adpressus, meaning ‘lying

flat against’, and alludes to the closely imbri-

cate leaves of this species. —

2. Ochrospermalineare(C.T.White) Trudgen,

Nuytsia 6(1): 12 (1987); Baeckea linearis

C.T.White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland

55: 65 (1944). Type: Queensland.

Moreton District. Tugun, , Sep 1940,

G.H. Barker s.n. (holo: BRD.

Additional specimens: Queensland. Port Curtis

District: Dismal swamp atea, N of Yeppoon, 22°42’S,

150°45’E, Aug 1993, Sharpe 5495 (BRI); 17 km from

Byfield on track to Five Rocks, 22°46’S, 150°46’E, Sep

1977, Powell875 & Armstrong (BRL.K,L,MEL,MO,NSW);

389

c, 14 km ENE of Byfield, 22°49’S, 150°47’E, Jul 1977,

Clarkson 1030 & Stanley (BRD; Littabella N.P., c. 40km

NW. of Bundaberg, 24°38’S, 152°03’E, Nov 1993, Bean

7010 (BRD.

Note: Thecollections detailed above extend the

known range of O. lineare as given by Trudgen

(1987).

3. Ochrosperma citriodorum (A.R.Penfold

& J.H. Willis) Trudgen, Nuytsia 6(1): 14;

Baeckea citriodora Penfold & J.H. Willis,

J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 89:

186 (1956). Type: New South Wales.

Norts Coast. Five miles [8 km] NW of

Port Macquarie, 15 May 1955, D.K.

Hammond s.n. (holo: NSW; iso: BRI).

4. Ochrosperma oligomerum (Radlk.)

A.R.Bean comb. nov.

Baeckea oligomera Radlk., Ber. Deutsch.

Bot. Ges. 2: 264 (1884). Type: New

Holland, [in 1823], Sieber 512 (holo: M!;

iso: B n.v. destroyed; G n.v., photo BRI;

W!).

Ochrosperma monticola Trudgen, Nuytsia

6(1): 15 (1987) syn. nov. Type: New

South Wales. CENTRAL TABLELANDS.

Currant Mountain Gap, 24 km by road E

of Rylstone, 10 August 1975, R. Coveny

6619 & P. Hind (holo: PERTH n.v.; iso:

K n.v., MEL!, NSW'!).

Selected specimens: New South Wales.

CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Blackheath, Oct 1900, Hamilton s.n.

(NSW); Glowworm tunnels area, before first tunnel, Wollemt

N.P., Oct 1987, Hind 5366 (CBG,MEL,NSW); end of fire

trail near Cape Horn, Ben Bullen S.F., Oct 1990, Hind 6078

(MEL,NSW); Jones Hole, 1.5 mls [2.4 km] NNE of Mt

Coricudgy, Apr 1965, McGillivray & Rodd 121 (NSW);

8.2km5 of MtBoonboura on Gospers Mtn road, Apr 1983,

Benson 1425 & Keith (NSW).

Typification: All types of Baeckea oligomera

seen by the present author bear the Sieber

number 512, but according to Radlkofer (1884),

a specimen of Hibbertia dentata R.Br. at B also

bore this number. In this instance, the number

512 was evidently mistakenly attached, and

other specimens of the Hibbertia bear the number

513.

390

Austrobaileya 4(3): 387-390 (1995)

Key to the species of Ochrosperma

The following key is adapted from Trudgen (1987)

1. Leaves linear, straight..................

Leaves elliptic to obovate, usually recurved

2. Leaves concavo-convex, adpressed; stamens 6-8. ........ 000. eee

Leaves flat, spreading; stamens5.........

O. adpressum

Pe CO et se Ae QO, lineare

3, Flowers c. 2.5 mm diameter; leaves 1.2-3.0 mm long ................. QO. citriodorum

Flowers 3.5—5.0 mm diameter; leaves 2.5—-5.5 mm long................

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Megan Thomas, discoverer of

Ochrosperma adpressum, for discussions on

the Salvator Rosa site, to Laurie Jessup for

locating and photographing types of Baeckea

oligomera, the Directors of M and W for

the loan of type specimens, the Directors of

NSW and MEL for access to their collections, to

Philip Sharpe for translating Radikofer’s

paper, to Will Smith for the illustrations and

distribution map, and to Les Pedley for the Latin

diagnosis.

QO. oligomerum

References

BENTHAM, G. (1867). Baeckea. In Flora Australiensis 3:

71-89, London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

RADLKOoFER, L.A.T. (1884). Ueber eine Leptospermee der

Sammlung von Sieber. Berichte der Deutschen

Botanischen Gesellschaft 2: 262-5.

"THOMAS, M.B. & McDona.p, W.J.F. (1989). Rare and

Threatened plants of Queensland. 2nd edition.

Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary

Industries.

TRUDGEN, M.E. (1987). Ochrosperma, a new genus of

Myrtaceae (Leptospermeae, Baeckeinae) from New

South Wales and Queensland. Nuytsia 6: 9-17.

ee a i ae _

Nomenclature and type specimens in Eustrephus R.Br. and

Geitonoplesium Hook. (Geitonoplesiaceae)

Joseph KE. Laferrieére

Summary

Laferriére, Joseph E. (1995) Nomenclature and type specimens in Eustrephus R.Br. and Geitonoplesium

Hook. (Geitonoplesiaceae), Austrobaileya 4(3): 391-399, Type specimens of specific and infraspecific

names in the genera Eustrephus and Geitonoplesium were examined. Lectotypes are designated for

Eustrephus angustifolius, E, latifolius var. brownil, E. latifolius, E. watsonianus, Geitonoplesium

cymosum, Geitonoplesium cymosum subsp. angustifolium and Luzuriaga montana. Neotypes are

designated for Spiranthera ovata and Geitonoplesium asperum, Diagrams are presented clarifying the

relationships between unorthodox infraspecific taxa proposed by J. Schlittler in 1951. No infraspecific

taxon recognised by previous authors is here maintained. Descriptions are provided for the family and for

each of its two species.

Keywords: Australia, New Guinea, Melanesia, Eustrephus, Geitonoplesium.

Joseph E. Laferriére, Biosphere 2, P.O. Box 689, Oracle AZ 85623, USA

Introduction

Eustrephus R.Br. and Geitonoplesium Hook.

have been regarded by most recent authors as

two monotypic genera. Each contains glabrous,

much-branched leafy climbers 1-5 m tall,

native to New Guinea, Melanesia, eastern

Indonesia and eastern Australia (Schlittler,

1951). Engler & Prantl (1930) included both

genera in the Liliaceae. Dahlgren & Clifford

(1982) included them in the Philesiaceae,

whereas Dahlgren et al. (1985) placed both

genera, plus Luzuriaga, Behnia and

Elachanthera, in the Luzuriagaceae, separate

from the Philesiaceae. Cronquist (1981) and

Conran & Clifford (1986) placed them in the

Smilacaceae. Morerecent cladistic and phenetic

evidence suggests that while Eustrephus and

Geitonoplesitum are closely related to each other,

they are only distantly related to Smilax,

Luzuriaga and Philesia (Conran, 1987a). Their

closestrelatives appear to bein the Phormiaceae

(Conran, 1989). Some authors have recently

placed the two in a separate family, the

Geitonoplesiaceae (Dahlgren & Rasmussen,

1983; Conran, 1987a, 1989, 1994).

The authorship of both generic names

has long been miscited. Schlittler (1951)

Accepted for publication 20 February 1995

referred tothem as “Eustrephus R.Br.ex Sims”

and “Geitonoplesium (R.Br.) A.Cunn.,” while

Conran (1987b) called them “Eustrephus R.Br.

ex Ker Gawl.” and “Geitonoplestum A.Cunn.

ex R.Br. in Hook”. Both were first published in

Curtis's Botanical Magazine. Authorship of

early articles of this journal is not readily

apparent but was discussed by Desmond (1987).

The article containing the original description

of Eustrephus was written by John Bellenden

Gawler (also known as John Bellenden Ker),

Ker-Gawler (1809) copied the name and

description verbatim from an as yet unpub-

lished manuscript by Robert Brown (1810).

Hence, Brown should receive full credit because

he wrote the description. The article containing

the original description of Gettonoplesium

was written by William J. Hooker (1832).

Hooker says the name was suggested by

Allan Cunningham. Brown’s initials appear

after the diagnosis of Geitonoplesium because

itis copied verbatim from his previously

published description of Luzuriaga (Brown,

1810). The International Code of Botanical

Nomenclature (CBN, Greuter et al. 1994)

specifies that a published name must be

accompanied either by a description or

diagnosis, or by a direct or indirect reference

toa previously published description or

diagnosis. Hooker went further than necessary

392

in copying the entire text of the published

description to which he was referring, but this

should not negate his authorship. Hence the

preferred citation is “A. Cunn. ex Hook.”

Each genus contains a single species. Both

species are highly variable, especially in leaf

morphology. Leaves of both species can vary

from narrowly linear to lanceolate or even ovate

(Conran, 1987b). As aresult, many specific and

infraspecific names have been published. Type

specimens of many of these names have long

been unknown. Others have been miscited in

the literature. I examined the known types of

most of these names, and searched for potential

lectotypes of those for which no type has been

designated.

Schlittler (1951) divided each of the two

species into several infraspecific taxa. He

divided each species into two subspecies, two

varieties, two subvarieties, two forms, and two

subforms. For E. latifolius, subspecies were

distinguished by leaf shape, varieties by

filament structure, subvarieties by number of

flowers per fascicle, forms by flower colour,

and subforms by the degree of fimbriation of the

petal margins. For G. cymosum, subspecies

were distinguished by leaf shape, varieties by

inflorescence shape, subvarieties by leaf

thickness, forms by flower colour, and subforms

by whether the stems are smooth or scabrous.

His names are validly published, as they

are accompanied by Latin diagnoses and

designations of type material. However,

Schlittler did not envision his infraspecific taxa

as being arranged hierarchically. For example,

following his descriptions there are photographs

of herbarium specimens. His Figures 66 and 67

are labelled “ Geitonoplesium cymosum subsp.

macrophyllum var. timorense, whereas Figures

68 and 69 are called “Geitonoplesitum cymosum

subsp. angustifolium var. timorense’. This 1s

despite the fact that only one description and

only one type was accorded the name

“G. cymosum var. timorense’. Schlittler’s

published specimen listings and his hand-

written notes on many specimens bear

similar unorthodox formulae.

A system such as Schlittler envisioned

might have certain advantages, but it is not

Austrobaileya 4(3): 39]~399 (1995)

consistent with the current ICBN. The type of

G. cymosum var. timorense has lanceolate

rather than narrowly linear leaves. The

Specimen bears a note in Schiittler’s hand-

writing assigning it to G. cymosum subsp.

macrophyllum. Hence, there can be no such

variety within G. cymosum subsp. angustifolium

despite his photograph to the contrary. Using

similar reasoning, I examined Schittler’s type

specimens to elucidate the true relationship of

his taxa. The taxonomic system thus created is

shown in Figures 1 and 2. Eustrephus latifolius

var. angustifolius (R.Br.) Benth. and E. latifolius

var. intercedens Domin are synonymous with

Schlittler’s FE. latifoltus subsp. angustifolius,

whereas and Luzuriaga latifolia var. uniflora

Haller f. is synonymous with E. latifolius var.

latifolius, using Schlittler’s distinguishing

characters. The type of G. cymosum forma

album contains a note in Schliittler’s handwrit-

ing indicating the specimen belonged to “var.

aff. paniculatum’’. This might either imply that

he considered the specimen intermediate

between the two varieties, or thatit belonged to

a third, unnamed variety. A few of the taxacould

not be assigned to taxa at the next higher level

because of conflicting characters.

All of Schlittler’s names are legitimate.

Noneis anomen superfluum. The ICBN defines

a nomen superfluum as a name applied to a

taxon which, as circumscribed by its original

author, includes “the holotype or all the syntypes

or the previously designated lectotype of

another name which ought to have been

adopted’. Neither £. latifolius nor G. cymosum

has a holotype or syntypes, and until present

neither has had acorrectly designated lectotype.

Thus Schlittler’s names are legitimate and might

hypothetically be revived. This is true even of

those names synonymized with autonyms in

Figures 1 and 2 because a future taxonomist

might use different characters to circumscribe

the taxa concerned.

Schlittler himself considered many of

his taxa to be clinal extremes rather than

discontinuous entities. Several of the

characters used in distinguishing Schlittler’s

taxa are affected by elevation, sunlight and

other environmental factors, or by the age of

the plant (Conran, 1987b). Sometimes material

1 SE Ad soa Dia OE Re ESE AN ge Ed eae eR eee ee eer ee Atte tec ee eeeeeeeeeee ee ates fa fa ee

Laferriére, Eustrephus and Geitonoplesium

belonging to different taxa can be found on the

same specimen (Conran, 1987b). Hence it

appears that all of Schlittler’s names should be

reduced to synonymy, and each species

regarded as a single polymorphic taxon.

Synonymy is given as follows. Lectotypes at

BM were selected by Dr. William T. Stearn.

Geitonoplesiaceae R.M.T.Dahigren ex J.G.

Conran, Telopea 6: 39. (1994)

Geitonoplesiaceae R.M.T. Dahlgren, Bot.

J. Linn. Soc. 80:98 (1980), nomen nudum.

Type: Geitonoplesium Hook.

Glabrous, hermaphroditic, perennial, much-

branched leafy climbers or subshrubs up to 5 m

tall. Stems woody below, thin and flexuous

above, green, much branched, twining, terete to

compressed. Leaves alternate, distichous, with

a prominent to obscure midrib, sessile or with a

short petiole, sometimes sheathing at the base,

lanceolate to ovate or sometimes linear; veins

numerous, parallel with few or no cross veins;

midrib prominent; spines and stipules lacking;

393

leaves reduced to scales under each branch.

Inflorescence an axillary fascicle or a loose

terminal cyme or panicle; pedicel articulate

immediately under the flower. Flowers small,

perfect, actinomorphic, campanulate,

hypogynous, often pendulous; perianth seg-

ments 6, oblong, spreading, equal in the length,

white or greenish to pink or pale violet, free

almost to the base or fused, often prolonged into

a pericladium below, nectiferous at the base;

corona absent; sepals firm, valvate in bud, shortly

hood-shaped at apex; petals flat, obtuse, slightly

imbricate, the margins thin and entire; stamens

3 + 3; filaments free or fused at the base,

hypogynous, not exceeding the pertanth; an-

thers oblong-linear, bilocular, basifixed, introrse,

sagittate at base, erect, yellow, poricidal; ovary

superior, trilocular with axile placentae; ovules

few, anatropous or campylotropous,

crassinucellate; style filiform; stigma punctate.

Fruit a berry or capsule. Seeds several, rounded

to angular-crescentic, black, shiny, sometimes

strophiolate; endosperm copious, lacking starch;

embryo linear. —

Key to the Genera

1. Flowers in axillary clusters arising from a globose to oblong cluster of

imbricate scales; petals ciliate; filaments broad, flat, fused; roots often

tuberous; fruit orange, dehiscent ... 0... 0... ccc cece eee eens Eustrephus

Flowers in terminal cymes or panicles; petal margins entire; filaments

filiform, separate; roots fibrous; fruit black, indehiscent............. Geitonoplesium

Eustrephus R. Br. in Ker Gawl., Bot. Mag. 31:

t. 1245 (1809). Luzuriaga Sect.

Eustrephus Hallierf., Nova Guinea 8: 992

(1914), nomen nudum; Luzuriaga Sect.

Eustrephus Hallier f. ex K. Krause in

Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Planzenfam. II, 15a:

380 (1930). Type: holo: Eustrephus

latifolius R.Br.

Spiranthera Raf., Flora Telluriana 4: 137

(1836), nom. illeg., non A. St.-Hil. (4823).

Type: holo: Sptranthera ovata Raf.

Small shrubs or twining climbers, 1-5 m tall.

Roots fustform, sometimes tuberous. Leaves

non-resupinate, sessile or nearly so, broadly

ovate to lanceolate or narrowly linear, 2-20 cm

long, 0.2-5.0 cm wide, firm, longitudinally

striate-nerved, with costa scarcely distinct; apex

usually acute. Inflorescence an axillary cymose

bundle with 1—6 flowers; pedicels filiform but

rigid, persistent, 5—18 mm long, with an ovate

bract at the base, these scarious and imbricate.

Flowers with perianth segments obiong, nearly ©

equal, about 6 mm long; sepals elliptical-

oblong, acute, 7—9-nerved, convex, firm, shortly

hood-shaped at the apex; petals elliptical,

thinner than sepals, flat, obtuse, bearing yellow

or pellucid markings, fimbriate; filaments short,

flat, connate at base; pollen monosulcate. Fruit

a yellow, globular or rarely pyriform fleshy

capsule 0,7—2.0 cm in diameter. Seeds 8-12,

subspherical, evenly rounded to obtusely

angled, strophiolate. 2n=18 (Stenar 1952).

394

A single species, native to eastern Australia,

Melanesia, and eastern Indonesia.

Eustrephus latifolius R. Br. in Ker Gawl., Bot.

Mag. 31: t. 1245 (1809). Luzuriaga

latifolia(R.Br.) Poir., Encyc. Suppl. 3:535

(1813); Eustrephus browniti F.Muell.,

Fragm. 7: 73 (1870), nom. illeg. Type:

Australia, New South Wales. Port Jackson,

R. Brown 5663 pro parte (lecto, here

designated: BM [photocopy! ]). [The sheet

in question contains two specimens. The

one on the lower half of the sheet is

selected as lectotype. Schlittler’s (1951)

designation of the illustration in Bot. Mag.

31, t. 1245, as lectotype is inappropriate

because it is not based on Brown’s

original material. |

Eustrephus angustifolius R.Br., Prod. 281

(1810); Luzuriaga angustifolia (R.Br.)

Poir., Encycl. Suppl. 3: 536 (1813);

Eustrephus brownti var. angustifolius

(R.Br.) Baker, J. Linn. Soc. 14:573 (1875),

nom. invalid., pro syn.; Eustrephus

latifolius var. angustifolius (R.Br.) Benth.,

Fl. Austral. 7: 18 (1878); Luzuriaga

latifolia var. angustifolia (R.Br.) Hallier

f, in H.A. Lorentz, Nova Guinea &: 993

(1914); Eustrephus latifolius subsp.

anguSstifolius (R.Br.) Schlittler, Ber.

Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 61:213 (1951). Type:

Australia, Queensland. Port Curtis DIs-

TRIcT: Shoalwater Bay, No. 46, Rk. Brown

5664 (lecto, here designated: BM [photo-

copy!]). [This supersedes Schlittler’s

neotype at Z.]

Eustrephus leucanthus Hassk., Pl. Jav. Rar.

115 (1815); Eustrephus latifolius forma

leucanthus (Hassk.) Schlittler, Ber.

Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 61: 214 (1951), Type:

Indonesia, West Java. Bogor, C.\A. Backer

31600 (neo: BO! [Schlittler, Ber. Schweiz.

Bot. Ges. 61: 214 (1951)}).

Spiranthera ovata Raf., Flora Telluriana

4: 31 (1836). Type: Australia, Queens-

land. Coox District: Daintree River,

S.F. Kajewski 1456 (neo, here designated:

A!}).

Austrobaileya 4(3): 391-399 (1995)

[Rafinesque’s original specimen, like

most of his collection, was apparently

destroyed after his death (Merrill 1949,

Stuckey 1971; F. Armstrong, PH, tn litt.).

This name is not a nomen superfluum (cf.

Conran & Clifford 1986). Rafinesque’s

description translates, in part, as “ similar

to E. latifolius but with ovate leaves’’.

This specifically excludes the lectotype of

E. latifolius because the specimen does

not have ovate leaves. The neotype here

designated matches the diagnosis. ]

Eustrephus watsonianus Miq., Linnaea 18:

84 (1844); Eustrephus latifolius subsp.

watsonianus (Miq.) Schlittler, Ber.

Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 61:213 (1951). Type:

Australia, New South Wales [fide Miquel,

loc. cit.], A. Cunningham et al. 169 (lecto,

here designated: U!). [This supersedes

schlittler’s neotype at Z.]

Eustrephus amplexifolius Schnitzi., [conogr.

famil. nat. regni. veget. | t. 55c (1849),

Type: lecto: In Iconogr. famil. nat. regni.

veget. 1 t. 55c, figs. 17-20! [Conran &

Clifford, Flora of Australia 46: 192 (1986)]

Luzuriaga latifolia var. uniflora Hallier f. n

H.A. Lorentz, Nova Guinea 8: 993 (1914);

Eustrephus latifolius subvar. untflorus

(Hallier f.) Schlittler, Ber. Schweiz. Bot.

Ges, 61: 214 (1951). Type: South New

Guinea: Koch L15 (holo: L!).

Eustrephus latifolius var. tntercedens

Domin, Bibiloth. Bot. 20(85):516 (1915).

Type: Australia, Queensland. MORETON

District: Tambourine Mt., Domin 2289

(holo: PR [photo at A!]).

Eustrephus latifolius var. intermedius

Schlittler, ibid., 214 (1951). Type: Indo-

nesia, West Java. Batavia, Weltevreden,

C\A. Backer 26448 (holo: BO!),.

Eustrephus latifolius var. browniiSchilittler,

Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 61: 214 (1951).

Type: Australia, Victoria. East Gippsland,

F.Mueller s.n. (lecto: L; iso: BO!).

[Schlittler called this specimen

“‘topotypus’” and listed E. brownti F.Muell.

as purported basionym. However, an

Laferriére, Eustrephus and Geitonoplesium

illegitimate name cannot serve as

basionym. Hence Schlittler’s name must

be ascribed to him alone. |

Eustrephus latifolius subvar. fasciculatus

Schlittler, ibid., 214 (1951). Type:

Australia, Queensland. NorTH KENNEDY

District. Rockingham’s Bay, F. Mueller

s.n. (holo: L!).

Eustrephus latifoliusformarubens Schlittler,

ibid., 214 (1951). Type: Indonesia, West

Java. Bogor, Kebun Raya Botanical

Garden, Exemplar cult. Hort. Bog. XC33a

(holo: BO!).

395

Eustrephus latifolius subformaintegerrimus

Schlittler, ibid., 214 (1951). Type: New

Caledonia, M.Pancher s.n. (holo: BO!)

Eustrephus latifolius subforma fimbriatus

Schlittler, ibid., 214 (1951). Type: Aus-

tralia, Queensland. Cook DISTRICT:

Daintree, L.J.Brass & C.T.White 326

(holo: SING [photo in Ber. Schweiz. Bot.

Ges. 61:215!], iso: BRI [photocopy!],

GH!).

Eustrephus latifolius

subsp. latifolius

(=subsp. watsonianus)

var. latifolius

(= var. brownil)

subvar. uniflorus ae

subvar. latifolius

(= subvar. fasciculatus)

forma rubens

forma latifolius

(= forma leucanthus)

subforma latifolius

(= subforma fimbriatus)

Fig, 1. Schlittler's (1951) taxonomy of Eustrephus latifolius,

var. intermedius

subsp. angustifolius

subforma integerrimus

396

Geitonoplesium A.Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag.

59: t. 3131 (1832). Luzuriaga Sect.

Geitonoplesium (Hook.) Hallier f., Nova

Guinea 8: 991 (1914), nomen nudum;

Luzuriaga Sect. Geitonoplesium (Hook. )

Hallier f. ex K. Krause in Engl. & Prantl,

Nat. Pflanzenfam. II, 15a: 379 (1930).

Calcoa Salisb., Gen. Pl. Fragm. 67 (1866),

nom. superfl. Type: lecto: Geitonoplesium

cymosum (R.Br.) Hook. [Conran &

Clifford, Fl. Australia 46: 194 (1986)|

Luzuriaga auct. non Ruiz & Pavon; R.Br.,

Prod. 281 (1810). [Cited by Engler &

Prantl (1930) and Schlittler (1951) as an

illegitimate homonym of Luzuriaga Ruiz

& Pavon, FI. Peruv. 3:65 (1802). Brown

provided a description including only his

own Australian collections, and com-

mented that it might be a separate genus.

However, he did credit Ruiz & Pavon for

the name, and made no attempt to assign

their South American species to a

different genus. Therefore, this cannot be

considered a homonym. |

Austrobaileya 4(3): 391-399 (1995)

Twining climber, 1—5 m tall. Roots fibrous.

Leaves resupinate, with a short twisted petiole,

broadly ovate to lanceolate or narrowly linear,

5—20 cm long, 0.5—5.0 cm wide, rigid, with a

prominent to obscure midrib, the apex obtuse,

acute or apiculate. Inflorescence a small, loose

terminal cyme or panicle of |-many flowers,

pedicel 0.5—3.0 cm long, with a small bract.

Flowers with perianth segments 6-8 mm long,

white, green or pink to purplish, sometimes

streaked, oblong, distinctly nerved, equal in

length, free almost to the base; pericladium

short and subattenuate or absent; sepals firm,

shortly hood-shaped at apex; petals flat, obtuse,

slightly imbricate, the margins thin and entire,

filaments filiform, separate, geniculate below

anther; pollen trichotomosulcate. Fruit a blue-

black, globular, succulent, indehiscent berry

8—15 mm in diameter. Seeds 1-10, black,

frigono-ovoid, 2n=20 (Conran 1985).

A single species, native to eastern Australia,

Melanesia, and eastern Indonesia.

Geitonoplesitum cymosum

subsp. cymosum

(= subsp. en

var. cymosum

subvar. cymosum

forma album

forma cymosum

subforma asperum

subforma cymosum

“. subvar. firmum

subsp. macrophyllum

fe >

var. timorense var. paniculatum

subvar. laxiflorum

forma rubellum

subforma glabrum

Fig. 2. Schlittler's (1951) taxonomy of Geitonoplesium cymosum

Laferriére, Eustrephus and Geitonoplesium

Geitonoplesium cymosum (R. Br.) A. Cunn.

ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 59: t. 3131 (1832).

Luzuriaga cymosa R.Br., Prod. 282

(1810). Type: Australia, New South

Wales. Port Jackson, R. Brown 5665 (ecto,

here designated: BM [photocopy!]).

[Schlittler’s (1951) choice of the

illustration in Bot. Mag. 59: t. 3131. as

lectotype is inappropriate because itis not

based on Brown’s original material].

LuzuriagamontanaR.Br., Prod. 282 (1810);

Geitonoplesium montanum (R.Br.) Hook.,

Bot. Mag. 59: sub t. 3131 (1832). Type:

Australia, New South Wales: Port Jackson,

R.Brown 5666 (ecto, here designated:

BM [photocopy!]).

Geitonoplesium asperum A.Cunn. in Hook.,

Bot. Mag. 59: sub t. 3131 (1832).

Geitonoplesium cymosum subforma

asperum (A.Cunn.) Schlittler, Ber.

Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 61:229 (1951). Type’

Papua-New Guinea. Arfak Range,

K.Gjellerup 1078 (neo, L [photo in Nova

Guinea 8, tab. 181!]; iso: BO!).

[Schlittler (1951) erroneously called this

lectotype; the specimen in question was

collected over 80 years after the original

description was published. His erroneous

lectotypification is corrected to represent

a neotypification under article 9.8 of the

ICBN. Conran & Clifford’ s (1986) desig-

nation of the illustration in Bot. Mag. 59,

t.3131 is also incorrect. The illustration in

question is obviously intended to repre-

sent G. cymosum, as evidenced by the title

of the article and by the apparently smooth

stems in the illustration. I unsuccessfully

attempted to find potential lectotype ma-

terial at K and BM. |

Eustrephus timorenstis Rid]. in H.O. Forbes,

Nat. Wand. East. Archipel., 520 (1885);

Luzuriaga timorensis (Ridl.) Hallier f. in

H.A. Lorentz, Nova Guinea 8: 992 (1914);

Geitonoplesium cymosum vat. timorense

(Ridl.) Schlittler, Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges.

61: 228 (1951). Type: Indonesia, Timor.

Turskain, H.O. Forbes 3530 (holo: K; iso:

BO!).

Luzurtaga laxiflora Hallier f. in H.A.

Lorentz, Nova Guinea 8: 991 (1914);

397

Geitonoplesium cymosum subvar.

laxiflorum (Hallier f.) Schlittler, Ber.

Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 61: 228 (1951). Type:

Papua-New Guinea. Hellwig Range, von

Roemer 932 (holo: L! [photo in Nova

Guinea 8, tab. 180!]; iso: BO!).

Luzuriaga aspericaulis Haller f. in H.A.

Lorentz, Nova Guinea 8: 991 (1914),

Type: Papua-New Guinea. Arfak Range,

K.Gjellerup 1078 (holo: L [photo in Nova

Guinea 8, tab. 181!]; iso: BO!).

Geitonoplesium cymosum — subsp.

angustifolium Schlittler, Ber. Schweiz.

Bot. Ges. 61:227 (1951). Type: Slovakia.

Bratislava, Pl. ex Herb. Trevirani, cult.

Hort. Wratislav, 1828 (ecto, here desig-

nated: L! [called “neotypus”’ by Schlittler]).

[see note under nomina excludenda, below]

Geitonoplesium cymosum — subsp.

macrophyllum Schitttler, ibid., 228 (1951).

Type: Indonesia, Maluku. Buru Island,

Toxopeus 435 (holo: L! [photo in Ber.

Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 61: 230!]; 1s0: BO!).

Geitonoplesium cymosum vat. paniculatum

Schlittler, ibid., 228 (1951). Type: Papua-

New Guinea. Wissel Lake Region,

P.J.Eyma 5393 (holo: BO! [photo in Ber.

Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 61: 231!]).

Geitonoplesitum cymosum subvar. firmum

Schlittler, ibid., 228 (1951). Type: Papua-

New Guinea. Wissel Lake Region,

P.J.Eyma 4368 (holo: BO!).

Geitonoplestum cymosum forma album

Schlittler, ibid., 229 (1951). Type:

Australia, Queensland. MoreTON Dis-

TRIcT: Springbrook, C\E.Hubbard 4236

(holo: L!).

Geitonoplesium cymosum formarubeullum

Schlittler, ibid., 229 (1951). Type:

Solomon Islands. Guadalcanal,

SF. Kajewski 2641 (holo: BO!).

Geitonoplestum cymosum subforma

glabrum Schlittler, ibid., 229 (1951).

Type: Indonesia, Sumba Island. Kanangar,

Grevenst 192 (holo: BO!).

398

Excluded names

Eustrephus celebicus (Blume) D. Dietr.,

syn. Pl. 2: 1117 (1840). [= Rhuacophila

javanica Blume]

Eustrephus javanicus (Blume) D. Dietr.,

ibid. (1840). [= Rhuacophila javanica

Blume]

Geitonoplestum angustifolium (W.Aiton)

Kk. Koch, Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol., App. 10,

1854. - Medeola angustifolia J.Mill. ex

W. Aiton, Hort. Kew. 490 (1789).

[Koch’s description is clearly based on a

narrow-leaved specimen of G. cymosum.

However, he lists two apparent synonyms:

Eustrephus angustifolius Link, Enum. PI.

Hort. Berol. 1: 340 (1821); and Medeola

angustifolia Delile in Redouté, Liliaceae

7, t. 393 (1813). Neither Link nor Delile

was attempting to describe a new species.

Link (loc. cit.) credits the name

E. angustifoltus to R. Brown (see above).

The Redouté illustration accompanying

Delile’s (loc. cit.) description appears to

be of G. cymosum, but the description

itself differs from this taxon in several

characters. Delile did not intend his de-

scription as representing a new taxon, but

as a redescription of the South African

plant M. angustifolia W. Aiton. Koch

made no attempt to assign the types of

these names to other taxa. Because Aiton’s

name is the oldest legitimate synonym

listed by Koch for his taxon, it must be

regarded as basionym. Aiton’s type must

therefore be regarded as Koch’s type.

However, when Schlittler (1951) reduced

the taxon described by Koch to the rank

of subspecies, he credited Koch with

the basionym but added “Medeola

angustifolia Redouté, ...excl. descr.” (Sic).

Thus he appeared to be including

Redouté’s illustration within the bounda-

ries of his taxon, but excluding the

material covered by Delile’s description.

Schlittler thus clearly intended to exclude

Aiton’s taxon, and the South African type

of his name, from his circumscription of

his subspecies. Schlittler also listed

Austrobaileya 4(3); 391-399 (1995)

FE. angustifolius as asynonym, but his key

places its type specimen in Eustrephus.

Schlittler’s taxon thus has a new name

attributable solely to him.]

Geitonoplesium humile Hassk., Cat. Hort.

Bot. Bogor., 31 (1844). [= Asparagus sp. ]

Geitonoplestum scandens Hassk., ibid.

(1844). [= Asparagus sp. ]

Acknowledgments

I thank W.T. Stearn, M.C. Roos, E. Wood,

J. Cowley, J. Reveal, E. Armstrong, N.K.B.

Robson, R. Vickery, Tay E.P., D. Foreman,

C, Kalkman, H.T. Clifford, R.J.F. Henderson,

G. Wagenitz, F. Jacquemond, E. Vitek,

B. Skocdopolova, and A.J.G.H. Kostermans

for advice and assistance. Special thanks to

Peter Stevens, J.F. Veldkamp, and John Conran

for patiently reviewing several previous

versions of the manuscript. I also thank the

curators of A, BM, BO, BRI, GH, L, MEL, PR,

U and Z for access to and photocopies of

specimens.

References

Brown, R. (1810). Prodromus florae Novae Hollandiae et

Insulae Van-Diemen, Richard Taylor, London.

Conran, J. G. (1987a). A phenetic study of the relation-

ships of Drymophila R.Br. within the reticulate-

veined Liltiflorae, Australian Journal of Botany 35:

283-300.

— (1987b). Variation in Eustrephus R.Br. ex Ker Gawler

and Geifonoplesium Cunn ex R.Br. (Asparagales:

Luzuriagaceae). Muelleria 6: 363-369.

—— (1989), Cladistic analyses of some net-veined Liltiflorae.

Pl. Sys, Evol, 168: 123-141.

— (1994) . The Geitonoplesiaceae Dahlgren ex Conran

(Lilliflorae: Asparagales): a new family of

monocotyledons. Telopea 6:39-41.

Conran, J.G. & Ciisrorp, H.T.. (1986). Smilacaceae, Flora

of Australia, 46: 180-195.

Cronguist, A. (1981). An integrated system of classifica-

tion of flowering plants. New York: Columbia

University Press.

DAHLGREN, R.M.T., & CiirForp, H.T. (1982). The

monocotyledons: a comparative study. Academic

Press, London.

Di ce ed a ee a le le eee ee Sa ee ete tee tiene ee eee Pr ee ee ee a?

renee Sis Pio Sg CUR RT ee TE EL eR REE ag SL DEE

Laferriére, Eustrephus and Geitonoplesium

DAHLGREN, R.M.T., CLtrrorp, H.T., & YEo, P.F. (1985).

The families of the monocotyledons: structure,

evolution, and taxonomy. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

DAHLGREN, R.M.T. & Rasmussen, F.N. (1983).

Monocotyledon evolution characters and

phylogenetic estimation. In: M.K. Heckt, B. Wallace,

& G. T, Prance (eds.), Evolutionary biology, vol.

16, pp. 255-395. Plenum, New York.

DesmMonbD, R. (1987). A celebration of flowers: two

hundred years of Curtis’s Botanical Magazine.

Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens,

EnGLer, A., & PRANTL, K. (1930). Die Naturlichen

Pflanzenfamilien, 2nd edition, vol. 15, Leipzig:

Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann.

GREUTER, W., et al. (eds.) (1994). International Code of

Botanical Nomenclature. Konigstein: Koeltz

Scientific Books.

Hooker, W. J. (1832). Geitonoplesium cymosum: cymose

Geitonoplesium, Botanical Magazine 59, t. 3131.

399

Ker-GAWLER, J. B. (1809). Eustrephus latifolius: broadest-

leaved Eustrephus. Botanical Magazine 31, t.

1245,

Merritt, BE. D, (1949). Index Rafinesquianus. Jamaica

Plain: Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University.

SCHLITTLER, J. (1951). Die Gattungen Eustrephus R.Br. ex

Sims und Geitonoplesium (R.Br.) A.Cunn.

Morphologisch-anatomische Studie mit

Berticksichtigung der systematischen,

nomenklatorischen und arealgeographischen

Verhiltnisse. Berichte der Schweizerischen

Botanischen Gesellschaft 61: 175-239. Reprint,

1951: Mittetlungen aus dem Botanischen Museum

der Universitat Zurich 189: 175-239.

STENAR, H. (1952). Notes on the embryology and anatomy

of Luzuriaga latifolia Poir. Acta Horti Bergiani

16:219-232.

STUCKEY, R. L, (1971). C. S, Rafinesque’s North American

vascular plants at the Academy of Natural Sciences

of Philadelphia. Brittonia 23: 191-208.

Taxonomic studies on the genus Hoya R.Br. (Asclepiadaceae:

Marsdenieae) in Papuasia, 7°!

Paul I. Forster, David J. Liddle & Iris M. Liddle

Summary

Forster, Paul I., Liddle, David J, & Liddle, Iris M. (1995). Taxonomic studies on the genus Hoya R.Br.

(Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) in Papuasia, 7. Austrobaileya 4(3): 401-406. The new species Hoya

onychoides P.1.Forst., D.J.Liddle & I.M.Liddle from Papua New Guinea is described andillustrated. Hoya

onychoides is compared with the closely allied H. macgillivrayi F.M.Bailey from Australia and

H. archboldiana C.Norman from Indonesia and Papua New Guinea, with a description and illustration

provided of the latter.

Keywords: Asclepiadaceae, Hoya - Australia, Papuasia, Hoya archboldtana, Hoya macgillivrayi, Hoya

onychoides.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

David J. Liddle & Iris M. Liddle, P.O. Box 794, Mareeba, Old 4880, Australia

Introduction

In this paper we continue our long-term

taxonomic studies on the genus Hoya R.Br. in

Papuasia (Forster & Liddle 1992, 1993) with

the description of a new species H. onychoides

that is allied to A. macgillivrayt F.M.Batley

from Australia and H. archboldiana C.Norman

from Indonesia and Papua New Guinea. This

trio of species appears to be closely allied to

each other and they are notable for their large

showy, predominantly red to purple flowers.

They form an apparently natural group within

the genus by virtue of their more or less

succulent, deep green, glabrous, lanceolate-

ovate to lanceolate-elliptic leaf laminas, and the

distinctive staminal corona lobes that are linear

to oblong in outline, with the outer apex blunt to

broad-ovate and slightly antrorse.

Schlechter (1913) provided a major

revision of infrageneric groups in Hoya, and

this has been recently expanded in a privately

published book by Kloppenburg (1993: see also

Forster 1994). None of the three previously

mentioned species were known to Schlechter

(1913). Hoya macgillivrayi was included in

H. section Physostelma (Wight) Blume by

Kloppenburg (1993), but that author did

not mention H. archboldiana anywhere in

his account.

Accepted for publication 20 February 1995

*“ continued from Austrobaileya 4: 51-55 (1993)

! Christensen Research Institute Contribution No. 139

The foliage and staminal coronas of

Hoya archboldiana, H. macgillivrayi and

H. onychoides are similar in some respects to

those of most species included in Hoya section

Physostelma, ‘These three species appear to

differ from plants of Hoya section Physostelma

in their more or less succulent foliage, large

red-purple flowers, and linear to oblong in

outline staminal coronal lobes with an antrorse

outer apex. In future publications we intend to

provide a revised infrageneric classification of

Hoya; however, for now it suffices to say that

the three species covered here will form a

separate group because of their uniquely shared

features.

Since the early 1980’s, all of these three

species (with various clones) have been widely

cultivated, particularly in Australia and the

U.S.A., and have usually been labelled as

H. macgillivrayi, H. megalaster Warb. or

H. archboldiana (Liddle 1988). Despite the

distinctive morphological features of the

different species, there has been widespread

confusion with respect to naming of cultivated

material, mainly resulting from misuse of the

name H. megalaster for H. onychoides (ct.

Liddle 1988; Burton 1990). Hoya megalaster

also has large red flowers (Liddle 1993), but

differs from the three species mentioned above

inits more mesophytic foliage, and much shorter

staminal coronal lobes that lack the antrorse

outer apex.

402

Materials and Methods

This paper is based on herbarium collections at

A, B, BM, BO, BSIP, CANB, CBG, K, L, LAE,

MICH, SING, NY, W and WRSL, our field

collections in Australia and Papuasia, and plants

Taxonomy

Key to species in the Hoya macgillivrayi group

1. Corolla campanulate, lobes markedly shorter than tube and < 15 mm long,

PEEIGROU ick ove: gy vec Hg WDE OE he ROL Eek EEE. He Oye eye

Corolla campanulate-rotate or rotate, lobes as long as or longer than tube

and > 15 mm long, semi-erect to incurved

2. Leaf petiole grooved on upper surface; corolla lobes strongly incurved

Austrobaileya 4(3): 401-406 (1995)

cultivated at Emerald Creek, Mareeba. De-

scriptive terminology and format is as in our

previous papers (Forster & Liddle 1992, 1993).

3. H. archboldiana

giving a ‘claw-like’ appearance to the lobe, with margins strongly reflexed

creatingafleshy protusion at the base of sinus between the corolla lobes

* ses & &© & &©& & &©& &©& &§| © & & F&F F&F F&F F&F F&F F&F & F&F & & &F & & € & &€& & &®& F&F B

* &€ &« &©§ &€ & & & # © © 2 FF 4 & & & & & F&F HF EF F

2. H. onychoides

Leaf petiole rounded on upper surface; corolla lobes weakly incurved giving

a flattened appearance to the flower, with margins weakly reflexed with

no fleshy protusion formed at the base of the sinus between the corolla lobes

s * s&s &#£ &©& © & & & & © & €& &§ & & FE FF FE FF FE F FE F&F FE F&F F&F F&F FF FE FE SB FE FE

1. Hoya macgillivrayi F.M.Bailey, Queensl.

Agric. J. n.s. 1: 190 (1914). Type:

Australia, Queensland. Cook DISTRICT:

Claudie River, Lloyd Bay, W. Macgillvray

s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ333104]).

Illustrations: Forster & Liddle (1990);

(colour) Liddle (1992).

Description, Specimens Examined etc.

Refer to Forster & Liddle (1990) and Liddle

(1992).

Distribution: Apparently restricted to Australia

in the areas of Iron Range and MclIlwraith

Range on Cape York Peninsula, Queensland.

Additional notes: Cultivated plants of

H, macgillivrayi have sometimes been

incorrectly named as H. megalaster in the

horticultural trade.

1. H. macgillivrayi

2. Hoya onychoides P.J.Forst., D.J. Liddle et

I.M. Liddlesp. nov. affinis 7. macgillivrayi

F.M.Bailey a qua corollae lobis valde

incurvatis sic florem aspectu ungui simili,

et corollae loborum marginibus valde

reflexis sic sinus base inter corollae lobos

protuberatione carnosa, et antherarum

appendicibus obovatis margine serrato

differt. Typus: cultivated at Emerald

Creek, Mareeba, Queensland (ex plant

collected Lae- Boanaroad, Morobe Prov-

ince, Papua New Guinea), Oct 1990, DJ.

Liddle IML559 (holo: BRI [2 sheets +

spirit]).

[Hoya megalaster auct. non Warb.; Liddle

(1988); Burton (1990)}

Illustrations (colour): Liddle (1988: 4);

Burton (1990: 62).

epee we eee ete lmtehadateted bce hte at pep tennnn casas nant a PSsssanananannanana nneeeeee sae saa a aa aeseneseeesenesenae cen ne nae a a ag

Fe AT

wilitidsihioidor=aoun

+S RETR an any er ance enemas ie eeaich Llane ena ha bt det allt ye

Forster et al., Hoya, 7 403

Big. 1. Hoya onychoides: A. habit of flowering stem x 0.5. B. apical view of flower x 0.5. C. apical view of calyx and ovaries

with corolla and staminal column removed x 3, D. longitudinal section of staminal column and corona x 1.5. E. pattern

of hairs at base of staminal corona x 25. F, anther appendage x 10. G. pollinarium Gnverted) x 25. Drawn from live material

of Liddle IML559, Del. D.J. Liddle.

404

Epiphytic succulent liane, latex white. Stems

up to several metres long, glabrous; internodes

up to 120 mm long and 5 mm diameter. Leaves

petiolate; lamina lanceolate-ovate, up to 120 mm

long and 55 mm wide, succulent, discolorous,

glabrous, with venation obscure; upper surface

dark green; lower surface pale green; tip acute

to shortly acuminate; base cordate; petiole 18—22

mm long, 4—5 mm diameter, grooved on upper

surface; colleters 3 or 4 at lamina base, often

coalesced. Cyme racemiform, up to 170 mm

long, positively geotropic; peduncle 80-130

mm long andc. 3 mm diameter, glabrous; bracts

triangular, 1-1.2 mm long, 1—1.2 mm wide,

glabrous. Flowers 25—27 mm long, 32-45 mm

diameter; pedicels 45-60 mm long, 1-2 mm

diameter, glabrous; sepals lanceolate-ovate to

ovate, 3.5—-5.6 mm long, 2.6-3.2 mm wide,

glabrous; corolla pink throughout or pink with

white towards centre, glabrous apart from sparse

trichomes at base of staminal column and

corona; tube 10-13 mm long, 20-30 mm

diameter; lobes triangular to lanceolate, 18—32

mm long, 15—18 mm wide, held erect giving the

lobea ‘claw-like’ appearance, margins revolute,

resulting in the sinuses between the corolla

lobes forming a sharp protusion at the base of

the lobes. Staminal corona pink, c. 17 mm long

and 11 mm diameter, inserted on column +flush

with corolla; lobes 12-13 mm long, 2—2.2 mm

wide, with inner apex lanceolate-oblong, outer

apex blunt-oblong and somewhat infolded at

base, top rounded. Staminal column c. 10 mm

long and 6 mm diameter; anther appendages

lanceolate, 2.9—3 mm long, 1.5—1.6 mm wide;

alar fissure c. 4 mm long. Style-head conical-

globose, 1.9—2 mm diameter. Pollinaria 1.85~—1.9

mm long, 1.15—-1.2 mm wide; pollinia

narrowly-oblong, 1.8—1.85 mm long, 0.5—0.52

mm wide, with pellucid germination mouth on

outer edge; corpusculum oblong, 0.7-0.75 mm

long, 0.38—0.4 mm wide; caudicles 0.4-0.45

mm long, 0.15—0.2 mm wide, winged on upper

edge. Fruit and seed not seen. Fig. 1.

Other specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. MILNE

Bay Province: Fife Bay, Sep 1930, Turner 104A & B

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Known from Milne

Bay and Morobe Provinces in Papua New

Guinea. The habitat where this species occurs

naturally is not known.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 401-406 (1995)

Notes: The name Hoya megalaster Warb. has

been used for this species by Liddle (1988) and

Burton (1990). Hoya onychoides has been

confused by Hoya cultivators with several other

species of Hoya, including the unrelated

7, subcalva Burk. from the Solomon Islands

(Burton 1990).

Etymology: The specific epithetis derived from

the Greek, onyx (claw) and -oides (similar) and

alludes to the ‘claw-like’ appearance of the

corolla lobes.

3. Hoya archboldiana C.Norman, Brittonia 2:

328 (1937). Type: PapuA NEw GUINEA.

CENTRAL PROVINCE: Rona, Laloki River, 3

Nov 1933, L./. Brass 3621 (holo: NY).

Hoya sp. ABG-41-48 (Burton 1994),

Illustration (colour): Burton (1994: 48).

Epiphytic succulent liane to several metres long;

latex white. Stems cylindrical, glabrous when

young becoming corky with age; internodes

up to 200 mm long and 5 mm diameter. Leaves

petiolate; lamina lanceolate-ovate to

lanceolate-elliptic, up to 160 mm long and 70

mm wide, + succulent, discolorous, glabrous,

with venation obscure on both surfaces; upper

surface dark glossy green; lower surface pale

green; tip acute; base cordate; petiole grooved

on upper surface, 14-20 mm long, c. 4 mm

diameter, glabrous; colleters 4 at lamina base.

Cyme racemiform, up to 100 mm long,

positively geotropic; peduncle 25—30 mm long,

c. 3 mm diameter, glabrous, lenticellate with

age; bracts triangular, 0.9-1 mm long, 0.9-1

mm wide, glabrous. Flowers 18—20 mm long,

40-47 mm diameter; pedicels 45—55 mm long,

1.8—2 mm diameter, glabrous. Sepals lanceo-

late-ovate, 3-4.5 mm long, 44.1 mm wide,

glabrous. Corolla campanulate, pink to pink

with white, glabrous; tube 23—25 mm long,

28-30 mm diameter; lobes triangular, 13~-14

mm long, 18-19 mm wide, reflexed, with

margins revolute. Staminal corona pink, 10—11

mm long, 17-18 mm diameter, inserted on

column +flush with corolla; lobes 2.5—2.7 mm

long, 3.5-3.6 mm wide at base, inner apex

lanceolate-oblong, confluent but not fused with

corolla for most of length with the outer apex

upturned and infolded with the upturned part

Forster et al., Hoya, 7 405

Fig. 2. Hoya archboldiana: A. habit of flowering stem x 0.5. B. apical view of flower x 0.5, C. lateral view of flower x 0.5.

D. lateral view of flower with corolla partially removed to show corona x 0.5. E. longitudinal section of staminal column

and corona X 1.5, F. anther appendage x 10. G., pollinarium (inverted) x 25. Drawn from live material of Liddle IML560.

Del. D.J. Liddle.

406

2.5—2.7 mm long, top rounded. Staminal col-

umn c. 8 mm long and 6 mm diameter; anther

appendages lanceolate, c. 2 mm long and 1.5

mm wide; alar fissure c. 3.5 mm long. Style-

head depressed-globose, 2.6-—3 mm diameter.

Pollinaria 1.9-2 mm long, 1.15—1.2 mm wide;

pollinia narrowly-oblong, 1.56—1.65 mm long,

0,44—0.45 mm wide, with pellucid germination

mouth on outer edge; corpusculum ovoid,

0.70.77 mm long, 0.38—0.4 mm wide; caudicles

0.38—0.4 mm long, 0.13—0.3 mm wide, winged

on upper edge. Fruit and seed not seen. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined: Indonesia. Aru Islands. Wokam,

May 1938, Buwalda 5052 (BO). Papua New Guinea.

WESTERN PROVINCE: Oriomo River, 8°50’S, 143°00’E, Apr

1968, Millar NGF35498 (LAE), CENTRAL PROVINCE: Sogeri,

Siimumu Dam, Sep 1971, Millar & Womersley 1282

(LAE, L); Brown River Logging road, 9°15’S, 147°20°E,

Aug 1970, Millar NGF48617 (LAE, L); Mori River, Cape

Rodney, LO°0S’S, 148°27’E, Jun 1968, Henty NGF38598

(LAE); NorTHERN Province: Idua - Haijo Logging Area, 3

km NE of Hohota village, 8°45’S, 148°15’E, Oct 1975,

Wiakabu & Kairo LAE70276 (LAE, L). Cultivated.

cultivated at Emerald Creek, Mareeba, Australia (ex plant

collected at Cape Rodney, Central Province, Papua New

Guinea), Oct 1990, Liddle IML560 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Hoya archboldiana

appears to be the most widely distributed

species of the group with collections from the

Aru Islands in Indonesia, and Western, Central

and Northern Provinces in southern Papua New

Guinea. Plants grow as canopy epiphytes in

lowland rainforests below 600 m alt.

Notes: Hoyaarchboldiana\s distinctive within

this trio of species in the possession of

campanulate flowers with the reflexed corolla

lobes shorter than the tube. Norman (1937) did

not ally H. archboldiana to any species and

merely made the comment ‘The large shiny

leaves, large flowers and corona seem very

distinct and unlike any other species’.

Burton (1994) discussed two forms of this

species where there are some minor differences

in the length of the staminal coronal lobes and

speculated that one of them (as Hoya sp. ABG-

41-48) may represent H. patella Schltr. Hoya

patella 1s a distinctive, much smaller flowered

species with mesophytic, densely pubescent

foliage and with a staminal corona typical of

other taxa in Hoya section Physostelma.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 401-406 (1995)

Acknowledgements

L.A. Craven (CANB) kindly provided the Latin

translation. The Directors/Curators of the cited

herbaria allowed access to collections in their

care, either on loan or during visits to their

institutions.

References

Burton, C.M. (1990). Hoya purpurea Blume. The Hoyan

11: 62-64.

(1994), ABG-41-48. The Hoyan 15: 47-48.

Forster, P.I. (1994). Notes on some recently named and

unnamed taxa of Hoya (Asclepiadaceae). Asklepios

61: 20.

Forster, P.J. & LippLe, DJ. (1990). Hoya R. Br.

(Asclepiadaceae) in Australia - an alternative clas-

sification. Austrobaileya 3: 217-234.

(1992), Taxonomic studies on the genus Hoya R.

Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Papuasia, 1-5. Austrobaileya

3: 627-641.

(1993). Taxonomic studies on the genus Hoya R.

Br. (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdeniceac) in Papuasia, 6.

Austrobaileya 4: 51-55.

KLOPPENBURG, D. (1993). Hoya sections: a complete study

with modifications and additions. Fresno: D.

Kloppenburg.

Liwv.e, D.J. (1988). Hoya macgillivrayi Bailey and Hoya

mepgadlaster Warburg, a comparative study. The

Hoyan 10: 2-4.

—————ee (1992). Hoya macgillivrayi F.M. Bailey. The

Hoyan 13, Part 2: 14-16.

(1993). Hoya megalaster Warburg. The Hoyan

15, Part 2: 3.

Norman, C. (1937). Botanical results of the Archbold

Expedition No. 10. New Papuan Asclepiadaceae.

Brittonia 2: 328.

SCHLECHTER, R, (1913), Die Asclepiadaceen von Deutsch-

Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbiicher fiir Systematik,

Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 50:

81-164.

A new species and a new record for Astrotricha DC.

(Araliaceae) in Queensland

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (1995). A new species and a new record for Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in Queensland.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 407-409. Astretricha pauciflora A.R.Bean, a new species from Mount Barney

National Park is described, illustrated and compared to related species. Astrotricha roddii Makinson is

newly recorded for Queensland.

Keywords: Astrotricha-Queensland, Astrotricha pauciflora, Astrotricha roddii, Araliaceae.

A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, 4068, Australia

Introduction

Recent taxonomic research on Astrotricha

(Bean 1991; Makinson 1991) has resulted in

the naming of several new species 1n eastern

Australia.

The species named here as A. pauciflora

was discovered by C.T. White in 1931 and

identified by him as A. biddulphiana F.Muell.,

a reasonable course of action in view of

the paucity of fertile material available to

him. Recent collections representing a wide

range of material have shown that this taxon

is distinct from A. biddulphiana in several

features, as outlined below. Continuing

botanical exploration of Queensland has

uncovered a population of A. rodadit, hitherto

known only from New South Wales, as detailed

below.

Taxonomy

Astrotricha pauciflora A.R.Bean sp. nov.

affinis A. biddulphianae F.Muell. sed

inflorescentia multo breviore, umbellarum

floribus paucioribus parvioribus et

fructibus viridibus differt. Typus: Queens-

land. MoRETON R&GION: North Ridge, Mt

Barney National Park, 16 July 1994, ALR.

Bean 1734 & D.A. Halford (holo: BRI;

iso: CANB,K,MEL,NSW),.

A bushy, well-branched shrub, to 90 cm high.

Bark smooth, lenticels conspicuous. Stems,

Accepted for publication 12 May 1995

petioles and abaxial surfaces of leaves stellate-

pubescent, with individual hairs c. 0.25 mm

across. Leaves alternate, linear, 35-60 x 2.2—3.5

mm, acuminate, dark green adaxially, pale

yellow to brownish abaxially, midrib impressed

adaxially, raised abaxially; petioles terete, 3-4

mm long. Panicles terminal, 3-9 cm long,

glabrous, purplein colour; bracts linear, 1.5—2.5

mm long, with afew stellate hairs. Unit inflores-

cence umbellate, 2~4(—5)-flowered; peduncles

and pedicels slender, pedicels 5-8 mm long.

Flowers bisexual, protandrous, 44.5 mm across.

Hypanthium glabrous, 1.5~2.0 mm long at

anthesis, campanulate; calyx teeth deltoid, apex

acute or obtuse, c. 0.5 x 0.5 mm. Petals 5,

deltoid, 1.4-1.6 x 1.0-1.2 mm, purple,

acuminate, caducous; stamens 5, purple, alter-

nating with the petals; filaments terete, c. 1.5

mm long; anthers white, c. 1.3 mm long,

versatile, dorsifixed, opening by longitudinal

slits. Styles 2, 1.8-2 mm long; at first erect, later

spreading from base. Fruit a schizocarp,

glabrous, elliptical in transverse section, 6-9.5

mm long, 3-4 mm wide, 2-3 mm thick; 2-

locular, splitting at maturity; obovoid except for

basal 1-3 mm which ts narrow, cylindrical;

green except for persistent calyx teeth and styles.

Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Moreton

District: Mount Barney, Aug 1931, White 7827 (BRI);

northern slopes of Mt Maroon, May 1990, Bean 1602,

Forster & Bird (AD,BRI,CANB,K,MEL,NSW); South

ridge, Mt Barney, Sep 1994, Bean 7856 & Forster

(BRI,MEL).

408

Distribution and habitat: A. pauciflora 1s ap-

parently confined to Mt Barney and Mt Maroon

in Queensland, both close to the Queensiand-

New South Wales border. It grows in rocky

crevices in low eucalypt woodland or heathland,

at altitudes above 600 metres. The estimated

annual rainfall there is 1500 mm.

Flowering period: Flowers have been collected

in May, July and August.

Affinites: A. pauciflora is closely related to

A. biddulphiana F. Muell. but it differs from

With |

Austrobaileya 4(3): 407-409 (1995)

that in its leaves 2.2—3.5 mm wide (3.5—7 mm

for A. biddulphiana), petioles 3-4 mm long

(4-6 mm long), inflorescences only 3-9 cm

long (16-30 cm long), pedicels 5-8 mm long

(8-13 mm long), 2—4(5) flowers per umbel

(4-8(11) flowers), petals 1.4-1.6 mm long

(2.0—2.2 mm long) and green fruits (purple). In

A. pauciflora, the base of the fruit tapers gradu-

ally into the pedicel, whereas in A. biddulphiana,

it contracts abruptly into the pedicel.

A. biddulphiana has a broad, but highly

disjunct distribution in southern Queensland.

rh,

Pah

Fig. 1. Astrotricha pauciflora. A. fruiting branchlet x 2. B. adaxial surface of leaf x 4. C. flower x 8. D. fruitx 4. All

from Bean 7734.

eee AL nS DE SASL SSH HICKS a EE eee aR eee e eis Sete eee 7!

IRR ee fc el a i ay

Bean, Astrotricha

The northernmost record of it is from Lake

Elphinstone near Nebo, and its southern limit is

in the Mundubbera and Chinchilla areas. All

occurrences are 100-400 kilometres from the

coast, where the annual rainfall is less than 800

mim.

Conservation Status: A. pauciflora 1s a rare

plant but it is totally confined to Mount

Barney National Park. There are no apparent

threats to its continued survival. Therefore, a

conservation coding of 2RC is recommended,

according to the criteria of Briggs & Leigh

(1988).

The recommended conservation status

as defined by the Queensland Nature

Conservation Act 1s rare.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the

few-flowered inflorescences of this species,

compared to those of its nearest relative

A. biddulphiana.

Astrotricha roddii Makinson, Telopea 4(2):

313-6 (1991). Type: New South Wales.

NortTH WESTERN SLopES. Macintyre Falls,

3 km S of junction of Macintyre and

Severn Rivers, 23 November 1984,

A.N. Rodd 4096 (holo: NSW; 1so:

BRI,MEL).

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. DARLING

Downs Disrrict: western end of Mt Bullaganang, c. 40 km

NEof Texas, Oct 1994, Bean 7987 (BRI,CANB); ‘Atholbar’

station, Mt Bullaganang, Nov 1994, Sparshott KMS 494 &

Grimshaw (BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW).

A409

Note: These specimens provide the first defi-

nite record of Astrotricha roddii in Queensland.

A. roddii was described by Makinson (1991)

and was considered at that time to be endemic to

New South Wales, though the author did cite a

specimen collected last century by Lau (MEL

119649), which could have originated from

Queensland. It was previously known from four

small populations in northern New South Wales

(J. Benson, pers. comm.). The Queensland

population occurs on a granitic mountain where

it grows on skeletal soil in association with

Eucalyptus dealbata Schauer, Leptospermum

brevipes F.Muell. and Callitris glaucophylla

J.Thomps. & L.A.S.Johnson. Individual plants

are scattered but this population comprises at

least 100 plants.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Les Pedley for the Latin

diagnosis, to Will Smith for the illustrations,

and Kym Sparshott for collection of specimens,

References

Bean, A.R. (1991). Notes on Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae)

in Queensland. Austrobaileya 3: 523-8.

Brices, J.D. & Leitch, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Makinson, R.O. (1991). Two new species of Astrotricha

(Araliaceae) from New South Wales. Telopea 4:

313-9,

oR ECE ET AS A Bg

Gouania exilis (Rhamnaceae), a new species from northern

Australia and Papua New Guinea, with notes on the identity of

Gouania hilltt F.Muell.

K. R. Thiele and J. G. West

Summary

Thiele, K. R. & West, J.G. 1994). Gouania exilis, anew species from northern Australia and Papua New

Guinea, with notes on the identity of Gouania hillii F Muell. Austrobaileya 4 (3): 411-416. Examination

of herbarium material of Gouania in Australia indicates that G. hillii F.Muell. is synonymous with G.

australiana F.Muell. A taxon which occurs on northern Cape York Peninsula (Australia) and in Papua

New Guinea, which was previously referred to G, hiflii, is here described as Gouania exilis K.R.Thiele

Sp. nov.

Keywords: Rhamnaceae, Gouania - Australia, Gouanta hillui, Gouania exilits.

K. R. Thiele & J.G.West, Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research,

CSIRO, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT, 2601, Australia

Introduction

Two species of Gouania Jacq., G. australiana

F.Muell. and G. Aillit F.Muell., are currently

known from north Queensland, Australia. The

name G. hillii has generally been applied to

plants collected from the MclIlwraith Range-

Iron Range-Pascoe River area of Cape York,

while G. australiana has been used for

plants from further south, in the Cairns region.

However, examination of types for a treatment

of Rhamnaceae for the Flora of Australia has

shown that this usage is incorrect.

The identity of Gouania hilli F.Muell.

Mueller (1874) described Gouania hillti from

material collected near the Daintree River in

north Queensland by Walter Hill. The holotype,

held at MEL, comprises a branch tip with

numerous mature fruits and a single leaf, and 1s

annotated “99/Small tree/Daintree River/

Gouania hillu F.v.M.”. The protologue (/.c.)

runs (our translation):

Tree, young branches and petioles dark-brown

tomentose, leaves ovate- or cordate-orbicular but

with slightly acute apices, quite entire, glabrous

above, sparsely pilose below, racemes spiciform in

a terminal panicle, fruits small, glabrous, one and

a half times broader than long or less.

Accepted for publication 29 May 1995

Near the Daintree River; Walt. Hill.

Small tree by the notes of the collector. Leaves with

moderately long petioles, herbaceous rather than

coriaceous, costate withnerves conspicuously raised

below, 2-3” long, 142-2” broad. Stipules caducous.

Curled tips absent from the single available branch.

Flowers seen only in a very withered state. Fruiting

spikes semipedate or shorter. Cocci, including the

wings, about 2 lines broad.

Basily separated from the other Australian species

thus far collected (see Fragm. iv. 144) on account of

its leaves with longer petioles, much more glabrous,

thicker and more strongly nerved, and by the clus-

ters on the spikes being shortly pedunculate. Fruit

very similar in size and shape to G. fomentosa.

G. javanica (Miq. Flor. Ind. Batav. 1. 649) differs in

its leaves that are dentate along their entire length.

Mueller compared his new species

with three others, viz G. australiana (1.e. the

species he previously described from Australia

in Fragmenta 4), G. tomentosa Jacq. and

G. javanica Miq. Gouania tomentosa 1s

conspecific with G. polygama (Jacq.) Urban, a

species from central America and the West

Indies (Suessenguth 1953). The noted

similarity in size and shape of the fruits of

these two species is probably not indicative of

close relationship since many Gouania species

have relatively similar fruit. The comparison

with the south-east Asian species G. javanica 18

412

somewhat misleading, since the leaf on the Hill

specimen is not, in fact, quite entire as Mueller

described it but has a number of minute teeth

towards the leaf apex, and leaves of G. javanica

are not always dentate along their entire length

but are usually entire-margined towards the leaf

base. Gouania javanica differs from the type of

G, hillit in its much larger, darker fruits, sparser

flower-clusters on the inflorescence axes and

smaller, more distinctly toothed leaves.

The comparison with Mueller’s previously

described Australian species, G. australiana, is

more important. The single leaf on the Hill

specimen does indeed have a slightly longer

petiole and is somewhat thicker, less densely

hairy and more strongly nerved (“folia longis

petiolata multo glabriora crassiora et validius

nervosa’) than does other material of

G. australiana that would have been available

to Mueller; however, these are well within the

range of variation for G. australiana based on

the wider sample now available (Table 1).

There are discernible differences in the lengths

of the peduncles of the fruit-clusters between

the Hull specimen and material of G. australiana;

however, since the Hill specimen is fruiting and

Mueller’s type material of G. australiana is

flowering, the comparison is not valid anyway.

The specimen ts identical in all other respects to

G. australiana.

The reference on the label of the Hill

specimen to the plant being a tree is puzzling,

since all Australian and south-east Asian

species of Gouantia are robust lianes climbing

high into the rainforest canopy by tightly curled

stem-tips. Mueller himself appears to have

doubted Hill on this point since, although he

refers to G. fitlii in the diagnosis as a tree, in his

notes he purposely ascribes this to Hill (‘Arbor

é notis inventoris minor’) and notes the absence

of curled, climbing shoot-tips from the avail-

able material (’Cirriin ramulo unico suppetente

nullr’),

Thus, all characters by which Gouania

hillit is supposed to differ from G. australiana

are weak or erroneous, and the types of the two

names match well. Gouania hillii is reduced

here to a synonym of G. australiana:

Austrobaileya 4(3): 411-416 (1995)

Gouania australiana F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 144

(1864). Typus: Queensland. Coox

District: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy

(holo: MEL).

G, hilltt F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 163 (1874).

Typus: Queensland. Cook District:

Daintree River, W. Hill (holo: MEL), syn.

noy.,

The identity of Gouania ‘hillti’ auct. non

H.Muell.

While the type of G. Aillii was collected from

near the Daintree River, c.80 km north of

the nearest known extant population of

G. australiana, specimens of the taxon that

has subsequently been ascribed to G. Aillii all

come from the Iron Range-MclIlwraith Range-

Pascoe River area, some 400 km further north

(and from southern Papua New Guinea in the

Port Moresby district; Fig. 2). These clearly

constitute a distinct, geographically disjunct

species, differing from G. australiana in leaf,

inflorescence, fruit and seed characters (Fig 1;

Table 1).

Nine species of Gouania occur in south-

east Asia and Malesia (see Suessenguth 1953,

Lauterbach 1922). Of these, two species

(G. microcarpa DC. and G. leptostachya DC.)

occur in Papua New Guinea; these are also the

two most widely-distributed species of the

genus in the region, being found in south-east

Asia and eastern India.

Lauterbach (1922), in a footnote to a key

to the Australasian species of Gouania, noted

that G. Ailliti appeared to be very similar to

G. microcarpa, but that he had before him only

fragments of fruit of G. hillit. However, the Iron

Range-~-Mcllwraith Range plants clearly differ

from G. microcarpa: in the former the disk

margin forms attenuate processes adjacent to

the sepals, and the fruit is almost as long as

broad, while in G. microcarpa the disk has

short, broad, emarginate lobes adjacent to the

sepals, and the fruit pyrenes are much broader

than long so that the whole fruit is propeller-

shaped.

Examination of material of G. lepto-

stachya DC. at BM, CANB and K, and of a

microfiche photograph at AD of the type

suggests that the Cape York taxon is closely

413

lis

{anid ext

Thiele & West, Got

anf

4 i

- .

t *

, * r

cy F

+, **

Lg af s

i ee a ee ee ee eo a

*, Oye Me | Fat

4 wr de * +

* «| fF .

‘ + ” a "

* Pe a i 4

t + i ~

ate Hy ? at

he gt *

” 4 wre me Te +

of + «1 8 -

™ - * WW -

FSC HRE EERE EH

Fe,

fri

Mala arys

FELT It aes

& + Hr rr *

* - oo a ha bts

+ « = i Py) a i

4, fo EE nen tcl ed eo.

Fe tae be 4

¥ . a

+, * 4” . * rs

‘=

1 +

*e, 2

iy -

~~ +_2!

tse

Fertesit

ee eo ed

Ll ” ! a

} yoo

” Pe mh

fn ee}

. hh me ew

her +) ep me sa” i

+ "en, om. tee gat s

' , tal eee atet Lani) + :

», 4, .

“em

= x

= = + Hey rt

et i

ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee oe ee ee ey

Fe pete ee eR a a a te ea de Pe ee EE ee ¥

i en eee eee ee 2 2 2 2

A. habit x 0.5. B. infructescence x 0.5. C. half-flower x 10, D. fruit and seed x 2.5. E-F

E, fruit and seed x 2.5. F. half-flower x 10. A from Brass 19192 (CANB)

Fig. 1. A-D - Gouania exil

B,D from /rvine 280

- Gouania australiana

; F from Hyland 7244 (CANB).

E sans coll. (BRI [AQ1095411)

C from Hyland 14823 (QRS);

(BRI)

414

Austrobaileya 4(3): 411-416 (1995)

Table 1. Diagnostic characters of Australian Gouania.

Characters\Taxa

leaves

leaf adaxial surface

leaf abaxial lacunae

leaves - length (mm)

- width (mm)

petiole length (mm)

lateral nerve widths (mm)}

lateral nerve indumentum

pseudoracemes

pedicels in fruit (mm)

pyrenes

pyrene body length (mm)

inner face of pyrene

seed length (mm)

related to that species.

G. australiana

thick, dark green

scattered to dense

tubercles

raised, verrucose

(52—)60—-95(—120)

(30—)50—-80(-90)

10-20

2.0—3.0

sparsely to densely

hirsute

ageregated at branch-

ends

0.5—-1.4

broader than long

2.6-4.0

thin, membranous

1.7-1.9

They share slender

Type of G, Aillii

thick, dark green

scattered tubercles

raised, verrucose

(leaf fragmentary,

not measurable)

c. 18

c. 2.5

densely hirsute

ageregated at branch-

ends

0.8—1.3

broader than long

3.54.0

thin, membranous

c. 1.8

G. extlis

thin, light green

smooth

(30-)55—70(—90)

(15~)35-55(—60)

(4—)6—12(—18)

1.0-1.5

sparsely to densely

hirsute

single, axillary

2.0-3.3

aboutas long as broad

5.5—-8.2

thick, chartaceous

2.2—2,/

will be uncertain. However, the Cape York

inflorescence axes which tend to be single in the

upper axils (rather than having stout axes aggre-

gated towards the branch-ends, as in most other

species in the region), a disk with attenuate

processes and relatively large fruits that are

longer than broad and have chartaceous adaxial

faces to the pyrenes. However, G. leptostachya

differs from the Cape York taxon in having

leaves which are regularly finely crenate (rather

than largely entire with a few small, thick teeth

at the base and apex), and larger fruits and seeds.

Gouania in south-east Asia is in great

need of revision, and most collections of its

species in all herbaria examined are not

determined to species level. Until a complete

revision of Gouania in the region is prepared,

the limits and degree of variability of its species

taxon is Clearly distinct from all other described

species. It is therefore described as a new

species, Gouania exilis K.Thiele.

Gouania exilis K. Thiele, sp. nov. Gouaniae

leptostachyae DC. similis sed foliis

plerumque integris, ad basin et apicem

dentibus paucis crassis parvisque,

fructibus minoribus (5.5—8.2 mm longis)

et seminibus minoribus (2.2—2.7 mm

longis) differt. 'ypus: Australia. Queens-

land. Cook District: Iron Range, 15 June

1948, LJ. Brass 19192 (holo: CANB; iso:

BRI).

Evergreen liane, climbing by curled, tendril-

like shoot-tips; stems, inflorescence axes

and flowers pubescent or pilose with sparse to

Thiele & West, Gouania exilis 415

140°E 142° 144° 146° 148° 150°E

PNG "

8°S b> B°

a | :

rT PN e ; wars

‘ : Por Moresby ¥ “d I,

10° % 10°

&& = a Bien tu

| ba 12°

2 on

kK Portland Roads

“ Gouania exilis

14° Coen * * r 14°

Type locality for G. hillii

16° y | 16°

Vn |

QLD o Caims

A’ >

of Innisfail

18°S 18°

_ }40° 142° 144° 146° 148° 150°

Fig. 2. Distribution of Gouania australiana and G. exilis.

dense, straight or flexuose, loosely appressed

or spreading, rusty, simple hairs. Leaves alter-

nate; lamina + concolorous or somewhat

discolorous, ovate, (30--)55—/0(—90) mm long,

(15—)35—50(-60) mm wide; margin largely

entire but usually with afew small, thick teeth at

the base and towards the apex; base symmetric,

cordate; apex acute, obtuse or acutely to

obtusely acuminate; venation penninerved,

the primary veins clearly visible below,

diverging from the midrib at 35-60°; fully

mature leaves sparsely pilose or pubescent

abaxially; glabrous or sparsely pubescent or

pilose adaxially; petiole (4—)6-12(-18) mm

long; stipules 2—5.5 mm long, caducous,

coriaceous to scarious, narrowly triangular,

acute, free, entire, abaxially sparsely pilose,

adaxially glabrous. Inflorescences solitary in

the upper leaf-axils, comprising 3- to many-

flowered contracted cymes (appearing as

congested clusters) arranged in little~-branched

elongate pseudoracemes; bracts caducous.

Flowers bisexual, 5-partite; pedicels 0.9-2 mm

long; hypanthium cup-shaped, 1.4—2.5 mm

diameter; sepals 0.75-1.4 mm long, erect to

incurved, persistent on fruits; petals 0.75—-1 mm

long, cucullate, not clawed; stamens subequal

to petals, incurved; anther 0.4—0.5 mm long;

disk conspicuous, lining the hypanthium

tube, smooth, glabrous, the margin with short,

linear lobes adjacent to the sepals; ovary

inferior, 3-carpellate. Fruit a pale brown

416

ellipsoid or globular schizocarp, 5.5—8.2 mm

long with lateral wings 2—3.5 mm wide, crowned

by the persistent sepals. Seed 2.2—2.7 mm long,

uniformly dark brown. Fig. 1, A—D.

Additional specimens examined: Papua New Guinea:

Kanosia, Apr 1935, Carr 11754 (CANB [CANB61663});

Rouna, Jun 1935, Carr 12481 (CANB [CANB44425]);

Tovobada Hills, 12 miles N of Port Moresby, May 1965,

Heyligers 1192 (CANB [CANB155487]); Tavai Creek

area, c. 46 miles SE of Port Moresby, May 1967, Pullen

6888 (CANB [CANB169121]); Brown River Forest

Reserve, Jun 1960, Gray & Thorne [NGF12893] (CANB

[(CANB98804]). Australia, Queensland. Coox District:

Pascoe River - Talus Ridge, Jul 1972, Irvine 280 (BRI

[AQ109542]); West Claudie River, Jun 1972, Hyland 6187

(CANB [CANB242543}); Claudie River between Portland

Roads and Iron Range, Oct 1968, Webb & Tracey 8532

(BRI [AQ3076]); Claudie River, Jun 1993, Hyland 14823

(QRS [QRS101980]); Rocky River on the eastern foothills

of Mcliwraith Range, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9519 (BRI

[AQ109544}).

Distribution and habitat: occurs in Papua New

Guinea north of Port Moresby and in north

Queensland, Australia, between the Pascoe River

(Mron Range) and Rocky River (Mcllwraith

Range) (Fig. 2), in rainforests and vine forests

on the lower slopes of the ranges, at 20-150 m

altitude. Flowers in April-June; fruits in June-

October.

Conservation status: This species, as G. hillii,

has been assigned aconservation status of 3R by

Briggs and Leigh (1989) and Thomas and

MacDonald (1989). This should be amended to

3R+ since it is now known to occur outside

Australia.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 411-416 (1995)

Derivation of name: from Latin exilis (thin,

slender, meagre), in reference to the sparse,

slender inflorescences.

Acknowledgements

We thank Jan Brooker, Tony Orchard and

Douglas Kelly for help with the Latin

translations and the directors of BRI, MEL and

QRS for the loan of material; Bernie Hyland

(QRS) first pointed out to us that typification of

G, hillit was problematical. This work was

undertaken with support from the Australian

Biological Resources Study (ABRS).

References

Brices, J.D. & Letcu, J.H. (1989). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. Revised edition. Canberra:

Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service.

LAUTERBACH, C, (1922). Rhamnaceen Papuasiens. Bot. _

Jahrb. Syst. 37: 335-340.

Muster, F. (1874). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae

8: 163-4. Melbourne: Government Printer.

SUESSENGUTH, K. (1953), Rhamnaceae, in A. Engler &

K. Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 20d: 7-173. Berlin:

Duncker & Humblot.

THOMAS, M.B. & McDonaLp, W.J.F. (1989). Rare and

Threatened Plants of Queensland, 2nd edition.

Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary

Industries.

Dobe Secale ane een Wate age A NS -

sida pion Becerra iia Le ee SE 28 VES AE

eres

A taxonomic revision of Calycopeplus Planch. (Euphorbiaceae)

Paul 1. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1995). A taxonomic revision of Calycopeplus Planch. (Euphorbiaceae). Austrobaileya

4(3): 417-428. The endemic Australian genus Calycopeplus Planch. is revised. Five species are

recognised, C. casuarinoides L.S.Sm., C. collinus P.1.Forst. sp. nov., C. oltgandrus P.1.Forst. sp. nov.,

C. paucifolius (Klotzsch) Baill. and C. marginatus Benth. All species are described and illustrated and

notes are provided on their distribution, habitat, typification and conservation status.

Keywords: Euphorbiaceae, Calycopeplus casuarinoides, Calycopeplus collinus, Calycopeplus oligandrus,

Calycopeplus paucifolius, Calycopeplus marginatus.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Calycopeplus was described by

Planchon (1861) with the single species

C. ephedroides Planch. from south-western

Western Australia. Boisser (1862) united the

then monotypic genus with the pantropical

Euphorbia L. as E. section Calycopeplus

(Planch.) Boiss.; however, Baillon (1866) and

later Bentham (1873) supported acceptance of

Calycopeplus as a distinct genus. Bentham

(1873) added a second species, C. marginatus

Benth. from south-western Western Australia,

but no further research on the genus occurred

until Smith (1969) described C. casuarinoides

L.S.Sm. from north Queensland. This latter

name has been applied to plants that occurred

both in north Queensland and also in tropical

areas of the Northern Territory and Western

Australia (Hassall 1977; Lazarides et al. 1988;

Dunlop 1989; Wheeler 1992).

C. ephedroides was considered

conspecific with Euphorbia paucifolius

Klotzsch by Baillon (1866) who therefore, made

the combination C. paucifolius. Both these names

appear in recent floras (e.g. Weber 1986,

Wheeler 1987) where the number of species is

given as three or four.

Calycopeplus quite clearly belongs in

the tribe Euphorbieae Pax & Hoffm. of the

subfamily Euphorbioideae. Its relationship to

Accepted for publication 8 May 1995

other genera within the tribe is unclear and a

rigorous, objective classification of the

eleven genera involved is long overdue (Gilbert

1994). Both Croizat (1937) and Webster (1967)

suggested relationships or homologies between

Calycopeplus and different taxa of Euphorbia

from geographically distant places such as

Africa and Peru, but these comparisons have

been made on limited information mainly

relating to floral arrangement. Webster (1994)

included Calycopeplus in the subtribe

Neoguillaumintinae Croiz. with Neoguillauminia

Croiz. Taxa of this subtribe differ from those

in the other two subtribes of Euphorbieae

(Anthosteminae (Baill.) Webster and

Euphorbtinae), primarily in the pseudopetals

of the cyathia developing from involucral bracts

rather than from the interbracteal glands.

Neoguillauminia is monotypic and endemic to

New Caledonia and differs from Calycopeplus

in the alternate, well-developed foliage, petaloid

involucres and 8 or 10 cyathial glands

(McPherson & Tirel 1987; Webster 1994).

Taxa of Calycopeplus are superficially

similar to many taxa of Euphorbia, particularly

the aphyllous species (e.g. E. sarcostemmoides

J.H.Willis; Forster 1987). Calycopeplus may

be differentiated from Euphorbia by the

involucral glands without appendages and the

male flowers being arranged in4 groups of 3-16

individual flowers, each group of flowers being

subtended by floral bracts (calyculate).

Euphorbia in comparison has involucral glands

418

with appendages, does not have the male flow-

ers arranged in 4 proups, and the flowers are not

calyculate.

No modern revision of Calycopeplus

exists that takes into consideration all of the

published names. Itis apparent that some names

have been misapplied (e.g. C. casuarinoides in

the Northern Territory and Western Australia),

and new, undescribed species are present.

The current paper provides a revision of

Calycopeplus based on morphological data,

prior to an account in the ‘Flora of Australia’

Vol. 23.

As noted by Hassall (1977), Calycopeplus

consists of small shrubs or trees that are

‘ephedroid’ in appearance, i.e. they appear

leafless and the primary photosynthetic organs

are the rounded or flattened stems. This

ephedroid habit was considered by Hassall to be

adaptive towards periodic drought, although

the mechanisms for this remain uninvestigated.

Beard (1990) commented on the “succulent

shrub Calycopeplus ephedroides’, butthe stems

in the taxon concerned are not truly succulent

and his comment may result from a casual

comparison of it with superficially similar

Australian plants such as Euphorbia

sarcostemmoides (Forster 1987) or

Sarcostemma (Asclepiadaceae) (Forster 1992)

where the aphyllous stems do possess water

storage tissue. Rather, the photosynthetic stems

of Calycopeplus are somewhat woody, and dried

specimens show a rigid structure and obvious

areas of woody support tissue. Major wood and

bark development occurs only in the small tree

C. casuarinoides from Cape York Peninsula,

whereas the other four species remain as small

shrubs or subshrubs. At least one species,

C. collinus from the Northern Territory and

northern Western Australia, is thought to be

short lived (less than 5 years), but there is

little published phenological and ecological

information for the three species from south-

western Western Australia.

Materials and Methods

This revision is based on herbarium collections

at AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, DNA, MEL, NSW,

PERTH and QRS, type collections at K and LD,

microfiche of specimens at G—DC, and my own

Austrobaileya 4(3): 417-428 (1995)

collections and field observations in the North-

ern Territory and Queensland.

Terminology

The GRIDCELLS format follows the simple

procedure whereby if the taxon is recorded, for

example, from the I°grid cell 29°00’S to 29°59’S

latitude, 114°00’E to 114°59’E iongitude, then

its GRIDCELL ts recorded as 29114. Thus

distribution of a given taxon may be quickly

ascertained at the continental scale enabling

significant distributional records G.e. occur-

rences 1n additional grid cells) to be easily

determined.

Conservation codings are proposed using the

system of Briggs & Leigh (1988).

Taxonomy

Calycopeplus Planch., Bull. Soc. Bot. France

8: 30 (1861). Type: Calycopeplus

ephedroides Planch.

Derivation of name: From the Greek kalyx

(calyx) and the Latin peplus (a robe of state),

alluding to the involucre resembling a collec-

tive calyx.

Trees, shrubs or undershrubs, evergreen,

perennial, monoecious. Stems virgate,

cylindrical, ridged or complanate, with white

latex, becoming woody with age; bark smooth,

or fissured and tessellated in one species.

Stipules absent or if present then entire,

inconspicuous and deciduous. Leaves opposite,

+ sessile, linear, linear-lanceolate or

oblanceolate, elobate, penninerved, entire,

eglandular or glandular. Inflorescences axillary,

pedunculate, pseudanthial with 1 or 2 involucres

per axil, 2-bracteate. Involucres (cyathia)

campanulate and resembling a calyx, 4-lobed

and with small glands alternating between the

lobes. Male flowers arranged in 4 clusters of

3—16 within the involucre and opposite its lobes,

each cluster subtended and more or less

embraced by bracts, the outer 1 or 2 much

enlarged and enclosing the cluster; flowers

each consisting of a single pedicellate stamen,

with a well-marked articulation between pedicel

and filament, and lacking a perianth; filaments

filiform to somewhat flattened; anthers

PASS TWEE HEL 0 gg EE Lk ec UY a ed cd ST

Forster, Calycopeplus

dorsifixed, bilobate, thecae oblong and

longitudinally dehiscent. Female flower

solitary in the centre of the involucre, pedicellate,

with a 4- or 6-lobed perianth (or involucel);

ovary sessile or shortly pedicellate, 2 or 3-

locular, ovules uniloculate; styles 2 or 3, shortly

connate, shortly bifid. Fruits capsular, trilobate,

419

smooth, dehiscing into 3 bivalved cocci. Seeds

oblong to subglobose-obloid; testa crustaceous;

albumen fleshy; caruncles entire; cotyledons

broad, flat.

Endemic to Australia, with five species.

Key to species of Calycopeplus

1. Stems 2-angular in cross-section, longitudinally complanate ........... 4. C. marginatus

Stems 6-angular or round in cross-section, longitudinally ridged or cylindrical .......... 2

2. Stems round in cross-section, longitudinally cylindrical............... 3. C. paucifolius

Stems 6-angular in cross-section, longitudinally ridged ............... DAE a ghee rind onreyt 3

3. Small trees developing black tessellated bark; involucre glands larger and

longer than involucre lobes ............

nt Her vere oe Wiad, aba Wine Sy io cs 1. C. casuarinoides

Shrubs or subshrubs not developing bark; involucre glands shorter and

smaller than involucre lobes............

4. Involucre lobes broad-triangular, 0.8—1 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; glands <0.5

mm long; male flowers in groups of 2 or 3; anthers 0.7-0.9 mm long

ee ae ite ta Roy nc od 5. C. oligandrus

Involucre lobes triangular, 1-2.22 mm long, 0.8—2 mm wide; glands > 0.5 mm

long; male flowers in groups of 5—14; anthers 0.4-0.6 mm long.......... 2. C. collinus

1. Calycopeplus casuarinoides L.S.Sm.,

Contrib. Queensland Herb. 6: 4 (1969).

Type: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT:

Aurukun Mission, near Archer River

mouth, 21 Feb 1964, W.F. Mackenzie

[AQ342460] (holo: BRI).

Ephedra arborea F.Muell. ex Parlatore

in A.DC., Prodr. 16(2): 360 (1868),

nomen nudum. Type: Queensland. Coox

District: Foot of Newcastle Range, Apr

1857, F. Mueller (holo: G—DC [fiche at

BRI).

Shrub or small tree to 10 m high, long-lived.

Bark well-developed with age, black, fissured

and tessellated. Stems 6-angular in cross-

section, longitudinally ridged; internodes

10-100 mm long, 1—3 mm diameter on upper

branches; red ‘fruit-like’ galls often present at

nodes. Stipules absent. Leaves linear, 1.5—20

mm long, 0.5—1.6 mm wide, concolorous,

glabrous, eglandular. Inflorescences with

peduncles 1—1.5 mm long, generally with a

single involucre; bracts ovate-triangular, 1—2

mm long, 0.8—1.8 mm wide, glabrous. Involucres

campanulate, 1.5—2.2 mm long, 2.2—3 mm

diameter, glabrous, generally with male and

female flowers together in same involucre; lobes

ovate-truncate, 0./-1 mm long, 1.2—1.5 mm

wide, entire, shorter than glands; glands

ellipsoid-spherical, 1.4—1.8 mm long, 1.8-2

mm wide, clearly visible between lobes and

inserted on involucre at same level as lobes.

Male flowers in clusters of 4-9 flowers; bracts

3, oblanceolate, 2—2.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm

wide, + free or somewhat fused, shortly ciliate

on tips for 0.2 mm; pedicels flattened-terete,

1-6 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter; filaments

flattened-terete, 0.5—1 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm

diameter; anthers c. 0.5 mm long, 0.6—-0.7 mm

wide. Female flowers with pedicels to 1 mm

long; perianth segments 4, oblanceolate, 0.8-1.2

mm long, 0.5—-0.7 mm wide, glabrous; ovary

sessile, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.8 mm wide,

glabrous; styles 3, erect to slightly recurved,

0.7—0.8 mm long, shortly connate for 0.2—-0.5

mm at base, tips distally bifid for c. 0.2 mm of

420

their length. Fruit + globose, 44.5 mm long,

4-45 mm diameter. Seed obloid, 2.5—3 mm

long, 1.8—2 mm wide, pale yellow-tan; caruncle

pyramidal, c. 0.4 mm long and 0.7 mm wide,

pale yellow. Fig. LA—H.

Selected specimens examined: Queensland. Cook

District: Cape York, N of Jardine River, c. 29 km S of

Bamaga, 11°09’S, 142°22’E, Oct 1971, Dodson

[AQ003636] (BRI); Jardine River, May 1948, Brass 18883

(BRI); Road to Pennefather, 12°20’S, 141°53’E, Jul 1988,

Dalliston CC266 (BRI); Sandy Creek, Weipa to Stones

Crossing road, 69 km from Weipa, 12°25’S, 142°10’E, Jul

1993, Forster 13501 etal. (BRI, QRS); Botchet Swamp, 18

km NNW of Lorim Point, Weipa, 12°31’S, 141°48’E, Mar

1981, Morton 1154 (BRI, MEL), 15 km N of Batavia

Downs on the Peninsula Development road, 12°31’S,

142°39°E, Apr 1990, Clarkson 8459 & Neldner (BRI,

DNA, MBA, QRS); Weipa concession, Willum Swamp,

12°40’S, 142°00’E, Sep 1974, Deckrill 863 (BRI, CANB,

ORS); 62.5 km along main Weipa road, off Peninsula road,

12°56’S, 142°24’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4068 & Liddle

(BRD); Embley Range, 13 km SSW of the Batavia Downs

Homestead, Jul 1985, Clarkson 6065 (BRI, MBA); Archer

River, 13°25’S, 142°10’E, Sep 1974, Hyland 7573 (BRI,

QRS); 60 km W of Strathmay on Musgrave to Edward

River road, 14°42’S, 142°18’E, Oct 1980, Clarkson 3494

(BRI, DNA, MBA, QRS); 2 km S of Hann River Crossing,

c.70km NW of Laura, Apr 1976, Hassall’7613 (BRD); near

Lakes Creek, c. 21 miles [35 km] SEof Hann Rivercrossing

on Laura - Coen road, Oct 1962, Sinith 12041 (BRD; 47

miles NW of Laura, 15°15’S, 144°00’E, Jun 1971, Hyland

5192 (BRI, QRS); near Normanby River, north of Kalpowar,

14°45’S, 144°15’E, Oct 1970, Hyland 4869 (BRI, QRS);

47 miles [78.3 km] NW of Laura, 15°15’S, 144°00’E, Jun

1971, Hyland 5192 (BRI, QRS); Kowanyama Aboriginal

Reserve 8.3 km from Shelfa crossing of Mitchell River, on

track from Kowanyama via Yalko yards, 15°23’S, 141°53’E,

Aug 1980, Clarkson 3360 (BRI, QRS); beside Dorunda

Lake Homestead, 16°32’S, 141°49’E, Jun 1990, Neldner

2940 & Clarkson (BRI, CANB, MBA); Wyaaba Creek,

16°45’S, 142°00’E, Aug 1936, Blake 12554 (BRI, CANB).

Distribution and habitat: GRIDCELLS: 11142,

12141, 12142, 12143, 13141, 13142, 13143,

14141, 14142, 14144, 15141, 15143, 15144,

16142. Calycopeplus casuarinoides ts restricted

to Queensland and occurs sporadically over

most of western Cape York Peninsula and is

also probably throughout much of the country

bordering the Gulf of Carpentaria (Map 1).

Plants grow in seasonally inundated eucalypt or

melaleuca open woodlands often dominated by

Eucalyptus microtheca F.Muell. and Melaleuca

viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertn. and ephemeral

swamps.

Notes: Ephedra arborea was first mentioned in

the literature by Mueller (1862) as a nomen

Austrobaileya 4(3): 417-428 (1995)

nudum in his list of plants collected on the

Landsborough expedition to the Gulf of

Carpentaria while looking for the 1ll-fated Burke

and Wills. The name was subsequently listed

under species dubiae in Parlatore’s (1868)

account of Ephedra with the brief statement “In

Nova Hollandia orientali, Newcastle Range

(Ferd. Mueller). Possideo Tantum ramos qui

insigniter suicati.” The specimen in G—DC has

“Foot of Newcastle Range, Apr 1857 F v

Mueller’, Both Bentham (1873) and Smith

(1969) mentioned E. arborea in their accounts;

however, neither chose to take up the name and

it 1s considered to represent a nomen nudum

because of the lack of adequate diagnosis.

Phenology: Flowers March to May; fruits April

to June.

Conservation status: Widespread and

common. No conservation coding necessary.

2. Calycopeplus collinus P.I.Forst. sp. nov.

affinis C. casuarinoides L.S.Sm. aqua in

habitu fruticis vel suffruticis breviviventis

vel suffrutice usque 2 m alti, cortice laevi,

et lob1s involucri triangularibus et distincte

longioribus majoribusque quam glandes

differt. Typus: Northern Territory. Head-

waters of Liverpool River, Arnhem Land,

12°46’S, 133°44’E, 4 Apr 1984, G.

Wightman 1433 &L. Craven (holo: DNA;

iso: BRI, CANB, MEL).

[Calycopeplus casuarinoides auct., non

L.S.Sm.; Lazarides ef al. (1988: 13);

Dunlop (1989: 35); Wheeler (1992: 596)}

Shrub or subshrub to 2 m high, short-lived (< 5

years). Bark smooth. Stems 6-angular in cross-

section, longitudinally ridged; internodes 15—90

mm long, 1-3 mm diameter on upper branches;

red ‘fruit-like’ galls not formed at nodes.

Stipules absent. Leaves linear to linear-

lanceolate, 1-46 mm long, 0.4—2 mm wide,

concolorous, glabrous, eglandular. Inflores-

cences with peduncles 1.5—3.5 mm long, with 1

or 2 involucres; bracts ovate-triangular, 1—1.5

mm long,0.7—1.5 mm wide, glabrous. Involucres

campanulate, 1.5—3.5 mm long, 1.7—-3 mm

diameter, glabrous, generally with male and

female flowers together in same involucre; lobes

triangular, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.8—2 mm wide,

Forster, Calycopeplus 421

i A Rng

" #

w LP :

o 4

“4

ee ee

oh ow

‘

«eat

re tia

Fig. 1. A-H. Calycopeplus casuarinoides;\—-O. C. collinus. A & I. stem with inflorescence A, x2; 1x4. B & J. inflorescence

B,x6;J, x8. C &K. male flower x 16. D & L. side view of fruit D, x 6; L, x 4. E& M. apical view of fruit E, x 6; M,

x 4. F & N. dorsal view of seed F, x 8; N,x 4. G& O. ventral view of seed G, x 8; O, x 4, H. seedling x 1. A-C from

Clarkson 8459 (BRI); D-G from Mackenzie [AQ025370] (BRD; H from Forster 13501 et al. (BRD; I from Telford 8122

(BRI); J-M from van der Werff 11848 (QRS); N—O from Halford Q1162 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

422

entire, longer than glands; glands ellipsoid-

spherical, 0.5-1 mm long, 0.5—0.8 mm wide,

clearly visible between involucre lobes and

inserted on involucre at same level as lobes.

Male flowers in clusters of 5—14 flowers; bracts

3, ovate to obovate, 2-3 mm long, 1.8—2 mm

wide, + free or somewhat proximally fused,

shortly ciliate on tips for 0.2 mm; pedicels

filiform, 0.8—2.8 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter;

filaments filiform, 0.4—-0.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm

diameter; anthers 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.7—0.8

mm wide. Female flowers sessile; perianth

segments 5, ovate-oblong, c. 1.8 mm long and

1.8mm wide, glabrous; ovary sessile, 1.8—2 mm

long, 1.8—2 mm wide, glabrous; styles 3, erect to

slightly recurved, I1-1.2 mm long, shortly

connate for c. 0.2 mm at base; tips distally bifid

forc. 0.2mm of their length. Fruit + obloid, 6—7

mm long, 5-6 mm diameter. Seed oblong,

44.5 mm long, 2.2—-3.2 mm wide, brown;

caruncle hemispherical, 1-1.3 mm long, 1.8-2

mm wide, pale yellow. Fig. 11—O.

Selected specimens examined: Western Australia. Lime-

stone hills W of Weaber Range, c. 50 km N of Kununurra,

c. 13 km NW of Point Springs, Mar 1978, Lazarides 8427

(BRI, CANB, PERTH). Northern Territory. 5 miles [8.3

km] W of Rum Bottle Creek, 12°04’S, 133°44’E, Jun 1972,

Maconochie 1596 (BRI, DNA); 50 km E of Oenpelli,

12°15’S, 133°IS’E, Aug 1983, Wightman 681 CDNA);

eorge between Twin Falls & Jim Jim Falls, 12°19’S,

132°52’E, Mar 1984, Wightman 1308 & Craven (AD,

CANB, DNA); Nabarlek, Armmhem Land, 12°19’ S, 133°19’E,

Mar 1989, Hinz 457 (DNA); Kakadu N.P., 2.5 km NW of

Koongarra Saddle, 12°45’S, 132°5S’E, Telford 8122 &

Wrigley (BRI, CBG); Upper East Alligator River, Arnhem

Land, 12°47’S, 133°21’E, Apr 1988, Russell/—Smith 5230

& Lucas (DNA); west of Koongarra jump-up, 12°51’S,

132°50’E, May 1978, Rice 2625 (BRI); near Koongarra

Saddle, 1.5 km N of Koongarra, 12°51’S, 132°51’E, May

1980, Craven 5716 (CANB, DNA); 6 miles [10 km] S of

Yaimanyi Creek, 12°51’S, 134°32’E, Jun 1972, Byrnes

2697 (CANB, DNA); Mt Basedow Range, 1[2°59’S,

132°41’E, Jun 1973, Hartley 13895 (CANB, DNA); Kakadu

N.P., adjacent to Round Jungle, 13°18’S, 132°38’E, Apr

1987, Russell-Smith 2174 & Lucas (DNA); Waterfall

Creek, above escarpment, 13°19’S, 132°27°E, Apr 1984,

Wightman 1288 & Dunlop (DNA); | km upstream from

Twin Falls, 13°20’S, 132°42’E, Mar 1988, Fensham 871

(DNA); 6 km ESE of Twin Falls, 13°22’S, 132°48°E, May

1980, Craven 5846 (CANB, DNA); Kakadu N.P., Birdie

Creek, 13°57’S, 132°52’E, Apr 1990, Cowie 1108 & Leach

(DNA, MEL); Katherine Gorge, 15 miles [25 km] E of

Katherine township, Mar 1964, Lazarides 7029 (CANB,

DNA); Katherine Gorge N.P. above Edith Falls, 14°11’S,

132°14’E, Feb 1982, King 55 (DNA); Edith Falls, 14°12’S,

132°11’E, Mar 1978, Reed 56 (DNA); Eva Valley, 14°20’S,

132°50’E, Apr 1990, van der Werff 11848 (QRS).

Austrobaileya 4(3): 417-428 (1995)

Distribution and habitat: GRIDCELLS: 12132,

12133, 12134, 13132, 14132, 15128.C. collinus

occurs in monsoonal Northern Territory and

from a single disjunct record in the Western

Australian Kimberley (Map 1). In the Northern

Territory, plants grow on or associated with the

extensive sandstone escarpments that are wide-

spread in eastern Arnhem Land. The major

vegetation type from which the species is

recorded is low open eucalypt woodland

dominated by species such as E. phoenica

F.Muell. or E. miniata A.Cunn. ex Schauer, and

with spinifex (Triodia spp.) dominant in the

understorey. The single collection from

Western Australia is recorded from a limestone

gorge in association with Eucalyptus cliftoniana

W.Fitzg. ex Maiden, Grevillea sp. and Triodia

sp.

Notes: C. collinus has previously been included

in C. casuarinoides and the numerous

collections from the Northern Territory have

been widely distributed under the name

C. casuarinoides. The most obvious macro-

scopic difference between C. casuarinoides

and C. collinus is habit. C. casuarinoides is a

long-lived small tree to 10 m in height that

develops a prominent black, fissured bark with

age. C. collinus is arelatively short-lived (2~3

years apparently) subshrub or shrub to 2 m in

height that does not develop fissured bark.

Flowering material of the two species is also

easily distinguishable as C. collinus has

involucres with lobes markedly longer and

larger than the glands, whereas with

C. casuarinoides the situation 1s reversed. In

addition, the habitats where the two occur

could not be more dissimilar, escarpments

for C. collinus and seasonal swamps for

C. casuarinoides.

Phenology: Flowers January to July; fruits

January to August.

Conservation status: C. collinus is common

and relatively widespread in the Northern

Territory where most of the populations are

present in Kakadu National Park. The status

of the single known Western Australian

population has yet to be determined.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin collinus (hills) and alludes to the

preference of this species for escarpment

habitats.

Forster, Calycopeplus

125 130

See 7

CECE EE prt =

1135 120 125 130

3. Calycopeplus paucifolius (Klotzsch) Baill,

Adansonia 6: 319 (1866); Euphorbia

paucifolia Klotzschin Lehmann, PI. Preiss.

1: 174 (1845). Type: Western Australia.

ad riparim fluvii Canning, 2 Nov 1839, L.

Preiss 1208 Gso: LD).

Calycopeplus ephedroides Planch., Bull.

Soc. Bot. France 8: 31 (1861). Type:

Western Australia. Swan River,

Drummond (holo: K; 1so: K.n.v. [photo at

BRI]).

Calycopeplus helmsiti F.Muell. & Tate,

Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 16: 341

(1896), synon. noy. Type: Western Aus-

tralia. 36 miles [50 km] N.W. from South-

ern Cross, 26 Nov 1891, R. Helms

[AD96832137] (holo: AD; iso: NSW).

Illustration: Boissier (1866, t. 120).

Shrub or subshrub to 1.5 m high, lifespan

unknown. Bark smooth. Stems round in cross-

section, longitudinally cylindrical; internodes

20-90 mm long, 1.5—5 mm diameter on upper

branches; red ‘fruit-like’ galls not formed at

nodes. Stipules absent. Leaves linear, 5—25 mm

long, 0.7—-0.9 mm wide, concolorous, glabrous,

TEL Ch Een Lb miter Prt ET

BEES Gasgoa a CoN

thre Tt TP ei HET

423

140 145

= 150 -

a ae rs 150

CEE ee EERE

LE CACTI ee

te A

ate

SERRGeeeeee ee

140 145 1350 155

Map 1. Calycopeplus collinus A, C. casuarinoides 4, C. marginatus @, C. oligandrus QO, C. paucifolius O.

with {| or 2 small sessile glands per side of

midrib on the margins 2~7 mm from the base.

Inflorescences with peduncles 1-2 mm long,

with 1 or rarely 2 involucres; bracts lanceolate-

ovate, c. 3 mm long, 2~2.8 mm wide, glabrous.

Involucres broad-campanulate, 2-3 mm long,

4.5—5 mm diameter, glabrous, generally with

male and female flowers in separate involucres;

lobes triangular-truncate, 1.5-2.5 mm _ long,

2.6—3.2 mm wide, entire, longer than glands;

glands ellipsoid-spherical, 0.8—1.2 mm long,

0.9-1.3 mm wide, clearly visible between

involucre lobes and inserted on involucre at

same level as lobes. Male flowers in clusters of

3—7 flowers; bracts 3, ovate to obovate, 2—3.5

mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, + free or somewhat

fused proximally, glabrous; pedicels filiform,

2—3.5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diameter; filaments

filiform, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diameter;

anthers 1.4-1.5 mm long, c. 1.8 mm wide.

Female flowers sessile or shortly pedicellate

with pedicels up to 1.8 mm long; perianth

segments 5, triangular, 2—-2.5 mm long, 2.8—3

mm wide, glabrous; ovary sessile, 3.5—4 mm

long, c. 3 mm wide, glabrous; styles 3, erect

to slightly recurved, 0.6—0.8 mm long, connate

for c. 0.4 mm at base; tips distally bifid for

0.1 mm long. Fruit globose-obloid, 6—8 mm

424

long, 6—6.6 mm diameter. Seed obloid, 3.54.6

mm long, 2.3—2.5 mm wide, tan-grey; caruncle

hemispherical, c. 1 mm long and 1.5 mm wide,

pale yellow. Fig. 2G—M.

Additional specimens examined: Western Australia, 40

km N of Paynes Find on the Mt Magnet road, 28°58’S,

117°48’E, Oct 1981, Craven 7139 (AD, BRI, CANB); 54.3

miles [90.5 km] N of Wubin towards Paynes Find, Oct

1966, Lullfitz 5720 (PERTH); 5.6 km W of Yalgoo turnoff

from Paynes Find, 29°12’S, 117°39’E, Nov 1977, Chinnock

4025 (AD); 8 km W of Great Northern Highway on Paynes

Find - Fields Find road, Nov 1987, Green 5247 (CANB);

Mt Churchman, Sep 1970, Ashby 3594 (AD, PERTH); 21.1

km E along Mt Gibson Homestead road off Wubin - Paynes

Find road, 29°34’S, 117°18’E, Aug 1976, Coveny 7890 &

Maslin (NSW); Helena River, Nov 1902, Fitzgerald s.n.

(NSW); Helena Valley, Nov 1977, Seabrook 272 (CANB);

6 km NNW of Scorpion Rock, Walling Rock Station,

29°46’S, 120°17’E, Nov 1988, Cranfield 7455 (CANB);

Hospital Rocks on Menzies to Dielmals road, 29°50’S,

120°07°E, Oct 1984, Corrick 9143 (MEL); Hospital Rock,

30 miles [50 km] W of Riverina, Sep 1973, Beard 6520

(NSW); I mile [1.6km]S of Mt Stephen, Nov 1963, Brown

[PERTH02756013] (PERTH); Koolanook Hills, Sep 1931,

Gardner 2672 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: GRIDCELLS: 28117,

29116, 29117, 29119, 30117, 30119. C.

paucifolius occurs in the southwest of Western

Australia in the Murchison Region (Map 1).

There are no records from South Australia

(Weber 1986) and the species should be deleted

from the flora of that State.

The type of Euphorbia paucifolia Klotzsch

is purportedly from the Canning River in

suburban Perth (cf. Marchant 1990); however,

there are no recent collections of the taxon from

this region which suggests that the recorded

locality 1s probably suspect. Wheeler (1987)

noted a single record from the Helena Valley

(based on an old Fitzgeraid collection at

PERTH); however, there is one more recent

collection from the area (see Seabrook 272

above) and further exploration is required in

that area to localise the population(s).

C. paucifolius grows on granite rock

outcrops where there are large areas of exposed

bare-rock slabs alternating with Casuarina

campestris Diels thickets (Beard 1990).

According to Beard (1990), C. paucifolius is

common in the more open areas of thicket, often

associated with Calothamnus gilesii F.Muell.

Austrobaitleya 4(3): 417-428 (1995)

Notes: C. pauctfolius is the only species of the

genus with cylindrical stems. Weber (1986)

recognised that C. paucifolius was conspecific

with C. ephedroides; however, C. helmsii is

newly reduced to synonymy of C. paucifolius in

this paper.

Phenology: Flowers September to November;

fruits September to December.

Conservation status: There are relatively few

collections of this plant from a wide area, with

most collections from the vicinity of Paynes

Find. Even so, Hopper et al. (1990) did not

consider this plant as rare or threatened.

4. Calycopeplus marginatus Benth., Fl. Aus-

tral. 6: 53 (1873). Type: Western

Australia. Towards Cape Riche

[Cape Riche is c. 34°37’S, 118°47’E}],

Drummond, 5th Coll. n. 213. (holo: K;

iso: K n.v. [photo at BRI], PERTH).

Shrub or subshrub to 4 m high, lifespan un-

known. Bark smooth. Stems 2-angular in

cross-section, longitudinally complanate;

internodes 10-105 mm long, 1.5-—5 mm

diameter on upper branches; red “fruit-like’ galls

not formed at nodes. Stipules linear-lanceolate,

0.4—-1 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide, glabrous

or with a few marginal cilia. Leaves linear-

lanceolate, 0.4—1 mm long, 0.1—0.2 mm wide,

concolorous, glabrous, eglandular. Inflores-

cences with peduncles 2—15 mm long, generally

with 1 involucre; bracts lanceolate-ovate to

obovate, 1-1.2 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide,

glabrous. Involucres broad-campanulate,

1.2-1.5 mm long, 2.2—3 mm diameter,

glabrous, generally with male and female

flowers together in the one involucre; lobes

obovate to ovate, 1.5—2.2 mm long, 1.5—2.4 mm

wide, entire, longer than glands; glands

ellipsoid to triangular, 0.3-0.4 mm long, 0.4—0.5

mm wide, obscured by involucre lobes and

inserted on involucre at base below lobe

insertion. Male flowers in clusters of 4—12

flowers; bracts 3, obovate, 1.3~3 mm long,

1—2.5 mm wide, + free or somewhat fused

proximally, shortly serrate on tips forc. 0.4mm;

pedicels filiform, 0.5—0.8 mm long, c. 0.2 mm

diameter; filaments filiform, 0.5—1.5 mm long,

c. 0.2 mm diameter; anthers 0.3—0.5 mm long,

* ovo SUR ee De ee teen eae ivi ‘at hats us ers 2 oe

Forster, Calycopeplus 425

& ‘t ’ "

Okt Me et as

wn. ad ca

= me rd

eet he

Wat

“

te oo at mat a eS

Cae ae ee has

ri |

Fig. 2, A-C. Calycopeplus oligandrus, D-F. C. marginatus; G-M. C. paucifolius, A,D,G. stem with inflorescence A, x

8; D, x 4; G, x 4. B,F,I. male flower x 24. C,E,H, inflorescence x 12, J. side view of fruit x 8. K. apical view of fruit

x8. L. dorsal view ofseedx 8. M. ventral view ofseed x 8. A-C from White 5335 [A4Q201809] (BRI); D-F from Gardner

(PERTHO1I079018); G—M from Craven 7139 (BRD. Del. W. Smith.

426

0.4-0.5 mm wide. Female flowers sessile;

perianth segments 4, obovate, 2-3 mm iong,

1.5—1.8 mm wide, shortly serrate to 0.4 mm;

ovary sessile, 1.6-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm

wide, glabrous; styles 2 or 3, erect, 1.5—2 mm

long, connate for 1.5—2 mm at base; tips distally

bifid for c. 0.4 mm long. Fruit + globose, 4—5

mm long, 4.5—5 mm diameter. Seed obloid, c.

3 mm long and 2.5 mm wide, brown-orange;

caruncle hemispherical, c. 1 mm long and 1.4

mm wide, cream-yellow. Fig. 2D-F.

Additional specimens examined: Western Australia.

Between Hamersley River estuary & East Mt Barren, Oct

1970, Maslin 914 (PERTH); Thumb Peak, Fitzgerald N_P.,

Oct 1970, Royce 9264 (PERTH); Fitzgerald River Reserve,

western edge of main valley, Jul 1970, Royce 8896 (CANB,

PERTH); Thumb Peak Range, Oct 1965, George 7165

(PERTH); Summit of mid Mt Barren Range, SW of

Ravensthorpe, Sep 1925, Gardner [PERTH0O1079018]

(PERTH); Fitzgerald River, Sep 1948, Gardner 9219

(PERTH); Fitzgerald River Flat, Sep 1970, Aplin 3582

(PERTH); Fitzgerald River area, c. 70 miles [112.7 km]

ESE of Ongerup, Sep 1970, Aplin et al. 3201 (NSW).

Distribution and habitat: GRIDCELLS: 33119,

34119. C. marginatus is restricted to two 1° grid

cells in the south-west of Western Australia and

is particularly well known from the Fitzgerald

River area (Map 1). Plants have been recorded

as growing in white sand or red loam, often near

watercourses, but recorded ecological informa-

tion 1s otherwise scant.

Notes: C. marginatus is distinctive within the

genus by virtue of the complanate, 2-winged

stems and the different form of insertion of the

involucre gland.

Conservation status: C. marginatus occurs ina

restricted area; however, it is present in the

Fitzgerald National Park. Hopper et al. (1990)

listed the species as “Priority Three...(those

taxa with several poorly known populations,

some on conservation lands)’ in their assess-

ment of the conservation status of the Western

Australian flora. An appropriate conservation

coding, therefore, is 2RC.

§, Calycopeplus oligandrus P.1.Forst., sp. nov.

aifinis C. pauctfolio (Klotzsch) Baill. a

qua involucris brevioribus (c. 1.8 mm

longis) lobis late triangularibus brevioribus

(0.8—1 mm longis) et glandibus minoribus

(c. 0.4 x 0.5 mm); staminibus filamentis

Austrobaileya 4(3): 417-428 (1995)

longioribus et tenuioribus (1.6-1.8 x c.

0.2 mm), et antheris minoribus (0.7—0.9 x

c. 1 mm) differt. Typus: Western Aus-

tralia. road between Youngs siding and

Denmark, Denmark Railway, 6 Nov 1927,

C.T. White 5335 [AQ201809] (holo: BRI

[1 sheet].

Shrub or subshrub to 3 m high, lifespan

unknown. Bark smooth. Stems 6-angular in

cross-section, longitudinally ridged; internodes

15-100 mm long, 1-3 mm diameter on upper

branches; red ‘fruit-like’ galls not formed at

nodes. Stipules absent. Leaves linear, 7-25 mm

long, c. 1 mm wide, concolorous, glabrous,

eglandular. Inflorescences with peduncles up

to 1.5mm long, with 2 involucres; bracts broadly-

triangular, c. 2 mm long and 2.4 mm wide,

glabrous. Involucres broad-campanulate, c. 1.8

mm long and 2.8 mm diameter, glabrous,

generally with male and female flowers together

in each involucre; lobes broad-triangular, 0.8—1

mm long, c. 2 mm wide, entire, longer than

glands; glands ellipsoid-spherical, c. 0.4 mm

long and 0.5 mm wide, clearly visible between

involucre lobes and inserted on involucre at

same level as lobes. Male flowers in clusters of

2 or 3 flowers; bracts 3, obovate, 1.5—1.6 mm

long, 0.8—1 mm wide, +free or somewhat fused,

shortly ciliate on tips for 0.2 mm; pedicels

filiform-terete, 1.6-1.8 mm long and 0.2 mm

diameter; filaments filiform-terete, c. 0.7 mm

long and 0.4 mm diameter; anthers 0.7—0.9 mm

long, c. 1 mm wide. Female flowers sessile;

perianth segments 5, ovate,c. 2mm long and 1.8

mm wide, glabrous; ovary sessile, c. 1.5 mm

long and 1.4 mm wide, glabrous; styles 3, +

erect, c. 0.4 mm long, connate for c. 0.3 mm at

base; tips distally bifid for 0.1 mm long. Fruit

obloid, c. 4 mm long and 3 mm diameter. Seed

not seen. Fig. 2A—C.

Additional specimens examined: Western Australia:

Busselton district, Dec 1963, Royce 7813 (PERTH); Abba

River, Busselton district, Oct 1953, Royce 4576 (PERTH);

Hay River, c. 26 miles W of Albany, Jul 1953, Melville

A455 & Royce (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: GRIDCELLS: 33115,

34117. C. oligandrus is known from a small

number of collections in the south-west of

Western Australia (Map 1). The habitat of this

plant has been recorded as “Paperbark swamp

by riverbank” (label data of Melville 4455 &

Royce).

Forster, Calycopeplus

Notes: There are three collections by C.T. White

at BRI numbered as 5335. All are from south-

west Western Australia and come from

different localities, collected on different dates

and pertain to different taxa: This numbering

inconsistency is apparently common with

White’s earlier collections. Despite this, there

should be little doubt as to the locality where

this plant occurs, as White collected other plants

on the same day (and adjacent days) from the

Denmark area. Collectors familiar with this

area should localise the type locality further and

perhaps collect more of this plant.

C. oligandrus isa distinctive species within

the genus by virtue of its very small involucres

with few-flowered male flower clusters.

Conservation status: The last collection of this

plant is from 1963 and further survey work is

required to ascertain its current localities. An

appropriate conservation coding is 1K.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

Greek oligo lew) and andrus (stamens) and

alludes to the small number of male flowers

within the involucre in this species.

Acknowledgements

The illustrations and map were prepared by

W. Smith(BRI), Field studies of C. casuarinodes

were possible with the assistance of D, & I.

Liddle, G. & N. Sankowsky and M.C. Tucker.

The Directors/Curators of the cited herbaria

allowed access to specimens either on loan or in

situ. A.S. George located additional specimens

of some taxa in PERTH. Translation of the

diagnoses into Latin was undertaken by

L.A. Craven (CANB). Comments on a draft of

the manuscript were provided by A.R. Bean

(BRI). This work was wholly supported by

grants to the author from the Australian

Biological Resources Study during 1992-1994.

References

BAILLON, H.E. (1866). Species Euphorbiacearum

Euphorbiacées Australiennes, Adansonia 6:

282-345.

BEARD, J.S. (1990). Plant Life of Western Australia.

Kenthurst: Kangaroo Press.

BENTHAM, G, (1873), Calycopeplus. In Flora Australiensis

6: 52—54. London: L. Reeve & Co.

427

Borssier, P.E, (1862), Subordo Euphorbieae, In A.L.L.P. de

Candolle (ed): Prodromus Systematis Naturalis

Regni Vegetabilis, 15(2): 3—118. Paris: V. Masson.

Bossier, P.E. (1866). [cones Euphorbiarum. Paris: V.

Masson.

Brices, J.D. & Letcu, J.H, (1988). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants, 1988 Revised Edition. Austral-

ian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special

Publication [14]. Canberra: Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Croizat, L. (1937). Notes on Euphorbiaceae with a new

genus and a new subtribe of the Euphorbiaceae.

Philippine Journal of Science 64; 397-409.

Duntop, C.R. (ed). (1989). Checklist of Vascular Plants

of the Northern Territory, Australia. Darwin:

Conservation Commission of the Northern

Territory.

Forster, P.I. (1987). Euphorbia sarcostemmoides J.H.

Willis: arare Australianendemic, Euphorbia Jour-

nal 4: 123-130.

—— (1992). A taxonomic revision of Sarcostemma R. Br.

subgenus Sarcostemma (Asclepiadaceae) in

Australia, Australian Systematic Botany 5: 53-70.

GILBERT, M.G. (1994). The relationships of the Euphorbieae

(Euphorbiaceae), Annals of the Missouri Botanical

Garden 81: 283-288,

Hassat, D.C, (1977). Systematic Studies in Australian

Euphorbieae (Euphorbiaceae). Ph.D. Thesis,

University of Queensland.

Hopper, S.D., VAN Leeuwen, S., Brown, A.P. & Patrick,

S.J. (1990). Western Australia’s Endangered

Flora and Other Plants under Consideration

for Declaration. Wanneroo: Department of

Conservation and Land Management.

LAZARIDES, M.,, CRAVEN, L.A., DUNLop, C.R., ADAms, L.G.

& Byrnes, N. (1988). A Checklist of the Flora of

Kakadu National Park and Environs, Northern

Territory, Australia, Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service, Occasional Paper No. 15,

Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife

Service. 3

Marcuant, N.G. (1990). The Western Australian collect-

ing localities of J.A.L. Preiss. In P.S. Short (ed):

History of Systematic Botany in Australasia pp.

131-135. Melbourne: Australian Systematic Botany

Society Inc.

McPHERSON, G. & TIREL, C, (1987). Flore de la Nouvelle-

Calédonie et Dépendances 14. Euphorbiacées 1.

Paris: Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle.

428

MUELLER, F, (1862). A systematic arrangement of the plants

noticed around the Gulf of Carpentaria from the

Roper to the Gilbert River including those collected

during Mr Landsborough’s Expedition. In W.

Landsborough: Journal of Landsborough’s Expe-

dition from Carpentaria in search of Burke and

Wills. Appendix pp. 1-16. Melbourne: F.F. Bailliere.

PARLATORE, P. (1868). Gnetaceae. In A.L.L.P. de Candolle

(ed): Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni

Vegetabilis, 16(2): 359-360, Paris: Masson.

PLANCHON, J.B. (1861). La vraie nature de la fleur des

Euphorbes expliquée par un nouveau genre

d’Euphorbiacées. Bulletin de la Société Botanique

de France 8: 29-33.

SMITH, L.S. (1969), New species of and notes on Queens-

land Plants, V. Contributions from the Queensland

Herbarium 6: 1-25.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 417-428 (1995)

Weber, J.Z. (1986). Euphorbiaceae. In J.P. Jessop & H.R.

Toelken (eds): Flora of South Australia, 2: 735-768.

Adelaide: South Australian Government Printing

Division.

Wesster, G.L. (1967). The genera of Euphorbiaceae in the

southeastern United States. Journal of the Arnold

Arboretum 48: 303-361, 362-430.

-— (1994). Synopsis of the genera and suprageneric taxa

of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of the Missouri Botani-

cal Garden 81: 33-144.

WHEELER, J.R. (1987), Euphorbiaceae. In N.G, Marchant,

J.R. Wheeler, B.L. Rye, E.M. Bennett, N.S. Lander

& T.D. Macfarlane (eds): Flora of the Perth Region.

pp. 444455. Perth: Western Australian Herbarium.

—— (1992). Euphorbiaceae. In J.R. Wheeler (ed): Flora of

the Kimberley Region. pp. 589-629. Perth: Western

Australian Herbarium.

» RSS Se Rs ees eee cnn eine Sa ae aca ge ean Liban he

Four new species of Solanum L. (Solanaceae) from south east

Queensland

David E. Symon

Summary

Symon, David E. (1995). Four new species of Solanum L, (Solanaceae) from south east Queensland.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 429-437. Solanum coracinum, S. dissectum, S. gympiense and S, stupefactum ave

newly described. All-occur south of Rockhampton in south-eastern Queensland.

Keywords: Solanaceae, Solanum coracinum, Solanum dissectum, Solanum gympiense, Solanum

stupefactum, Solanum — south east Queensland.

David E. Symon, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State Herbarium, North Terrace, Adelaide, SA 5000,

Australia

Introduction

When my revision of Solanum in Australia

was published (Symon 1981), a number of

collections in the Queensland Herbarium were

labelled only as related to some appropriate

Species. Further collections of the relevant

taxa have become available and sorting of the

Queensland Herbarium collections resulted ina

number of these taxa being given numerical

distinction and published as such in volume 2 of

the Flora of south-eastern Queensland (Stanley

& Ross 1986). These numbers are referred to in

the notes that follow the species descriptions

below.

Three of these, 8. coracinum, S. dissectum

and.S. gympiense, belong tothe S. ferocisstmum

eroup (Whalen 1984) that have relatively small,

deep-red, succulent fruits, This group of species

extends to Papua New Guinea and to New

Caledonia. One of these new species is excep-

tional in that no stellate hairs could be found

despite the fact that I believe it clearly belongs

in the S. ferocissimum group of species. The

presence of stellate hairs has been considered a

significant diagnostic character in the subgenus

Leptostemonum to which this species group

belongs.

The fourth of the new species,

S. stupefactum, was recognised in 1981 as

distinctive and was thought then a possible

Accepted for publication 13 January 1995

introduction. However, more collections of it

have become available which have persuaded

me to formally name it. It is unusual in that it is

an androdioecious species (i.e. lower flowers

hermaphrodite, upper flowers male). Though

androdioecious, this species does not seem close

to the more western species of the largely

dioecious S, dioicum group (Whalen 1984) and

immediate relatives in eastern Australia are not

evident. Incidentally, the circumscription of

this group as accepted by Whalen, includes

some discordant elements and some of the

Australian species he included, at least, seem

Closer to his S. incanum group, from Africa,

which includes S. melongena, the commercial

eggplant, than to the §. diotcum group.

Taxonomy

Solanum coracinum D, E. Symon, sp. nov.

Frutex ad 1.5 m altus, erectus, effuse

ramosus. Aculei ad 1 cm longi, conferti in

caulibus, copiosi in foltis, recti vel

aciculares, erecti, saepe rubiginosi. Pili

Sparsi, minuti, stellati, interdum absentes.

Folia late ellipticain circumscriptione sed

profunde lobata; lobi ad 2.5 cm longi et

5-7 mm lati, apice acuto, sinubus

rotundatis. Inflorescentia cyme usque ad

5—8 cm longae, spisse aculeata infra

medium et supra sparsim aculeata;

pedicellus c. 5mm longus, tenuis, inermis;

calyx c. 3 mm longus, lobis lanceolatis

apiculatis inermibus; corolla c. 8 mm

longa, stellata, purpurea aut violacea;

filamenta staminalia c. 1 mm longa;

antherae c. 5 mm longae, sursum

angustatae, poris distalibus; ovarium

globosum?) c. 1 mm diametro, glabrum;

stylus c. 6 mm longus, rectus, erectus,

glaber; stigma parvum, capitatum. Bacca

Austrobatleya 4(3): 429-437 (1995)

Semina obtuse triangularia in

circumscriptione, compressa, 2.5—3 mm

lata, foveolata. Typus: Queensland.

DARLING Downs DistTRICT: 26°37’S,

149°23’E, c. 22 km E of Yuleba, on road

to Miles, 17 Nov 1975, R.J. Henderson

globosa, 7-8 mm diametro, coracina. 2381, undulating plain, red brown sandy

GUEENSIAND HERRARA ERZHBAHE

345090 ©

Preliminary sorfirig

- FLOWA OF (ESS LAUD BART TIS DoS EXSTEICY Oe berg sr r 3 ; 5

Zhi ans 445 -— FE vit m.[dat, Ro, Henderson | Ma Sah eS eas: Raita peste } sar aie

8 Hd. Henderson B2384 17 Nov W975 he ha mir: se 3

i eoysl . ee rf Aid Oke 4,

peiinrashinisp, aff. 7 to JP cestaraytae

Solaniws

' €s 22 is E of Yuleba, on road to Miles.

- Undulating plain; red brown sandy soil; cee

| Poplar box = béleh woodland with inoluded

pockets of Brignlow,

Ereot straggiing prickly shrubs to 345 me

YVouchsr for chromosone oounte by R, Henderson.

| Qn = 24,

: o> Aq,

py. OE. SYMO!

. re

, GUEENSLAHDB

peg HERB2RYEM

15-1442 HERBS

a 2hO135

Pi i

ae:

Fig. 1. Type of Solanum coracinum.

ES ESI SAEED I ORR IRD OR EE DE EB eT wa aee a

Symon, Solanum

soil, poplarbox-belah woodland with

included pockets of brigalow, erect

straggling prickly shrub to 1.5 m, 2n=24

(chromosome count by R. Henderson)

(holo: BRI(BRI2661235); iso: AD). Fig. 1.

Erect, weakly branched shrub to 1.5 m tall,

stragely with age. Prickles dense, crowded on

main stems, abundant on upper and lower

leaf surfaces, straight, erect, acicular, to 1 cm

long, often reddish. Indumentum of sparse,

minute, stellate hairs [sessile, porrect stellate,

the central ray equal to the lateral rays] and

minute subpapillate glandular hairs, usually

present on young growing tips, scattered on

upper and lower leaf surfaces and on apices

of corolla lobes (lens needed), or absent.

Leaf lamina broadly elliptic in outline but

deeply lobed with 3 or 4 lobes on each side, up

to 8 cm long and 6 cm wide; lobes 1—2.5 cm

long, 5—7 mm wide, the longer ones with broadly

triangular secondary lobes 1-2 mm long;

sinuses rounded; lobe apices acute; leat apex

acute; base often oblique. Inflorescence a

cyme 5—8 cm long, unbranched, bearing c. 4—25

flowers, densely prickly in the lower half, less so

above; pedicel c. 5 mm, slender, unarmed; calyx

c. 3 mm long, with lobes lanceolate, apiculate,

unarmed; corolla c. 8 mm long, divided about

halfway into 5 triangular lobes, purple (2 records)

or mauve (1 record); filaments c. 1 mm; anthers

c. 5 mm long, tapered upwards, poricidal; ovary

c. | mm long, glabrous; style c. 6 mm long,

straight, erect, glabrous; stigma small, capitate.

Fruiting pedicel c. 1 cm long, slightly thickened

distally, calyx lobes little enlarged in fruit; berry

7—8 mm diameter (dried material only), glossy

black when mature (1 record). Seeds flattened

431

irregularly discoid to bluntly triangular in

outline, 2.5—3 mm wide, minutely reticulate, 36

and 48 in two fruits examined. Chromosome

number: 2n = 24 (Henderson 2381, BRI).

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. DARLING

Downs District: Palardo, May 1934, Blake 5866(BRD; 16

km E of Texas, Jun 1951, Everist 2539 & Webb (AD, BRD;

Shellbourne, NE of Miles, May 1960, Jo/mson 1630 (BRD;

E of Combidiban Farm, Cypress Downs, Sep 1961, Jones

164(BRI); ‘Benandre’, 23 miles [37 km] SEof Texas, Apr

1962, Pedley 988 (BRD; 20 km W of Millmerran, Feb

1984, Stower [AQ396755] (BRD;

Distribution and habitat: South-eastern

Queensland with most collections from

Giligulgul, Yuleba and Condamine with outliers

near Millmerran and Texas, to the south east, on

dark clay soil, forest loam or shallow soil on

stony ridges.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin coracinus, meaning shiny or glossy

black, a reference to the ripe fruits.

Notes: This species is closely related to

5. semiarmatum and S. dissectum. From the

former, it differs in the leaves being almost

glabrous below and with much greater degree of

lobing, the simple cymes and possibly darker

coloured fruits (red vs. black). S. coracinum

was segregated in the Queensland Herbarium as

Solanum sp. (Miles R.W.Johnson 1630) and

may be keyed out in the Flora of south-eastern

Queensland (Stanley & Ross 1986, 418) to

Solanum sp. 3, as will S. dissectum. The two

species may be distinguished by the following

characters:-

Table of differences between S. coracinum and S. dissectum.

S. coracitnum

stem prickles dense

stellate hairs sparse, minute

inflorescence 4—25-flowered

berry black

S. dissectum

stem prickles scattered

stellate hairs absent

inflorescence 4 or 5-flowered

berry red

432

Solanum dissectum D.E. Symon, sp. nov.

Suffrutex ad 50cm altus, erectus, rubellus.

Aculei5—9 mm long1, recti, sparsi; omnes

partes glabrae praeter pilos axillares

minutos papillosos. Folia 2-6 cm longa,

late lanceolata in circumscriptione sed

profunde lobata; lob1 5-15 mm longi, 2—5

“QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM, “BOTANIC silee tae ae tke Lene

“GARDENS, BRISBANE Pipe

FLORA OF QUEENSLAND: PORT CURTIS DISTRICT ~~ ae }

cee in ids ar 7 Bi ee 2

tae YT of Thangool in chacols te elay Joan

prowing in rong bripelow seni,

Rh =. Johnson 859 2 July, 1959

kreaft peronninl, Flovera pale cauve,

Pruitsa red,

tHrete Tay p-<

PSsbe 9492

BE &. SYMON

13.4. 1992

Ba. DLE. SYMON 13)

Fig, 2. Type of Solanum dissectum.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 429-437 (1995)

mm lati, smubus inter lobos rotundatis.

Inflorescentia cymae c. | cm longae,

aculeis 1 vel 2 et floribus 4 vel 5; pedicellus

c. 7 mm longus; calyx c. 4 mm longus.

Corolla profunde divisa, lilacina; lobic. 7

mm longi, c.2 mim lati; antheraec. 3.5 mm

alee

selina,

Prelate!

Delonas wits 2 2nqe

GUEGHSLARN C

HERS A RIDA

337798

BRISBANE

SF ~

ita ata aad ee AT ned i Dg i dn a ei

“ELPA SEE re eee

Symon, Solanum

longae, sessiles, poris distalibus; ovarium

globulare, c. 1.5 mm diametro; stylus 4—5

mm longus. Bacca globularis c. 1 cm

diametro, rubra. Semina late reniformia in

circumscriptione, compressa, c. 4 mm

longa. Typus: Queensland. Port Curtis

District: West of Thangool, 2 Jul 1959,

R.W. Johnson 858, chocolate clay loam,

growing in rung brigalow scrub, erect

perennial, flowers pale mauve, fruits red

(holo: BRI (BRI 337796); iso: BRI (BRI

337795)). Fig. 2.

Small shrub to 50 cm tall; stems erect, reddish.

Prickles 5—9 mm long, straight, scattered, 4-10

per 10cm of stem in the few collections seen and

a few on the mid-vein on the upper and lower

surface of the leaves. All parts glabrous except

for minute papillose hairs in leaf axils and

towards the apex of the corolla lobes. Leaves

2-6 cm long, the lamina 2-4 mm wide, broadly

lanceolate in outline but the lamina deeply

lobed with (1) 2 or 3 (or 4) lobes on each side,

rarely reduced to I pair or absent; lower lobes

shorter than mid lobes; lobes 5-15 mm long,

2—5 mm wide, the sinuses between the lobes

rounded. Inflorescence a short cyme c. 1 cm

long bearing | or 2 prickles and 4 or 5 flowers;

pedicel c.7 mm long; calyx lobes c. 3 mm long,

c. 2 mm wide at base, acumen I mm long;

corolla deeply divided almost to base, pale

mauve; lobes c. 7 mm long, c. 2 mm wide;

anthers c. 3.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, sessile,

poricidal; ovary globular, 1.5 mm diameter;

style 4-5 mm long. Fruiting pedicel c. 12 mm

long, slightly thickened distally; calyx not much

enlarged in fruit; berry c. 1 cm diameter (few

fruits seen), red. Seeds broadly reniform in

outline, c. 4 mm long, flattened.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. LeICHHARDT

District: McCrae property, 80km S of Duaringa, Jul 1966,

Everist & McDonald 3 (BRI). Port Curtis District: 9.6

km W of Biloela, Jul 1959, Johnson 870 (BRD; Biloela,

Sep 1966, Brooks per Stevens (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: South-eastern

Queensland.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin dissectus, meaning dissected, a

reference to the species’ deeply divided leaves.

433

Notes: Solanum dissectum is unusual for a

species with prickles in lacking stellate hairs, in

which character it joins S. pugiunculiferum,

an unusual species from northern Australia.

Despite the lack of stellate hairs, I consider it

clearly belongs with the group of Australian

red-fruited species known as the S. ferocitssimum

group (Whalen 1984). These have simple, mostly

acicular prickles, lobed leaves in some

species, generally moderate to small flowers

and inflorescences, and in all cases, red to

blackish succulent fruits. The closest relatives

of S. dissectum appear to be S. coracinum,

described here, and S. ferocissimum, from which

it differs in its glabrous nature, and more

regularly and more deeply lobed leaves.

This species was segregated in the Queensland

Herbarium as Solanum sp. (Duaringa

S.L.Everist+ 3) affin. S. ferocissimum but was

not accounted for in the Flora of south-eastern

Queensland (Stanley & Ross 1986). It would

key there to Solanum sp. 3, now named

S. coracinum., To separate these two species see

table of differences under S. coracinum above.

Solanum gympiense D.E. Symon, sp. nov.

Frutex ad 1 m altus, inermis, dense

pubescens, pilis stellatis, plus minusve

floccosis, interdum viscidis. Folia late

elliptica, 6-12 cm longa, c. 4cm lata; apex

acutus; basis rotundata; in margine lobis

late triangularibus; petiolus c. 1.4 cm

longus. Inflorescentia cymae floribus 2-6;

pedicellus c. 8 mm longus; calyx 5—7 mm

longus; corolla ad 3 cm diametro, stellata-

rotata, lobis late triangularibus, violacea;

filamenta staminalia brevia; antherae c. 5

mm longae, tenues, sursum angustatae,

poris distalibus; ovarium late conicum,

glabrum; stylus c. 6 mm longus. Bacca

globosa, vel apiculata, 5-7 mm diametro,

rubra. Semina subtriangularia vel

subreniformia in circumscriptione,

compressa, 2—2.5 mm longa, foveolata.

Typus: Queensland. Wipe BAy District:

Gundiah, 21 June 1927, C.T. White 3527

(holo: BRI (AQ038941)). Fig. 3.

A shrub to 1 m high, unarmed, with dense

indumentum of stellate hairs (multiseriate

stalked, porrect stellate, central ceil as long as

or much longer than lateral cells), somewhat

434 Austrobaileya 4(3): 429-437 (1995)

floccose, sometimes viscid, one report says |§ amid toupper internodal position; peduncle (to

plants aromatic. Leaves broadly elliptic, (3—) first flower) 5-20 mm long; rhachis 5-25 mm

6-12 cm long, (2.5-) 4-7 cm wide; apex acute; long; pedicel c. 8 mm long; calyx c. 5—7 mm

base rounded; margins with shallow broadly long, the lobes flattened, narrow, elliptic;

triangular to rounded lobes, more rarely corolla to3 cm diameter (few available), stellate-

undulate-sinuate; petiole (Q.5-)1.4-3.0cmlong. rotate, divided nearly halfway, the lobes broad]

Inflorescence a short cyme of 2-6flowersfrom triangular, pubescent outside, purple blue;

Aa Pee . Ie ,

QUEENSLAND ‘HERBARIV

BOTANIC GARDENS, BRISBANE. |

a errr Pe ist nol wai

seedy iee pete aga ag eran = H ae en

eeetr ise’

nary sorting : a : a

ce _

Bie eTRe Spt eee >

the le seep ol Dene

; pri

ee oe lees Pes.

meee he Tea

‘any

Bouck. DD. E, Ss

: :

sere sane

See

ra ee

ERS Seep ae eee

eR aa

roe

Rea pF ste TL reete gee

on tear Doe na

oreevesia

= ae ttt EEE

Sea GEM oo tye

ir Ah

ae ~ Resets eet

ara ee i poe Sepatnyiaes

< a Se

bat ents a Pee

nate

= eee carter

reir ss

fat = ae core ee LE eral Pre hae ake

an = pierre era ear eaee rr er ay

vs pretyeees

eae

“i ete

Io TRE

Yas

aaa

Baus

Pee ae fee ite heese ioe aa,

ee et ese moe e ea opine prorat

Tava

. a" 2s) fey

aoa a = e i > ont eae

es Sate = Fr = :

Sopa

eoeoceetes

aie

pare

ise

77 = a

ee a

Shee s ape

ry = ae : = = 2 aa te Sore 7 ors

pte teres

ort.

e oe :

mate ce eee eters) . ie AP

% Ghee ae : sae ea Saas pag Sw ee : noes ees ae

Soe SR eee = et (RE

po Reet roe Pe il pee Eee | A ieee ee *r;

arth

itty

TrGary ee?

a r. Seon

et i u i a9 were 5 cae nat itchy

seater as Peano ee Oaee eee pre e 3 oe ee aera

Yee i ee rarer, sie i aE 25 = « rez rs teres

? ret

=, fray,

serets

Ferre

Bi ne

oto ereemesericcs

Bateenthtrns

soe eet aa

lee te : srberasor norte

acre ee : ae ee

BP reas,

ities

apne fe Ls

oveettly eee tet

sak elie

Bikes!

Mr teaine

: a

epee riers re - se roe =

eet

ieee

Seem aeres

rel 7 ont Taye 9 . *

crieree Rattarergenn eae nein re a So te ae

nese enero eee aaa! : i Lt rte Nn tty pete ae oF

= Joos or, ae, elideni

i cea eres e

Beds i

per tes

a Pree

sere

Teens

r 3

rae ors Tepanerare

aerate SG ee

5 5 = u eta See a eri ethic Patra

A Pte a ‘ 2 Samann e a earer ret cehat

ate pe ape” ee : : Se tiie ren eee eee puis. Farias c

ine

tees

bat ro F

so ieaet iar een ca peter es

ia,

waa esa)

J —-

ranean ats Spat Nr ee hina sips Star Bj A ed ee 7 aie *

erie 2 Sree ‘ : = =: Rails = *

ieee |B Ph ce ie a ear MLC eae rarer re Lee . r

Sars

Fig. 3. Type of Solanum gympiense.

Symon, Solanum

staminal filaments short; anthers c. 5 mm long,

slender, tapered upwards, poricidal; ovary

broadly conical, glabrous; style c. 6 mm long.

Berry globular to apiculate, 5—7 mm diameter,

red at maturity; calyx lobes then elliptic, 7 mm

long, 2.5—3 mm wide flattened, subleafy. Seeds

irregularly discoid or flattened and subtriangular

to subreniform in outline, 2—-2.5 mm long,

minutely reticulate.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland.

LEICHHARDT District: Crest of Carnarvon Range, Mar 1960,

Jolinson 1451 (BRD); Carnarvon Range, Apr 1962, Gittins

452 (BRI). Port Curtis Districr: Rosedale, Mar 1953,

Dovey KS (BRI). Wipe Bay District: Woondum, Oct

1917, Moore 257 (BRI); Gympie, May 1953, Douglas

[AQ323781] (BRD; Gympie, without date, Kenny

[AQ323769] (BRI); Gympie, without date, Anon 14

[AQ323772] (BRD; 9.6kmNwW of Tiaro, Apr 1959, Ridley

[AQ323775] (BRI); Gundiah, without date, Kajewski

[AQ323780] (BRD; 11.6 km N of Gympie, North Deep

Creek road, Nov 1972, Tutt [AQ8344] (BRD; 11.6kmN of

Gympie, North Deep Creek road, Dec 1972, Tutt [AQ8343]

(BRI); 64 km 8 of Bundaberg, Jul 1983, Jansen 87 (BRD.

MARANOA District: ‘Claravale’, May 1962, Johnson 2440

(BRI); 1.5 km SW of Kilmorey homestead, May 1982,

Nelder & Thomas 633 (BRI).

Distribution: South-eastern Queensland with

most collections from between Rosedale and

Cooroy but with an interesting disjunction in the

Carnarvon Range area and south-westward

towards Mitchell.

Etymology: The epithet in the name is derived

from the town of Gympie in the general vicinity

of which most collections have been made.

Notes: The information on the 16 collections

seen is disappointingly scanty; only two give

any dimensions of the plant, none describe

the fresh berry and only one gives flower

colour. These collections were originally

labelled S. nemophilum or S. densevestitum or

“affinities S. densevestitum’ by me and were

segregated in the Queensland Herbarium as

Solanum sp. Q2. The species may be keyed out

in the Flora of south-eastern Queensland (Stanley

& Ross 1986, 418) as Solanum sp. 2.

The species is closely related to

S. densevestitum FEF, Mueil. from which it

differs inits broadly elliptic leaves, shallow leaf

lobing generally present and the presence of a

peduncle bearing several flowers. There may

also be a slight difference in fruit shape but this

requires more field work to confirm.

435

Solanum nemophilum, S. densevestitum

and S. gympiense form a closely related trio

whose relationships require more study.

Solanum stupefactum D.E. Symon, sp. nov.

Frutex ad 2 m altus, erectus. Aculei 1—5

mm longi, patentes vel aliquantum retrorsi,

praecipue in caule. Omnes partes dense

pubescentes pilis stellatis. Folia lamina

late lanceolata, plerumque c. 9 x 3.5 cm,

in margine integra; apex acutus; basis

rotunda et obliqua; venae infra

prominentes; petiolus c. 2 cm longus.

Inflorescentia cymae floribus 4-12; flos

infimus bisexualis: flores ceteri masculini.

Flos infimus pedicello ad 2.5 cm longo,

corollarotata-stellata, ad 5 cm diametro et

caesia, filamentis staminalibus c. 1 mm

longis, antheris c. 7 mm longis, sursum

angustatis, poris distalibus, ovario dense

piloso, styloc. 12mm longo. Flores ceteri

parviores, ovario et stylo vestigiali. Bacca

globosa, ad 3 cm diametro, aurantiaca.

Semina discoidea, 3-4 mm diametro,

foveolata. Typus: Queensland. MorETON

District: northern outskirts of Yarraman

township, 26°50’S, 151°59’E, 3 April

1975, R.J, Henderson 2286, southern fac-

ing hillslope amongst regeneration in a

farm paddock, erect shrubs to 2 m, flowers

pale blue, to c. 5 cm diameter, fruit green

(immature), when ripe orange-yellow and

2—2.5 cm diameter, voucher for chromo-

some count by R. Henderson (2n = 24)

(holo: BRI (AQ390461); iso: CANB).

Fig. 4.

Shrub to 2 m high with clonal regeneration.

Prickles 1-5 mm long, straight, spreading or

slightly retrorse mainly on the stem, afew onthe

petiole, rare on the upper and lower leaf surface.

All parts with a dense indumentum of stellate

hairs [multiseriate stalked, porrect stellate hairs

with the central cell as long or much longer than

lateral cells] somewhat floccose, slightly rusty.

Leaves broadly lanceolate, to 15 x 7 cm though

commonly 9 x 3.5 cm; margin mostly entire,

occasionally repand on vigorous leaves; apex

acute; base rounded, oblique; veins prominent

below; petiole 2—3.5 cm long. Inflorescence a

short cyme of 4—12 flowers from an upper

internodal position, the lowest flower bisexual,

436 Austrobaileya 4(3): 429-437 (1995)

the upper flowers male; rhachis 1-5 cm long; _ tate-stellate to 5 cm diameter, divided scarcely

lowest pedicel to 2.5 cm long; upper pedicels halfway into broad rounded lobes. Staminal

I—1.5 cm long; calyces densely pubescent, ca- _— filaments c. 1 mm long. Anthers to 7 mm long,

lyx of hermaphrodite flower armed, lobes nar- =‘ tapered upwards, poricidal. Ovary globular,

row triangular to 12 mm long, calyx of male — densely pubescent with long hairs; style to 12

flower unarmed, lobes narrowly triangularc.7 =mmdlong. Male flowers smaller, ovary and style

mm long. Corolla of hermaphrodite flower ro- __ vestigial. Fruiting pedicel to 2 cm long, calyx

ener trae Pages pincers anh a i%, Ss . te yh OM aks , : jury i

: Nh pe el ; 1) LT ERHEEM AND HEREARHIN: PRABANE | eae te i + et py} - oo ee aa

Thea CP TRAE LAGD ' HIRD PESTEIEF “eas nee eee -

£2e 305 451 ay toads rm, iat v H : ae,

mm J. lienierson leo G3 far

Vokarars , i

wee ees ge .

¥ + >

weed es neta

ama

euLl. f-—

hOrbigin outal aoan towunshitie

vautherm racing fili-glone;: amongst

taneration in a fare paddeck fea 60 ha}.

Sse ees sper eee eS ee a

(liuiicvenaration ossantially of native scecics}. : ae

broeth garvubs bo oa 2my Fleyers pain blue, : ,

fo onk S$ op dian: fruit Oireature} green, when ; tt

ries ofangesvelloy and ca 2-2,5 oc dian,: on oe

Voucher ior clromonam: counts by Mi 2n =) 24 -.

dics, 2085 amd 2207 frou difserent plants

SEUS4 citar 1G: ulation.

\ tip + CAND , pity Tey ce TH ee a aet ets

Prelieninary sorting

Ae 4 te oy Fe

ra wa ae

; Yarr arcs Mie 50

vit (42 Herb, BRIO

piceatanen

sereaens

ete

ceo

Leet

eo ae

ae ae are oe dd ne ie

Date tyne He S

pee rra

= Sion ;

Crete

fui ato

rs:

<5 at

Fig. 4. Type of Solanum stupefactum.

yinssiceesi steers eee

Ieee eee ned Ba

Symon, Solanum

enlarged to cover base of berry. Berry globose

to flattened globose, to 3 cm diameter, finally

orange-yellow. Seeds discoid with a hilum notch,

3-4 mm diameter, minutely pitted. Chromo-

some number 2n = 24 (Henderson 2286, BRI).

Specimens examined: Queensland. Burnetr District:

Portion 140, Neumgna-Tarong road, Apr 1975, Sampson

[AQ107004] (BRI). DaruNnc Downs District: Gowrie

Mountains, without date, Bailey [AQ332189] (BRD).

Moreton District: adjacent State Forest 289, Yarraman,

Mar 1975, Moriarty 1650, 1655, 1657, 1658 (AD, BRI);

outskirts of Yarraman, Apr 1975, Henderson 2285, 2286,

2287 (BRI); Rockmount, 25 km S of Helidon, Aug 1986,

Bird [AQ440370] (BRD); Paradise Falls, Sep 1986, Bird

[AQ440401] (BRD; Paradise Range, Mt Sylvia, Sep 1986,

Williams 86016 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: South-eastern

Queensland in the area bounded by Nanango,

Pittsworth and Laidley, on disturbed

agricultural land.

Etymology: The epithet in the name is derived

from Latin stupefactus, to be stunned, relating

to the surprise and astonishment at finding such

a species in southern Queensland.

Notes: Solanum stupefactum, an east coast

species, is unusual in its clear expression of

andromonoecy. This character is more common

in western Australian species of Solanum.

In eastern Australia, S. campanulatum

may have several lower flowers berry-bearing

but it has a deeply campanulate corolla and

black seeds. S. cinereum may also have several

437

lower flowers with berries below relatively few

male flowers. Again, the seeds of that species

are dark grey and its berry finally dark brown to

black and brittle. To neither of these does

S. stupefactum seem closely related. Nor do

the western Australian species seem closely

related to it; these have denser tomentum, more

prominent prickles on the calyx, larger fruits

that are yellow rather than orange-yellow in

colour and black or dark seeds. ‘This species was

segregated in the Queensland Herbarium as

Solanum sp. (Yarraman V.K.Moriarty 1650)

and is keyed out in the Flora of south-eastern

Queensland (Stanley & Ross 1986, 420) as

Solanum sp. 4.

Acknowledgements

Lam grateful to the Director of the Queensland

Herbarium for the loan of specimens and to two

referees who criticised the first draft of this

paper,

References

STANLEY, T.D. & Ross, E.M. (1986). Flora of south-eastern

Queensland 2: 407-427. Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Primary Industries.

Symon, D.E. (1981). A revision of the genus Solanum in

Australia. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 4: 1-367.

Wuaten, M.D. (1984). Conspectus of species groups in

Solanum subgenus Leptostemonum. Gentes Her-

barium 12: 179-282.

Rete A eet Ba Salta pe aie Seen ep a LG . at et ey nenene eet ee te eee nneees, passes eee eee eeeeneneneeseesega cas at ne ate

Two new species of Hibiscus section Furcaria DC. (Malvaceae)

from northern Queensland

F.D. Wilson and L.A. Craven

Summary

Wilson, F.D, & Craven, L.A. (1995). Two new species of Hibiscus section Furcaria DC. (Malvaceae)

from northern Queensland. Austrobaileya 4(3): 439-447. Two new species of Hibiscus section Furcaria

DC. from northern Queensland are described, namely H. forsteri F.D, Wilson and H. saponarius Craven.

A key and an exsiccatae list are included for the seven species of H. section Furcaria we recognise as

occurring in Queensland and New South Wales. We provide taxonomic notes on A. diversifolius Jacq.

and the H, heterophyllus Vent. complex, and draw attention to the correct type of H. splendens Fraser ex

Graham.

Key Words: Malvaceae, Hibiscus -New South Wales, Hibiscus -Queensland, Hibiscus divaricatus,

Hibiscus diversifolius, Hibiscus forsteri, Hibiscus heterophyllus, Hibiscus meraukensis, Hibiscus

saponarius, Hibiscus splendens.

FD, Wilson, USDA-ARS, Western Cotton Research Laboratory, 4135 E. Broadway Read, Phoenix, AZ

85040, USA

L.A. Craven, Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO Division

of Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia

Introduction

Hibiscus section Furcaria DC. (Malvaceae) is

set apart from other sections in the genus H1bis-

cus L. by each calyx lobe having a prominent,

thickened midrib and two thickened marginal

ribs (Hochreutiner 1900). The more than 100

known species in this section are widely distrib-

uted in tropical and subtropical areas of Africa,

Asia, Australia, and the Americas, and also in

Oceania (Wilson 1994). All but three of the 30

or more species occurring tn Australia are en-

demic. In this paper, we describe two new

species from Cape York Peninsula and provide

a key for the seven species that we recognise as

occurring in Queensland and New South Wales.

We also provide taxonomic notes for H.

diversifolius Jacq., a widespread and variable

species, and for the H. heterophyllus Vent.

complex, for which reconsideration of morpho-

logical diversity has resulted in the reduction of

H. heterophyllus subsp. luteus (Hochr.) F.D.

Wilson to H. divaricatus Graham. Attention 1s

drawn to the correct type of H. splendens Fraser

ex Graham.

Accepted for publication 29 March 1995

Taxonomy

Hibiscus forsteri F.D. Wilson, sp. nov. Frutex

1-3 m altus; ramulis stellato-

pubescentibus, aculeis vel aculeis

carentibus et pilis glandulosis; foliis in

circumscriptione generali ellipticis,

anguste ovatis, ovatis, vel orbicularibus,

stellato-pubescentibus, nectar1is

foliaribus; floribus epedunculatis;

segmentis epicalycis _ stellato-

pubescentibus et setis grossis, linearibus,

late complanatis versus apicem, projecturis

minutis in marginibus duabus vel nullis;

calyce stellato-pubescentibus et setis

grossis, enectariis; petalis albis vel

subroseis, basi atrorubris; capsula pilis

appressis stramineis densis; seminibus

Striatis et minute pectinato-pubescentibus.

Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 6.8

km from Bromley on the track to Carron

Valley, 16 July 1990, Eucalyptus

tetrodontaF. Muell.-E. nesophila Blakely

woodland on grey, sandy soil, J.R.

Clarkson 8866 & V.J. Neldner (holo:

CANB; iso: BRI; DNA, K, L, MBA, NY,

n.V.).

440

Shrub 1-3 m tall. Branchlets with fine stellate

hairs in a longitudinal band between the nodes

and less dense or absent on the remainder of the

internode, or sometimes the branchlets with a

fine dense stellate-pubescence; with coarse

stellate hairs sparse and sometimes inserted

upon tubercles; with aculei 1—1.3 mm long or

aculei absent; with glandular hairs; the aculei

and glandular hairs more or less evenly distrib-

uted. Stipules at length deciduous, unlobed,

linear to subulate (rarely the distal third to half

slightly flattened as in the epicalyx segments),

with stellate and glandular hairs, 0.6-1.3 cm

long. Climax leaves with the petiole with

indumentum similar to that of the branchlet or

sometimes dissimilar (aculei always absent,

stellate hairs usually more dense than on the

branchlets and sometimes the fine stellate hairs

present only as a longitudinal adaxial band),

3.5-12.5 cm long; lamina usually weakly

discolorous, in general outline elliptic, ovate,

narrowly ovate, broadly ovate or orbicular,

unlobed to shallowly 3-lobed, 9.0-22.0cm long,

5.0-—18.0 cm wide, the base cuneate to truncate,

the margin serrate to serrulate (to subcrenulate,

with minute teeth in the sinuses), the lobes as

long as wide to shorter than wide, the apex acute

to rounded (to rarely retuse), the indumentum

similar on both surfaces or more dense on

the abaxial surface, with dense stellate and

glandular hairs on each surface or abaxially

with fine stellate hairs absent or more or less

evenly distributed across the surface and coarse

stellate hairs, when present, restricted to the

veins (the coarse hairs scattered to moderately

dense on the major veins, becoming progres-

sively smaller, less coarse and less dense on the

finer veins); foliar nectary present at base of the

lamina, 3-9 mm long. Distal leaves reduced in

shape and size or only tn size, narrowly elliptic,

elliptic, or ovate. Flowers solitary in leaf axils

and in short sympodia, not pedunculate. Pedicel

with sparse to very dense fine stellate hairs,

sometimes with sparse aculei, or with scattered

to moderately dense coarser stellate hairs

inserted upon small tubercules, sometimes the

pedicel with both fine and coarse stellate hairs

and aculei, 13-21 mm long. Epicalyx with

sparse to dense fine stellate hairs, sometimes

with moderately to very dense coarser stellate

hairs inserted upon tubercles (these mostly on

the segment margins), 15—28 mm long, 10—12-

Austrobaileya 4(3):439-447 (1995)

segmented, the segments free, 0.65—0.95 times

the length of the calyx, incurved, linear, 3-

nerved, rounded or flattened in cross-section

proximally, variously flattened and widened

distally (apparently two types, the first with a

rounded or flattened proximal part, 4-12 mm

long, and a flattened, widened distal part, ‘7-12

mm long, [1-2 mm wide; the second also with a

rounded or flattened proximal part, 11-13 mm

long, and a flattened, widened distal part, 7-8

mm long, 2 mm wide, but with a minute projec-

tion on each of the two margins at the base of

the distal part). Calyx with whitish to

yellowish, very sparse to dense fine stellate

hairs, sometimes with moderately dense to dense

aculei on ribs, or scattered to moderately dense

coarser tubercle-based stellate hairs (these

mostly on the ribs), 21-32 mm long; calyx

nectary absent. Petals white with a pink flush on

one margin, and with the proximal region red-

dish, 6.5-8.5 cm long. Staminal column 16-30

mm long, the stamens distributed throughout

the length of the column, the filaments 1-2 mm

long. Style exserted 10—16 mm beyond apex of

staminal column, the branches 4—7 mm iong.

Stigmas capitate, the hatrs 0.2 mm long.

Capsule densely appressed-pubescent, ovoid

and beaked, 19-30 mm long, the beak glabrous,

conspicuous or inconspicuous, |—3 mm long.

Seed striate and minutely pectinate-pubescent,

angular-reniform, c. 4 mm long. Fig. 1.

Other Specimens Examined: Queensland. Coox

District: Near Glennie Mt, Bolt Head Road, off Maloneys

Springs Road, Jun 1989, Forster 5518 (ASU,BRD);

Maloneys Springs, Bromley Station, Jul 1991, Forster

8792 (BRI,CANB); Maloneys Springs, 40 km E by road of

Moreton Telegraph Station, Jun 1989, Forster 5234 (ASU,

BRI,CANB,MEL;DNA, QRS, n.v.);92kmN of the Lockhart

River road on the track to Wattle Hill, Aug 1991, Clarkson

9078 & Neldner (BRI, CANB;MBA, ORS, n.v.); Garraway

Hill, southern slopes, Jul 1991, Forster 9040 (BRI,CANB);

Brown Creek on Iron Range Road (174 km N of Coen by

road), Sep 1975, Coveny & Hind 7100 (ASU,BRI,NSW);

Brown Creek Crossing on the road to Iron Range, Aug

1987, Clarkson 7341 (CANB;BRI,.L,MBA,QRS, n.v.);

Claudie River, Jun 1972, Jrvine 213 (QRS); 48 km S of

Portland Roads, Jul 1968, Pedley 2750 (BRD; Brown

Creek, Pascoe River, Jun 1948, Brass 19181 (BRI, CANB;

A, n.v.); Iron Range Road, 6 km before Garraway Creek

Crossing, Apr 1988, Forster 4249 (ASU, BRI); Cape York

Peninsula, 1930, Thompson 26 (BRI); Old Lockhart-Nundah

Road, Oct 1973, Hyland 6947 (QRS); Between Hopevale

Mission and Elderslie Station, May 1969, Bates 259 (BRI);

53 km from Cooktown on Old Mclvor Road, 6 km from

Hope Vale Turnoff, May 1970, Blake 23449 (BRI, CANB);

441

lyx of Forster 5518

ing ca

nea

s hat

oh i

t -_

i ©

rg "%/"* t t . t “+

et “2 ru + a + ol = i he te

ath ates,

7+ a ae ee be meee eet hte

-_ we ft

rome rept 7

* bow

Sem tae

ta.

kt ae

etre

)

Coveny & Hind 7100 (ASU)). B, fruit

Sete types er re ee

ee ete

ESCUS

;

5 poe et 4 *

‘

- ”

sal ”

Ll “hm » \ * "sy

a *) i v mt,

” po ee 4 w

lod v f w

” é fy ry we

ra “we a a ee

w 7 yr , "wy

Me * “if .

. » my h

“a a 7 j

P rr 5 ae 7

4 “, tte “

(ASU). C, fruiting calyx of Pedley 2750 (BRD).

Fig.l. Hibiscus forsteri. A, Forster 4249 (ASU) (flower

Wilson & Craven, new northern Queensland 7

hee ban wh ee eeRRE Re Feels tata t ort, gataet wR EPA nes SE BT Tai LEE i ee Ee Ae OE eae

ed bree inmate oo apr ep nee ne EER Ee A Ea PS ES OOP

442

27 km NW of Cooktown along MclIvor River road, Jun

1972, Wrigley & Telford NQ1386 (CBG). NorTH KENNEDY

District: Foot of Mt Elliot, Oct 1950, Blake 18710 (BRI,

CANB;: K, MO, NT, #.v.); Burdekin Delta Area, Jun 1950,

Kleinschmidt 78 (CANB); Ollera Creek Holding near

N.P.R. 477, Mt Spec, Feb 1972, Hyland 5916 (QRS).

Australian Capital Territory. culfivated in Canberra

Botanic Garden (ex Wrigley & Telford NQ1386), Cummings

100 (CBG).

Distribution and habitat: Hibiscus forsteri

occurs tn far north Queensland in the Pascoe-

Lockhart Rivers area west of [ron Range, at

MclIvor River near Cooktown, and near

Townsville. Map 1.

It has been recorded as occurring in

Eucalyptus tetrodonta P, Muell.-E. nesophila

Blakely woodland, open eucalyptforeston sandy

soul, E&. hylandti Carr & Carr-Welchiodendron

Peter G. Wilson & Waterhouse shrubby

woodland, scrubby eucalypt forest on granite

sand with large boulders, and a rainforest road

clearing.

Etymology: Named 1n honor of Paui Forster of

the Queensland Herbarium who has collected

extensively in northern Queensland and has

shared with us his knowledge of this interesting

plant.

Notes: Wilson (1994) incorrectly interpreted

the projections on the distal part of the epicalyx

segments of some collections of H. forstert as a

bifurcation, a feature common in African and

American species of Hibiscus section Furcaria.

Apparently, Wilson’s previous (Wilson 1974)

statement that the Australian species of

this section lack bifurcate epicalyx segments 1s.

correct. Plants of #. forsteri from three separate

localities possess the projections on the epicalyx

seoments: Irvine 213, Pedley 2750, and the

CANB sheet of Blake 23449 (Blake 23449 at

BRI has flattened, slightly widened segments

but lacks projections). Paul Forster (pers.comm.,

1994) noted that Maloneys Springs plants (e.g.

Forster 5234) are prickly and deciduous, and

occur on sandstone, whereas the Iron Range

plants (e.g. Forster 4249) are hispid and

evergreen, and occur on granite. It is obvious

from the morphological description given above

and Forster’s field observations that H. forsteri

is quite variable, but there seems to be no

consistent morphological and distributional

Austrobaileya 4(3):439-447 (1995)

pattern that would allow us to separate the

various populations as distinct entities.

Hibiscus saponarius Craven, sp. noy. Suffrutex

fusus; ramulis vitta pilorum stellatorum

tenuium mollium in quoque internodio,

setis tenuibus longis densis pluriarmatis

ubique et pilis glandulosis ubique; foliis

in circumscriptione generali orbicularibus

usque depressi-ovatis, 3—5-lobatis infirme

usque valde, setis tenuibus brevibus densis;

nectartis foliaribus plerumque carentibus;

floribus pedunculatis; pedunculo,

pedicello, epicalyce et calyce setis tenuibus

longis densis; segmentis epicalycis

linearibus, complanatis, apici integris;

enectarlis calycinis; petalis albis vel

subroseis, basi atrorubris; capsula pilis

appressis sparsissimis; seminibus Striatis

et pilis brevis albis crassis. Tlypus: Queens-

land. Cook District: 4.2 km E of King

River on the Edward River to Musgrave

road, 3 June 1989, Eucalyptus tetrodonta

FB, Muell.-£. hylandi Carr & Carr wood-

land on white sand with a grassy ground

layer, J.R. Clarkson 8107 & V.J. Neldner

(holo: CANB; iso: BRI;K,MBA, n.yv.).

Sprawling subshrub, Branchlets with fine, soft

stellate hairs to 1 mm long present in a longitu-

dinal band on each internode, throughout with

very dense, straight, soft, whitish, 1-several-

armed fine hairs to 3 mm long, and throughout

with minute glandular hairs. Stipules more or

less persistent, subulate, unlobed or 2-lobed,

with fine hairs as those on the branchlets and

with minute glandular hairs, 4-7 mm long (up to

12mm long in cultivated plants). Climax leaves

with the petiole with indumentum similar to that

of the branchlet, 4.0—7.0 cm long (up to 16.5 cm

long in cultivated plants); lamina very weakly

discolorous, tn general outline orbicular to

depressed ovate, shallowly to deeply 3—5-lobed

(more commonly 5-lobed on mid-stem leaves

(mid-stem leaves are sometimes shallowly to

moderately lobed in cultivated plants)), 4.5—8.5

cm long (up to 12.0 cm long in cultivated

plants), 8.0O-11.0 cm wide (up to 18.0 cm wide

in cultivated plants), the base cordate to cuneate,

the margin serrate to serrate-sinuate, the lobes

usually longer than wide, the apex acute to

obtuse, the indumentum generally similar on

each surface, on the abaxial surface usually with

Wilson & Craven, new northern Queensland Hibiscus

443

moderately dense to very dense fine hairs

similar to, but shorter than, those on the

branchiets and with minute glandular hairs, the

midrib and primary vein indumentum similar to

_ that of the interveinal regions or sometimes

more dense on the major veins; foliar nectary

usually absent (observed only in very early

mid-stem leaves of cultivated plants where

situated at base of the lamina and 0.8—1 mm

long). Distal leaves reduced in shape and size,

linear or 3-lobed (the lobes then being linear to

oblong). Flowers solitary in leaf axils,

pedunculate, Peduncle, pedicel, epicalyx, and

calyx with moderately dense (very dense on

pedicel), straight, soft, 1- fo 4-fid fine hairs to 3

mm long. Peduncle 10-38 mm long. Pedicel

{3-27 mm long. Epicalyx 9-12 mm long, 9-11-

segmented, the segments free at the base,

0.6-0.75 times the length of the calyx, straight

or slightly recurved, linear, flattened, 3-nerved,

entire at the apex. Calyx with hairs on the ribs,

otherwise glabrous, 14—20 mm long (Clarkson

7181 & Simon has markedly acuminate calyx

lobes to 20 mm long — other specimens have

shorter, slightly acuminate lobes); calyx nectary

absent. Petals white, with a suffusion of pink

mainly on the veins on the abaxial side, and with

the proximal region reddish, 5.5-6.5 cm long.

Staminal column 12 mm long, the stamens

distributed along distal 10 mm of the column,

the filaments 1.5—2 mm long. Style exserted 5

mm beyond apex of staminal column, the

444

branches 1.5—2 mm long. Stigmas capitate, the

hairs 0.5 mm long. Capsule very sparsely hairy,

with a few appressed hairs throughout, ovoid

and beaked, 8-11 mm long, the beak glabrous,

conspicuous, | mm long. Seed striate and with

very short, white, thick hairs, angular-reniform,

c. 3.5 mm long. Fig. 2.

Other Specimens Examined: Queensland. Cook DIs-

TRICT: 9km W of the Glen Garland tumoff on the Musgrave

to Edward River road, May 1987, Clarkson 7181 & Simon

(BRI, CANB, DNA, MBA, PERTH, QRS). Australian

Capital Territory. Cultivated in glasshouse at Canberra,

ACT (ex Clarkson 8107 & Neldner), Craven 8817 (CANB),

8820 (ASU, CANB), 8824 (CANB).

Distribution and habitat: Hibiscus saponarius

is known only from the two cited populations

along the road from Musgrave to Edward River

on Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. (Map

1),

It has been recorded as occurring in

Eucalyptus tetrodonta F. Muell.-&. fylandii

Carr & Carr woodland with a grassy ground

layer (which once was noted as being sparse

Schizachyrium Nees) on sandy soil (once noted

as having surficial laterite pebbles).

Austrobaileya 4(3):439-447 (1995)

Etymology: From Latin sapo (soap), for the

distinctive slippery or soapy feeling of the

branchlets of living plants of this species,

apparently caused by an exudate from the

glandular hairs.

Notes: Hibiscus saponarius seems to be

most closely related to H. meraukensis Hochr.

Both species have acuminate calyx lobes that

are glabrous except on the ribs. The capsules of

H. saponarius are sparsely pubescent, those

of H. meraukensis are glabrous to sparsely

pubescent, in contrast to all other Australian

species which have densely pubescent capsules.

The branchlets of H. meraukensis are usually

plabrous or have recurved aculei but two

collections examined (Clarkson 6471, 6934 &

Neldner (BRI, CANB)) have hairs similar to

those on H. saponarius except that they are

shorter and not quite as dense. Clarkson 6934

& Neldner appears to be from a small, trailing

plant and has a glabrous capsule; Clarkson 6471

& Neldner was described as a trailing shrub and

has a sparsely pubescent capsule. All other

collections of H. meraukensis seen from

Queensland represent the typical, non-stellate-

pubescent, aculeate form of the species.

Key to Species of Hibiscus sect. Furcaria In Queensland and New South Wales

1. Nectary present on calyx midrib..........

NGCtaFY ADSBBE yo iy x vere yi» MBN leew as

2. Capsule glabrous or at the summit sparsely pubescent; pedicel glabrous or

ACTEICAES 6g dene neice nex cate boa: 6, @ ore mal ala ecs

Ona, ead a Bake ES ote ee 5. H. meraukensis

Capsule sparsely or densely pubescent throughout; pedicel stellate-

pubescent and with or without aculei.....

3. Flowers pedicellate and pedunculate ......

Flowers pedicellate, peduncle absent ......

4. Branchlets with very dense, velvety, simple to stellate fine hairs and simple

to branched aculei to 2 mm long; capsule densely pubescent ...... .... d. H. splendens

Branchlets with 1-4-fid soft and flexible hairs to 3 mm long; capsule sparsely -

DUDESCON, -crmd ict each ote pate epee in a ae

bubesachevted teats itebira alkane 6, H. saponarius

5. Epicalyx segments flattened and slightly to markedly widened towards the

PATS N, 5. cin gh picin': os Sp oat ort Ae ove Prev ht at we hore

6. Calyx densely stellate-pubescent and without aculei,

distinctly coloured (straw- to rust-coloured when dry) ...........

the indumentum

4. H. heterophyllus

Calyx sparsely stellate-pubescent and/or aculeate, the indumentum not

distinctly coloured...............006.

1. H. divaricatus

Wilson & Craven, new northern Queensland Albiscus

Mibiscus diversifolius Jacq: A purple-flow-

ered form of H. diversifolius occurs at Lake

Euramoo on the Atherton Tableland in north

Queensland (Brass 33650 (BRD, Kershaw &

James ANU 10025 (CANB), Scarth-Johnson

s.n. (BRD). Exell (1961) noted that the only

form of H. diversifolius that occurs in the Flora

Zambesiaca area is purple-flowered and uni-

formly pubescent and is referrable to H.

diversifolius subsp. rivularis (Bremek. &

Oberm.) Exell. The yellow-flowered H.

diversifolius sens. strict., that occurs both north

and south of the Flora Zambeziaca area, is

distinguished not only by its flower colour, but

also by the longitudinal line or lines of pubes-

cence on its stems. This distinction, however,

does not hold in Australia because uniformly

pubescent stems occur on yellow-flowered col-

lections (e.g., McDonald 459 (CANB)), and a

purple-flowered form has lines of pubescence

as well as being otherwise pubescent (e.g.,

Kershaw & James ANU 10025). Therefore, we

regard the purple-flowered form of dH.

diversifolius in Australia as merely a colour

variant. Such variants are common among

species of Hibiscus section Furcaria (Wilson

1994),

The Hibiscus heterophyllus complex: Wilson

(1974) recognized three taxa in the H.

heterophyllus complex in east-central and south-

eastern Queensland: H. heterophyllus Vent.

subsp. heterophyllus, occurring from latitude

17 to latitude 34 degrees South and distin-

guished by the very dense stellate indumentum.

on the calyx; H. heterophyllus subsp. luteus

(Hochr.) F.D. Wilson, occurring from latitude

23 to latitude 26 degrees South and distin-

guished by a sparse stellate pubescence on the

calyx; H. divaricatus Grah., occurring in a

limited area from latitude 25 to latitude 26

degrees South and longitude 151 to longitude

152 degrees East, and distinguished by having

bristles and/or aculei on the calyx ribs. A study

of more recently collected specimens of this

complex shows that the latter two taxa intergrade

and cannot be distinguished morphologically

with any degree of certainty. Therefore, in the

key above, only two taxa in the complex are

445

included, namely H. heterophyllus sens. strict.

and H. divaricatus, the latter including H.

heterophyllus subsp. luteus. If one accepts that

species must be reproductively isolated from

others, some doubt remains about this conclu-

sion as Menzel & Martin (1974) produced vig-

orous, fertile hybrids between H. heterophyllus

sens. strict. and the form that Wilson (1974)

called H. heterophyllus subsp. luteus, and also

between H. heterophyllus sens. strict. and H.

splendens. Hibiscus heterophyllus x H.

splendens hybrids are available in the nursery

trade (Menzel & Martin 1974; Colleen Keena,

Brisbane, Queensland, pers. comm., 1994),

Apparently, natural crosses between these spe-

cies also occur in Queensland (Bates 340, 341

(BRI) from Wide Bay District, which were

interpreted by the collector as representing

interspecific hybrids because the plants con-

cerned were intermediate morphologically be-

tween the two putative parental species, H.

heterophyllus and H. splendens, that occurred

in close proximity). Paul Forster (BRI) drew

our attention to a number of collections at BRI

representing plants from Port Curtis District,

Queensland, growing on serpentinite and dis-

playing flower colours ranging from white with

a pink flush to apricot, pale pink, pink, orchid

pink, and rose pink. All fall within the morpho-

logical limits of H. heterophyllus as accepted in

this paper. It is obvious that more than a

morphological study will be required to resolve

the relationships among these taxa.

To the synonymy of H. heterophyllus

Vent. sens. strict. may be added the following:

H. amaliae Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 404 (1928)

(MEL, iso.). The examined isotype clearly falls

within the variability of H. heterophyllus as we

are defining this species.

Hibiscus splendens Fraser ex Graham:

Wilson’s (1974) designation of the specimen

Fraser s.n., 1825, Hastings River, New South

Wales, at Edinburgh (KE) as neotype of H.

splendens was unnecessary because the holotype

exists at Kew (K) (Lauener & Paul 1985). The

specimen Wilson designated neotype is, in fact,

an isotype of H. splendens.

446

0 he

1 ye

etm Ns

‘ahem RAL Weg:

4 a

«| ae Is

a eg lers *

ner

al dal

nerve

te “ “

“W i ee

tetra gin

fh Ss * WY

rie cahery sea ART.

“ ‘ C7 “ “

“ob whee"

‘tix * Hm, +"

solo sich aa ibsere hy

A ging 4 re]

\«

fierenhaley fein ah bate,

re a er

;

yee

Min

«yl

“tally

hal ot

“a

f oat Sineiy

‘ rr ia $

‘ { te }

iu. 4 er ta aut “J

meat arate me he Parl ‘ are

‘ sm gh

£ Ww

wat

Nera,

fue

- f"

age

era

“ aah 4

Pol

apne

* 4 #4

os re nr unc ats

‘ “aadaen al settee

Feud papeeayes

Fig. 2. Hibiscus saponarius Craven 8820 (ASU).

Acknowledgements

We thank Donald Pinkava and Leslie Landrum,

ASU, for providing working space for FDW at

that institution. FDW’s visit to Canberra was

supported by the Visiting Scientist Program of

CSIRO Division of Plant Industry, the Austral-

ian Nature Conservation Agency, and Queens-

land Region of Society for Growing Australian

Austrobaileya 4(3):439-447 (1995)

Plants; to these organisations we extend our

thanks. The directors and curators of the fol-

lowing herbaria are thanked for the opportunity

to study collections in their care: ASU, BRI,

CANB, CBG, MBA, MEL, QRS. John Clarkson,

especially, is thanked for his interest in collect-

ing the mallows of northern Queensland. Marsha

Minnis prepared the illustrations.

6 oot dd dened, Sy tole rer ar a Pid PHrerre rh rk ae Sl Talat aad ea at aie) vate foee " cy Te ote cee ee

nae cee eect eee ee eee ccc eee eee cecccceececerre ee ED TA pence dobar ar En RG NM EE ADEE ned E an SEA SATE EERE Pe

Wilson & Craven, new northern Queensland Hibiscus

References

Exeii, A.W. (1961). Hibiscus. In A.W. Exell & H. Wild

(eds), Flora Zambesiaca, Vol. 1, Part 2. 434-472.

London: Crown Agents for Overseas Governments

and Administrations.

HOocHREUuTINER, B.P.G. (1900). Revision du genre Hibiscus.

Annuaire du Conservatoire du Jardin Botaniques

de Genéve 4: 23-191.

LAUENER, L.A, & PAUL, H. (1985). The type specimens of

Robert Graham. Notes from the Royal Botanic

Garden, Edinburgh 42: 567-593.

447

MENZEL, M.Y. & Martin, D.W. (1974), Cytotaxonomy of

some Australian species of Hibiscus sect. Furcaria.

Australian Journal of Botany 22: 141-156.

Witson, F.D. (1974). Hibiscus section Furcaria in Aus-

tralia. Australian Journal of Botany 22: 157-182.

--— (1994). The genome biogeography of Hibiscus section

Furcaria. Genetic Resources and Crop Evolttton

Alt: 13-25.

Index to Numbered Exsiccatae of Hibiscus section Furcaria from Queensland and New

South Wales

The number following the colon is the number of the species given in the key above.

Adams 3649: 2. Anderson 2029: 4. Andrews & Simon 25:

Bates 259: 3; 323: 1; 338: 7. Batianoff 3200, 3625A,

GG9105028, MS9105110:4. Batianoff & Dalliston

3107:4. Batianoff & McDonald 681,799: 1. Bean

3167, 3184, 3185: 4; 6753: 7. Bell 282: 4. Bennett

1: 4; 2:3. Blake 12729 p.p.: (BRD 1, (CANB) 4;

18710: 3; 19966: 1; 23449: 3. Brake R3: 4. Brass

18501, 18755, 18977: 5; 19181: 3; 33650: 2. Brooker

4112: 5. Burbidge 5394: 1. Burkitt 45:3. Byrnes

& Clarkson 3745: 4.

Clarkson 5738, 5950, 6069, 6438, 6480, 6615, 6934: 5;

7341:3, Clarkson & Henderson 7923: 5. Clarkson

& Neldner 6471, 8780, 10111: 5; 8107: 6; 8866,

9078: 3. Clarkson & Simon 7019: 5; 7181: 6.

Coveny & Haegi 9866:7. Coveny & Hind 6907: 4;

7100: 3. Craven 3152: 4; 3167: 1; 3240: 5; 8610: 7;

8817, 8820, 8824: 6. Craven, Grace & Lawrence

8831: 1. Craven, Wilson & Smith 9355, 9356,

9357: 4. Crome 718: 5. Cummings 100: 3.

Dillewaard 127: 1. Dockrill 1076, 1104: 4, Dunn, Coveny

& Donabauer 110: 2. Dunn & McMahon 146: 4.

Durrington 136: 1.

Everist 5419: 5; 8000: 4.

Fagg 717: 4. Fensham 287, 1050, 1051: 4; 682, 1052,

1053: 1. Forbes 2779: 4; 2780: 7. Forster 4024,

6370: 5; 4249, 5234, 5518, 8792, 9040: 3; 6688,

7923, 14140: 1; 7637, 9409, 9891: 4, Forster &

McDonald 8022, 8179, 8238: 4. Forster & Smyrell

9187: 2. Forster, Tucker & Kenning 9982: 4.

Forster, Tucker & Orford 5866: 4.

Geckeler, Thiele & Prober 61:2. Gibson 1075: 1; TOY377,

TOI737, TO1823: 4. Gittins 2540: 1. Gordon 728:

1. Goy & Smith 635: 7.

Hartley & Hyland 14129: 4. Henderson, Durrington &

Sharpe 1192:7. Henderson, Guymer & Dillewaard

H2995: 1. Hyland 5916, 6947: 3; 7124, 8190,

11311: 4.

Irvine 213: 3; 1743: 4.

Jacobs 1445: 5. Johnson 948, 948B: 1; 1629A; 3; 1796: 4.

Jones 3855, 3902: 4.

Kanis 2120: 4, Kershaw & James 10025: 2. Kleinschmidt

78: 3.

Lazarides & Story 51:1. Lebler & Durrington 6: 1. Lepschi

& Slee 1189, 1234, 1245; 1. Little 1,2: 4.

Maconochie 2356, 2750: 4: 2765: 1. Martensz 1018, 1098:

1. McDonald 141: 1; 459: 2, Michael 1770: 7.

Moriarty 1347: 4; 1347A; 1.

Paijmans 4065: 7. Pediey 2750:3. Perry 1142, 1202, 4072:

5. Powell 403: 4. Pullen 3756: 4; 8950, 10402: 5.

Puttock & Wilson 13470: 1.

Rice 2425, 2426: 5. Rodd 2235: 4; 2735: 2.

Schoneveld 257: 1. Sharpe & Batianoff 4013: 4. Sharpe &

Dowling 300: 4. Sharpe & Durrington 300: 4.

Simmons 33; 4. Smith 3583B: 1. Speck 1937: 1.

Stanley & Ross 78186: 1. Straatmans 279: 2. Story

7175: 4. Symon 4872: 5.

Telford 847: 4; 5776: 7. Thomson 26: 3. Thorne 21158: 5.

Trapnell 16, E151: 4; 171: 7. Trapnell & Williams

4.71141: 4; 59: 1.

Webb & Tracey 13621:5. White 7236, 7734: 7; 11318: 4.

Williams 5, 78, 79, 227: 4; 230: 7; 76073, 76081,

76081A, 76083, 76084, 76085, 76086, 77238,

77239, 80169: 4. Wrigley & Telford: NQ1386: 3,

Wyatt 6: 4.

PE re eee Peer Ree OC RT EN Rete Repo Me TC Soe Ee ai a hs

Austrobaileya 4(3): 449-450 (1995)

Notes

Distribution, habitat and conservation status of Peperomia bellendenkerensis

(Piperaceae), a rare endemic from the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north-eastern Queensland.

In the recent account of Peperomia in

Australia (Forster 1993), P. bellendenkerensis

Domin was known only from the two original

collections made by Karel Domin on Bellenden

Ker, north-eastern Queensland in 1909. No

information was available on the habitat of the

species and a conservation coding of 1K (sensu

Briggs & Leigh 1988) was suggested.

During investigation (by PDB) of the fern

flora of the Russell River valley in September

1993, plants of Peperomia bellendenkerensis

were rediscovered. Based on the population

size, the land-use at the site [Bellenden Ker

Resources Reserve] and the close proximity

of cleared farm-land, the conservation coding

of this species was changed to E (Henderson

1994). Subsequent collections have now

revealed at least six discrete populations of

P, bellendenkerensis. A reliable but

unconfirmed report has also been received

from R.L. Jago (pers. comm.) that the species

occurs also at the head of the East Mulgrave

River, NW of Babinda (within Wooroonooran

National Park).

Peperomia bellendenkerensis Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89(4): 559 (1928); P.I.

Forster, Austrobaileya 4: 95 (1993).

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Coox

District: Wooroonooran N.P. (formerly N.P. 226),

unnamed tributary of Westgid Creek 1.5 km NW of Cable

Car Base Station, Apr 1994, Chinnock 8741 & Bostock

(AD, BRI); Wooroonooran N.P., Frenchmans Creek, south

branch, Apr 1994, Bostock 1549 & Chinneck (BRD;

W ooroonooran N.P., Frenchmans Creek, west branch, Apr

1994, Bostock 1560 & Chinnock (BR); Weinerts Creek, 1

km NW of Babinda, Dec 1993, Jago 3055 (BRD;

Wooroonooran N.P., Josephine Falls, May 1994, Bostock

1611 & Chinnock (BRD; Beilenden Ker Resources Reserve

(formerly Departmental & Official Purposes Reserve

[Dept of Minerals and Energy/Dept of Environment and

Heritage] 1692), Majuba Creek, Sep 1993, Bostock 1459

é& Turpin (BRI).

Accepted for publication 17 January 1995

Distribution and habitat: P. bellendenkerensis

is known to occur over 11 minutes of latitude

from Westgid Creek in the north to Mayuba

Creek in the south (Fig. 1), with all of the

recorded localities in the eastern foothills of the

Bellenden Ker/Bartle Frere mountain massif.

Plants of P. bellendenkerensis are usually

lithophytic on the northern to north-western

faces of granite boulders in lowland complex

mesophyll vineforest where they grow in loose

humus in deep shade, sometimes associated

with P. enervis C.DC, & F.Muell. and with

the ferns Antrophyum callifolium Biume,

A, plantagineum (Cav.) Kaulf. and Microsorum

membranifolium (R.Br.) Ching. At the west

branch of Frenchmans Ck, plants were also

observed to be epiphytic in the upper parts of the

canopy.

Conservation status: Peperomia bellenden-

kerensis 1s infrequent at the known localities.

However, itis likely that such a small and easily

overlooked plant occurs quite widely in the area

where it has been located to date, All of the

known localities are either within Wooroonooran

N.P. or are in land parcels immediately adjacent

to this park and, with the possible exception

of the Wetnerts Creek site, can be considered as

being relatively secure with no obvious threats

from human activities. It is suggested that an

appropriate conservation status 1s therefore 2RC

(Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Acknowledgements

Thanks to R.J. Chinnock (AD), R.L. Jago and

G. Turpin (BRI) for assistance with the

collection of material. Fieldwork by PDB was

wholly supported by a grant from the “Wet

Tropics Management Authority’ to survey the

fern flora of the Russell River valley.

450 Austrobaileya 4(3): 449-450 (1995)

References

Briccs, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened HEnperRSON, R.J.F. (ed.} (1994). Queensland Vascular Plants:

Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Names and Distribution, Brisbane: Queensland

Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service Department of Environment & Heritage,

Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian

National Parks & Wildlife Service.

Forster, P.J. (1993). A taxonomic revision of the genus

Peperomia Ruiz & Pav. (Piperaceae) in mainland

Australia. Austrobaileya 4: 93-104.

Peter D. Bostock & Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

145°45'E | 146°E

Kilom

etres

Legend:

* Peperomia

bellendenkerensis

~~ +

rw. MtBellenden

tie

i Ker és : 1 4 S'S

ina

went *

a ans a 4

.” \Wooroonooran “3

7 r * .

National Park:’------

= r

-*, a gt

et teb i s =

ca 7 fees

Re %

~ i

% 7

} = ~

i ~ ue @

" a : - or yo |

P ee? 47°30'S

: \O

" ts “Te, ; o

z INNISE

“Ss

Map 1. Distribution of Peperomia bellendenkerensis in north-eastern Queensland.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 451-452 (1995)

Notes

Ehretia grahamu (Boraginaceae): notes on distribution, habitat,

variation and conservation status

Randell (1993) described as new Ehretia

grahamit based on a type collected west of

Sarina in central Queensland. Ehretia grahami

was stated to occur between Proserpine and

Rockhampton tn dry rainforests (synonymous

with vinethickets and vineforests) on reddish

stony soil or light clay. Randell made no

comment on the conservation status of the new

species and cited only five specimens additional

to the type, despite having annotated other

collections at BRI. Ehretia grahamit was

subsequently listed with a conservation coding

of R in Henderson (1994),

Recent dry rainforest surveys in central

and north Queensland provide considerable new

data on habitat and distribution. Ehretia

grahamit is far more widespread than stated by

Randell with a northern distributional record at

Mingela Bluff southwest of Townsville and a

southern distributional record at Targinie south

of Rockhampton (previously listed in Forster

et al. 1991). The species is known from at least

53 localities in eleven 1° grid ceils (Map 1) and

was present in 42 of 358 sites sampled in north

Queensland dry rainforests (data base of

Fensham in press). It is concluded that

no conservation coding is warranted for this

plant, although the species is undoubtedly

critically endangered at certain localities due

to continued clearing of dry rainforests for

agricultural purposes.

Randell’s short description appears to be

based on few fertile collections. Some

additional morphological description is now

possible due to the increase in material

available, notably... pedicels 1.8—2.5 mm long,

1.5—1.6 mm diameter; calyx 1.5—-3 mm long;

corolla 3-4.5 mm long, 4.5—5 mm diameter,

lobes 2—2.5 mm long, 1—1.2 mm wide; filaments

2—3 mm long; fruits subconical, 5-6 mm rong,

6—7 mm diameter, fleshy, red.

Accepted for publication 17 January 1995

Randell appears to have ignored apparent

hybrid or introgressed individuals between

E. grahamii and E. membranifolia R.Br. [the

combination E. saligna var. membranifolia

(R.Br.) Randellis notaccepted at BRI]. Ehretia

membrantifolia is sympatric with E. grahamit

at nearly 40 localities of the latter and

intermediate individuals are present at 5 of

these localities (data base of Fensham in

press). The label on specimen Forster 7989 &

McDonald at BRI (determined as E. grahamii

by Randell) quite clearly states that the plant

appeared intermediate.

Ehretia grahamii occurs in microphyll

dry rainforests where mean annual precipitation

ranges between 500 and 1 000 mm, on soils

derived from rocks such as basalt, granodiorite,

quartzified sandstone or granite. This species

is usually present in small populations of less

than 1 000 individuals at the localities where I

have encountered it and does not represent a

significant proportion of the structural

component in the vegetation.

Ehretia grahamii Randell, J. Adelaide Bot.

Gard. 15: 94 (1993). Type: Queensland.

LEICHHARDT District: Pine Mountain, State

Forest 79, 21°44’S, 148°50°H, 21 Apr

1991, P.L. Forster’7998 & W.J. McDonald

(holo: BRI; iso: K, L, MEL, QRS).

Ehretia(N. Gibson 793), Forster etal. (1991:

A-179).

Selection of specimens examined: Queensland. Nort

KENNEDY District: Mingela Bluff, 19°53’S, 146°45’E, Jan

1992, Forster 9421 & Bean (BRI, K, MEL, QRS);

Leichhardt Range, 20°03’S, 147°03’E, Jul 1993, Fensham

944 (BRI). Sourn Kennepy District: ‘Kerale’, 20°36’S,

147°41’E, Apr 1993, Fensham 896 (BRI); Mt Blackjack,

‘Weetalaba’, 21°00’S, 147°55’E, Jul 1993, Forster 13412

é& Tucker (BRD; ‘Exmoor’, 21°00’S, 148°06’E, Dec 1992,

Fensham 463 (BRD); Percy Island, Nov 1987, Innis 327

(BRD); Crest of Leichhardt Range along pipe line road

between Hillalong & Turrawulla, Sep 1978, Anderson

[AQ265922|(BRD; Hazlewood Gorge, SSW of Eungella,

21°15’S, 148°22’E, Jan 1993, Forster 12716 & Pearson

(BRI, K, L, MEL, ORS); *“Strathmore’, 22°31’S, 147°42’E,

452 Austrobaileya 4(3): 451-452 (1995)

115 120 130 135 i40 145 130 155

425

—TTLILLIEL Lotti x

Ho BPSCCO

tery

xs ¥

EEEEEECEE EASE EEE

a AAAS CCEA EE

CEE EERE EEE HE

COCO GEE ECE gs AEE,

COE AREER HAE

COC CECEeceeerH SoH

neue FCCC EEE TE

eo BI

cE oF

Cy Zen

see

EPH

ne at

aun SEEERNGNEDEEpae,

sunneae CHEE

CECE EEE eee

CELE CCOCCC aH

gusauenes 5 EAGaNin

a" 7

HES 120 125 130 135 146 145 150

Map 1. Distribution of Ehretia grahamii in 1° grid squares.

Aug 1992, Fensham 299 (BRI). LeIcHHARDT D1sTRICT:

Mt Britton Mine, Homevale Station, Dec 1973, Stanton in

Webb & Tracey 13723 (BRI); Back Creek, ‘Killarney’,

Connors Range, 22°19’S, 149°14’E, Mar 1993, Fensham

748 (BRI); 32 km S of Lotus Creek, [Old] Bruce Highway

(Marlborough - Sarina [road]), 22°35’S, 149°13’E, Aug

1977, Williams 77196 (BRI); Clements Creek, ‘Clive’,

2248'S, 149°25’E, Sep 1993, Fensham 1230 (BRI). Port

Curtis District: S.F.60, Rundle Range, Gibson 752 (BRD;

S.F.60, Rundle Range, N side of Telegraph road, 23°38’S,

150°58’E, Aug 1985, Gibson 764 (BRI); Targinie, Mt

Larcom Range, 23°45’S, 151°04’E, May 1986, Gibson 793

(BRI); 2 km SE of Butlerville, northern end of Mt Larcom

Range, 23°46’°S, [51°04’E, Jan 1988, Forster 3383 &

Gibson (BRI).

Putative hybrids or introgressed individuals

between EF. grahamii and E. membranifolia:

Queensland. SourH KENNepy Districr: Mt Sambo, 20°58’S,

147°53’E, Dec 1992, Fensham 461 (BRD; Nebo to Sarina

road, 2 km S of Pine Mt, S.F. 79, 21°46’S, 148°50’E, Apr

1991, Forster 7989 & McDonald (BRD.

Paul L. Forster

Acknowledgement

Thanks to Dr Rod Fensham (BRI) for access to

distributional data for Ehretia in north

Queensland and for comments on this note.

References

FENSHAM, R.J. Gin press). Floristics and environmental

relations of inland dry rainforest in north Queens-

land. Journal of Biogeography 22.

Forster, P.I., Bostock, P.D., Birp, L.H. & BEAN, A.R.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east

Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.

HeEnpeERSON, R.J.F. (ed.) (1994), Queensland Vascular

Plants: Names and Distribution. Brisbane: Queens-

land Department of Environment & Heritage.

RANDELL, B.R. (1993). New taxa and combinations in

the Boraginaceae. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic

Garden 15: 93-99.

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia

BPA PE em emeiersse es esas Teese ee eee ke °

Austrobaileya 4(3): 453 (1995)

Correction

Austrobaileya 4(1): 70 (1993).

P.I. Forster, Conspectus of Cryptolepis R.Br.

(Asclepiadaceae: Periplocoideae) in Malesia

The correct type collection number for

Cryptolepis multinervosa P.1.Forst.is M. Jacobs

9247 (not 9287).

Queensland Herbarium

Publications for sale

Floras

A Key to Australian Grasses by B.K. Simon (1990), 150pp., card cover.

Ferns of Queensland by S.B. Andrews (1990), 427pp., uUlustrated, hard cover.

Honey Flora of Queensland, 3rd edition by S.T. Blake and C. Roff (1988), 224 pp., ulustrated,

card cover.

Acacias in Queensland by L. Pedley (1988), 275 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Keys to Cyperaceae, Restionaceae and Juncaceae of Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 5 by P.R.

Sharpe (1986), 47pp., illustrated, card cover.

Flora of South-eastern Queensland by T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross.

Volume I (1983), 545 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Volume 2 (1986), 623 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Volume 3 (1989), 532 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

The Flora of Lamington National Park, 3rd edition by W.J.F. McDonald and M.B. Thomas

(1989), 25 pp., card cover.

Vegetation Surveys

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South West Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 4

by D.E. Boyland (1984), 151 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South Central Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin

No. 3 by V.J. Neldner (1984), 291 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: Central Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin

No. 9 by V.J. Neldner (1991), 230 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vascular Plants of Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 11 by V.J. Neldner

(1992), 176 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Vegetation of the Sunshine Coast: Description and Management. Queensland Botany Bulletin

No. 7 by G.N. Batianoff and J.A. Elsol (1989), 107pp., illustrated, including maps, card cover.

Vegetation Map and Description, Warwick, South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Botany

Bulletin No. 8 by P.A.R. Young and T.J. McDonald (1989), 47pp., illustrated, including a

map, card cover.

Vegetation Description and Map: Ipswich, South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Botany

Bulletin No. 10 (1991), by James A. Elsol, 61 pp., maps, card cover.

BASES Meesimnyeraenerneseaee Eden eseeghy hee peusr dg bbh LL gene ae seer intseneeereseees seg fot ttt at ett

Vegetation Survey and Mapping in Queensland; Its Relevance and Future, and the Contribution

ofthe Queensland Herbarium. Queensland Botany Bulletin NO. 12 by V.J. Neldner (1993),

76 pp., card cover.

Economic Interest

Suburban Weeds, Second edition by Harry Kleinschmidt, 86 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Weeds of Queensland by H.E. Kleinschmidt and R.W. Johnson (1979), 469 pp., illustrated, hard

cover, reprinted with corrections 1987.

Use of Fodder Trees and Shrubs by S.L. Everist (1986), 72 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Poisonous Plants - a field guide by R.M. Dowling and R.A. McKenzie (1993), 175 pp., colour

illustrations and maps, card cover.

Special Interest

Rare and Threatened Plants of Queensland, 2nd edition by M.B. Thomas and W.J.F. McDonald

(1989), 76pp., card cover.

The Flora of Girraween and Bald Rock National Parks by Bill McDonald, Colleen Gravatt, Paul

Grimshaw and John Williams (1995), 100 pp., colour and line drawing illustrations and maps, card

cover.

Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-East Queensland by P.1. Forster, P.D. Bostock, L.H. Bird and

A.R. Bean (1991), 502 pp., illustrated, 820 maps, soft cover.

Wildflowers of South-eastern Queensland by B.A. Lebler.

Volume 1 (1977) 108 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Volume 2 (1981) 83 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications should be directed to Queensland

Herbar1um, Department of Environment & Heritage, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068,

Australia.